Andover Controls

1999 Peripheral
Products Catalog
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Temperature
Andover Wall Mount Temperature Sensors
Andover Sensor Plus Temperature Sensor
Andover Smart Sensor Temperature Sensor
Andover Stainless Steel Temperature Sensor
Andover Infinity EMX 170 Programmable
Interface Module
Andover Duct & Immersion Temperature Sensors
Andover Duct Averaging Temperature Sensors
MAMAC Systems TE-205 Duct Averaging Sensor
Andover Bead & Ruggedized Bead Temperature Sensor
Power Supplies
1
3
5
7
8
10
13
14
15
Humidity
General Eastern Microline Relative Humidity Sensors
General Eastern Easycal Plus
General Eastern EHRH Transmitter
General Eastern HUMISCAN
Veris HX & HV Series Relative Humidity Sensors
MAMAC Systems HU-224/225 & HU-226 RH Sensors
17
21
22
24
26
32
CO/CO2
Veris GX Series CO Sensor
Veris CX Series CO2 Sensors
33
35
Power Monitoring
Veris Current Status Switches
Veris Motor Control Switches
Veris Analog Current Sensors
Veris Power Transducers
Veris Current Transformers
Veris Enspector Energy &
Environmental Auditing Controls
Veris Potential Transformers
37
47
57
65
77
87
88
91
92
93
94
99
102
Relays
IDEC RH & SH Series Relays
Core Components Relays
107
109
Transformers
Core Components Isolation Transformers
Core Components Control Transformers
MAMAC Systems PS-200
127
Tank Probes
Andover Infinity RS-485 Tank Probes
129
Access Cards and Readers

HID Wiegand-Effect Readers
HID Wiegand-Effect Access Cards
HID Proximity Readers
HID Proximity Cards
Motorola Indala ASP Advantage
Series Proximity Readers
Motorola Indala ASP Advantage
Series Proximity Cards
Keri Systems Pyramid Series Proximity Readers
Keri Systems Pyramid Series Proximity Cards
Dorado Magnetic Stripe Card Readers
Dorado Magnetic Stripe Cards & Encoding Systems
Essex Indoor/Outdoor Security Keypads
Andover EMX34/CK34 Cardkey Interface Board
131
136
142
149
154
165
169
173
177
181
183
185
Damper Actuators
Belimo Spring Return Air Damper Actuators
Belimo Non-Spring Return Air Damper Actuators
Siemens Spring Return Air Damper Actuators
Siemens Non-Spring Return Air Damper Actuators
Siemens Electric Damper Actuators
Siemens Pneumatic Damper Actuators
187
195
206
207
210
213
Valves & Actuators

79
85
Pressure
MAMAC Systems High Pressure Transducers
MAMAC Systems Low Pressure Transducers
MAMAC Systems Duct Static Pressure Probes
MAMAC Systems Wet/Wet Differential
Pressure Transmitters
MAMAC Systems Electro-Pneumatic Transducers
Modus Low Air Differential Pressure Transmitters
Modus Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitters
Modus Pressure Indication Devices
117
118
Siemens Powermite 599 MZ Series

Siemens Powermite 599 MT Series
Siemens Flowrite 599 Series Valve Bodies
Siemens Flowrite 599 Series
Pneumatic Valve Actuators
Siemens Flowrite 599 Series
Electronic Valve Actuators
Siemens Flowrite Series Valve Actuators
Siemens Powermite 656 Series
Siemens Powertop 658 Series
Siemens MTE/MVE/MXE Zone Valves
219
221
224
226
227
228
231
232
233
Temperature Controls
Siemens Pneumatic Thermostats & Hygrostats
Siemens Electric Thermostats & Hygrostats
Siemens Controllers & Transmitters
Siemens Switches & Relays
Siemens Auxiliary Equipment
235
242
245
253
262
Terms & Conditions
265
Andover Controls Corporation 300 Brickstone Square Andover, MA 01810 Tel 978-470-0555 Fax 978-470-0946
II
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TEMPERATURE
Wall Mount Temperature Sensor

Model TTS-S
Description
Andover Controls Wall Mount Temperature Sensor provides accurate, reliable
measurement of interior room temperature for use in an Andover Controls building
automation system. The active sensing element is a highly stable, precision thermistor,
accurate to within + 0.36F (+ 0.2C). The sensor has an operating range of 32F to
105F (0C to 40C) (non-condensing).
The thermistor is encapsulated with a low mass, high-conductivity thermal compound
for good heat transfer characteristics. It is housed in an attractive, well-ventilated plastic
enclosure. The unique two-piece design permits changeout of the thermistor material,
which is located in the cover, without rewiring or removal of the baseplate. The cover is
securely attached to the backplate via two allen screws.
The sensor may be mounted directly on dry wall, cement or on any electrical outlet box
with no adapters required. The sensor is for interior use only, and is not suitable for use
where condensation may occur.
Specifications
General:
Sensing Element: ................................................................................................................................................................ Type III Thermistor, 10,000 ohms @ 77F (25C)
Wiring Connections: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2P Terminal Block
Wire Specifications: ........................................................................................................................................................... 18, 20, 22 or 24 gauge, 2 conductor, unshielded
Max. Distance to Sensor: ................................................................................................................................................... 490 ft. (24 gauge wire) with less than .1F error
850 ft. (22 gauge wire) with less than .1F error
1,200 ft. (20 gauge wire) with less than .1F error
2.000 ft. (18 gauge wire) with less than .1F error
Performance:
Range: ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 32F to 105F (0C to 40C)(non-condensing)
Accuracy: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ + 0.36F (+ 0.2C)
Stability: .......................................................................................................................... Thermistor will not deviate from accuracy specification for minimum of 5 years
Mechanical:
Dimensions: ........................................................................................................................................................... 4.50 H x 3.50 W x 1.06 D (11.4 cm x 8.9 cm x 2.7 cm)
Color: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Off-white
Ordering Information
Item
Part #
Wall Mount Sensor, ACC Logo ......................................................................................................................................................... TTS-S-1
Wall Mount Sensor, ACC Logo (10 Pack) ....................................................................................................................................... TTS-S-10
Wall Mount Sensor, ACC Logo (25 Pack) ....................................................................................................................................... TTS-S-25
Avail. Wall Mount Sensor, No Logo ....................................................................................................................................................... TTS-S-B-1
Wall Mount Sensor, No Logo (10 Pack) ..................................................................................................................................... TTS-S-B-10
Mid-Summer
1999 Wall Mount Sensor, No Logo (25 Pack) ..................................................................................................................................... TTS-S-B-25
TEMPERATURE
Dimensional Drawing
1.05
(27)
3.50
(89)
4.50
(114)
TEMPERATURE
Sensor Plus Temperature Sensor

Model TTS-SE
Description
Andover Controls Sensor Plus provides accurate, reliable measurement of interior room
temperature for use in an Andover Controls building automation system. In addition, it is
equipped with a setpoint adjustment slider control, an override pushbutton, and
programmable LED indicator.
The active sensing element is a highly stable, precision thermistor, accurate to within
+0.36F. The sensor has an operating range of 32F to 105F (0C to 40C) (non-condensing).
The thermistor is encapsulated with a low mass, high-conductivity thermal compound for
good heat transfer characteristics.
The Sensor Plus utilizes an attractive, well-ventilated plastic enclosure. The housing is
securely attached to the backplate via two allen screws. The sensor may be mounted
directly on dry wall, cement, or on any electrical outlet box with no adapters required. The
sensor is for interior use only, and is not suitable for use where condensation may occur.
Models include a connection for the Andover Controls Infinity Lap-Top Service Tool.
Specifications
General:
Wire Specification: .................................................................................................................................................... 18, 20, 22 or 24 gauge, 6 conductor, unshielded wire
An additional single pair twisted shielded is required for Lap-Top Service Tool connection
Wiring Connections: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... (2) 4P Terminal Blocks
Max. Distance to Sensor: ................................................................................................................................................. 490 ft. (24 gauge wire) with less than 0.1F error
850 ft. (22 gauge wire) with less than 0.1F error
1,200 ft (20 gauge wire) with less than 0.1F error
2,000 ft (18 gauge wire) with less than 0.1F error
Performance:
Range: .................................................................................................................................................................................... 32F to 105F (0C to 40C) (non-condensing)
Accuracy: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ + 0.36F (+ 0.2C)
Mechanical:
Color: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Off-white
Slider Range: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 200 to 2,000 ohms, +-20%
LED: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-5VDC @7 mA
Item
Part #
Sensor Plus, ACC Logo, Slider ....................................................................................................................................................... TTS-SE-1
Sensor Plus, ACC Logo, Slider (10 Pack) ...................................................................................................................................... TTS-SE-10
Sensor Plus, ACC Logo, Slider (25 Pack) ...................................................................................................................................... TTS-SE-25
Sensor Plus, No Logo, Slider ...................................................................................................................................................... TTS-SE-B-1
Sensor Plus, No Logo, Slider (10 Pack) .................................................................................................................................... TTS-SE-B-10
Sensor Plus, No Logo, Slider (25 Pack) .................................................................................................................................... TTS-SE-B-25
Avail.
Sensor Plus, No Logo, No Slider ...........................................................................................................................................
TTS-SE-BNS-1
Mid-Summer
Sensor Plus, No Logo, No Slider (10 Pack) ..........................................................................................................................
TTS-SE-BNS-10
Sensor Plus, No Logo, No Slider (25 Pack) ..........................................................................................................................
TTS-SE-BNS-25
1999
Sensor Plus, ACC Logo, No Slider ........................................................................................................................................... TTS-SE-NS-1
Sensor Plus, ACC Logo, No Slider (10 Pack) ......................................................................................................................... TTS-SE-NS-10
Sensor Plus, ACC Logo, No Slider (25 Pack) ......................................................................................................................... TTS-SE-NS-25
Laptop Service Tool Cable ........................................................................................................................................................ 01-0100-435
TEMPERATURE
Dimensional Drawings
1.05
(27)
3.50
(89)
4.50
(114)
Avail.
Mid-Summer
1999
1.05
(27)
3.50
(89)
4.50
(114)
TEMPERATURE
Smart Sensor Temperature Sensor

Model TTS-SD
Description
Andover Controls Smart Sensor combines an attractive display with a room temperature
sensor to provide users with a cost effective way to view or modify VAV box operation. It is
designed for use with the Andover Controls TCX 866 VAV controller and can also accomplish
many local control and monitoring tasks.
The standard Smart Sensor provides a two character LED display and a 6 button programmable
keypad that enables operators and occupants to change setpoints, monitor occupancy status
and turn equipment on and off. An enhanced version of the Smart Sensor is also available
with a 4-digit custom LCD that provides the following icons: PM, %, , Setpoint, Cool, Heat,
CFM, Fan, OA, and SP.
The function keys can be custom programmed to perform a wide variety of functions, including
switching a specific zone to occupied mode, signaling an alarm condition, adjusting the
amount of override time, arming or disarming a security system, and enforcing password
security. Programming the display and function keys is done with Andover Controls' Plain
English programming language.
The Smart Sensor comes in a well-ventilated plastic enclosure. The active sensing element is a highly stable, precision thermistor, accurate to
within 0.36F (+0.2C). The sensor has an operating range of 32F to 105F (0C to 40C) (non-condensing). Both versions of the Smart Sensor
provide a connection for the Andover Controls Infinity Lap-Top Service Tool.
Specifications
General:
Wire Specifications: ................................................................................................................................................... 18, 20, 22 or 24 gauge, 3 conductor, unshielded wire
An additional single pair twisted shielded is required for Lap-Top Service Tool Connection
Wiring Connections: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 4P Connector + 2P Connector
Max. Distance to Sensor: ............................................................................................................................. 300 ft. (24 gauge wire) with less than 0.18F (-17.67C) error
500 ft. (22 gauge wire) with less than 0.18F (-17.67C) error
790 ft. (20 gauge wire) with less than 0.18F (-17.67C) error
1,200 ft. (18 gauge wire) with less than 0.18F (-17.67C) error
Performance:
Range: ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 32F to 105F (0C to 40C)(non-condensing)
Accuracy: ............................................................................................................................................................................... + 0.36F (+ 0.2C) @ 25 feet of 22 gauge wire
Mechanical:
Color: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Off-white
Power: ........................................................................................................................................... One Smart Sensor is powered directly from Andover Controls TCX 866
Item
Part #
Smart Sensor, ACC Logo w/LED Display................................................................................................................................ TTS-SD-LED-1
Smart Sensor, ACC Logo w/LCD Display ...............................................................................................................................TTS-SD-LCD-1
Smart Sensor, No Logo w/LED Display .............................................................................................................................. TTS-SD-LED-B-1
Avail.
Smart Sensor, No Logo w/LCD Display.............................................................................................................................. TTS-SD-LCD-B-1
Mid-Summer
1999 Buffer Board for Smart Sensor LED and LCD ...................................................................................................................... TTS-SD-INFBUF
Laptop Service Tool Cable ........................................................................................................................................................ 01-0100-435
Screwdriver for use with Smart Sensor, Flathead, 3/32 Tip .................................................................................................. 30-3001-709
TEMPERATURE
Dimensional Diagram
1.05
(27)
3.50
(89)
4.50
(114)
TEMPERATURE
Stainless Steel Room Temperature Sensor

Description
Andover Controls Stainless Steel Room Temperature Sensor provides rugged, reliable
measurement of indoor temperatures for use in an Andover Controls building automation
system. The sensor consists of a precision thermistor bonded to a stainless steel plate,
insulated with foil-backed foam to reduce the effect of wall temperature. The sensor
accurately monitors temperatures within a range of -30F to 122F (-34C to 50C) with
an accuracy of + 0.36F (+ 0.2C). The high thermal mass of the plate provides an extremely
stable temperature reading. The low temperature range of the sensor permits installation
in freezers and cold storage lockers.
The sensor is ideal for manufacturing areas and processing plants where conventional
wall sensors are subject to damage. The sensor is available with tamper-proof screws,
providing additional security for prisons, hospitals, schools and other areas prone to
vandalism. The sensor may be mounted directly on a wall or directly over a standard
single-gang utility box with the screws provided. An 8 foot lead is included for wiring
terminations. The sensor is intended for interior use only.
Specifications
General:
Sensing Element: ....................................................................................................................................................... Type III Thermistor, 10,000 ohms @ 77F, Ruggedized
Wiring Connections: ............................................................................ 8ft., 22 gauge wire leads provided. Crimp-type butt splices or solder connections recommended.
Wire Size (sensor to controller): ............................................................................................................................................... 18, 20 or 22 gauge, 2 conductor, unshielded
Max. Distance to Sensor: ................................................................................................................................................... 850 ft. (22 gauge wire) with less than .1F error
2000 ft. (18 gauge wire) with less than .1F error
Performance:
Range: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. -30F to 122F (-34C to 50C)
Accuracy: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ + 0.36F (+ 0.2C)
Mechanical:
Dimensions: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4 1/2 H x 2 3/4 W
Housing: ..................................................................................................................................................... 403 Stainless Steel wall plate, insulated with foil-backed foam
Item
Part #
St/Stl. Wallplate Sensor .......................................................................................................................................................... 01-0100-295
St/Stl. Wallplate Sensor w/ Security Screws ........................................................................................................................ 01-0100-296
TEMPERATURE
Infinity EMX 170 Programmable Interface Module

Description
Andover Controls Infinity EMX 170 Programmable Interface Module combines a true interactive
display with a room temperature sensor to provide users with a cost effective way to view or
modify facility operation. The 8-character LCD display and six programmable function keys enable
operators and occupants to change setpoints, monitor occupancy counts, turn equipment on and
off, air balance VAV boxes, arm or disarm high security areas, or perform virtually any building
automation or security function within the Andover Infinity System. The six function keys can be
programmed to perform a wide variety of operations, including password security.
Programming the display and function keys of the EMX 170 is done using Andover Controls
powerful Plain English programming language. Standard library programs include scheduling,
tenant override, setpoint adjustment, airflow balancing, and password protection. The Plain
English programs are stored in, and executed by, the local Infinet controller connected to the
EMX 170.
The EMX 170 provides a connection for the Andover Infinity Lap-Top Service Tool. By plugging
into the EMX 170 on the Infinet bus, a service technician can view data, change setpoints and
times, and even modify control programs throughout the entire system.
Wall Mount Unit
The standard wall mount unit comes in an attractive, well-ventilated plastic enclosure and includes a thermistor sensor. The enclosure, which
is styled to match the other Infinity room sensors, is secured with tamper-resistant screws.
The keys on the standard wall mount unit are hidden from view by a flip-down cover on the front of the sensor. The keys can be programmed to
switch the space to occupied mode, adjust the amount of override time, adjust the temperature setpoint, arm or disarm a security system, or
even request a car from the buildings garage. A blank overlay is provided with each unit for custom labeling of the function keys.
Industrial Version
The industrial version comes in a NEMA 4X, DIN package. The keys are membrane-type with tactile feedback. A custom legend kit is
available for the keys. Typical uses include equipment on/off control, setpoint changes, override time, and PID tuning constants adjustment.
Two of the wiring terminals are reversed for a thermistor (not included).
Specifications
Electrical:
Power: ......................................................................................................................... .................. One EMX 170 maximum is powered directly from the Infinet controller
Mechanical:
Operating Environment: ........................................................................................................................... 40F to 100F (4.4C to 37.8C), 10 to 95% RH (non-condensing)
Dimensions:
Standard Wall Unit: .......................................................................................................................... 4 1/2 H x 2 7/8 W x 1 5/16 D (114.4 mm x 73.0 mm x 33.3 mm)
Industrial Version: ........................................................................................................................................ 3 H x 3 W x 3 D (88.9 mm x 88.9 mm x 82.5 mm)
Buffer Board: ........................................................................................................................................ 1 5/8 H x 6 1/8 W x 11/2D (41.2 mm x 155.5 mm x 38.1 mm)
Color:
Standard Wall Unit: ............................................................................................................................................................................ Off-white (custom colors available)
Industrial Version: ................................................................................................................................................................ Black trim ring, off-white and gray faceplate
Enclosure Type:
Standard Wall Unit: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. Wall-mounted
Industrial Version: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ NEMA 4X, DIN
Communications:
Communications Interface: .......................................................................... Through expansion serial port of the local Infinet controller, via the EMX 170 Buffer Board.
Bus Length: .................................................................................................................................................. 180 feet maximum from the EMX 170 to the Infinet controller
Bus Media: ................................................................................................................................................................. For the sensor: 6-conductor, 24-gauge, overall shield
For the Infinet Lap-Top Service Port: single twisted shielded pair, 24 gauge
Connections:
Infinet: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Screw terminals
Buffer Board: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Screw terminals
TEMPERATURE
Specifications Continued
Sensing Element (included with the Standard Wall Unit only):
Type: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ Type III thermistor, 10,000 ohms @ 77F
Range: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 40F to 100F (4.4C to 37.8C)
Thermistor Accuracy: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ +0.36F (+0.2C)
Total Accuracy, End-To-End: ..................................................................................................................................................................... +0.7F (+0.4C) from 40F to 70F
+0.75F (+0.42C) from 70F to 90F
+0.85F (+0.47C) from 90F to 100F
Stability: ....................................................................................................................................... Thermistor will not deviate from accuracy spec for minimum of 5 years
Thermal Epoxy: .......................................................................................................................................... High resistivity epoxy, completely encapsulating the thermistor
Display:
Standard Wall Unit: ......................................................... 8-character liquid crystal display, character height, programmable using Andover Controls Plain English
Industrial Version: ............................................................ 8-character liquid crystal display character height, programmable using Andover Controls Plain English
Function Keys:
Standard Wall Unit: ................................................................................. 6 momentary rectangular push buttons, programmable using Andover Controls Plain English
Industrial Version: ............................................................................................... 6 square push buttons with tactile feedback sealed within a membrane, programmable
using Andover Controls Plain English
Agency Listings:
Listings: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... UL/CUL 916, FCC, CE
Item
Part #
Std. Wall Unit, Blank Overlay, ACC Logo ................................................................................................................................ 01-0008-766
Std. Wall Unit, Blank Overlay, Blank Cover ............................................................................................................................. 01-0008-765
Std. Wall Unit, Blank Overlay, w/out Buffer Board, ACC Logo ............................................................................................... 01-0008-767
Std. Wall Unit, Blank Overlay, w/out Buffer Board, Blank Cover ........................................................................................... 01-0008-764
Industrial Version...................................................................................................................................................................... 01-0008-096
Industrial Ver.,w/out Buffer Board ........................................................................................................................................... 01-0008-094
EMX 170 Button Overlay, Blank ............................................................................................................................................... 01-1000-636
EMX 170 Button Overlay, Standard .................................................................................................................................. 01-1000-636-01
Stick-on Label Set for EMX 170 Industrial Ver. (125 char/symbols) ....................................................................................... 01-3002-185
Input Interface Module ..........................................................................................................................................................01-0100-472-A
Installation
The EMX 170 Buffer Board, included with the EMX 170, attaches to the expansion port of the local Infinet controller (SCX 920, LCX 810, TCX
850, TCX 853 or TCX 855), with one EMX 170 Programmable Interface Module maximum per each controller.
Screw terminals are provided for a six-conductor, shielded cable to be wired a maximum of 180 feet from the Buffer Board to the programmable
interface unit. Because the LCX Lighting Controller family and the TCX 860 and TCX 870 have the buffer board built-in, the EMX 170 is also
available for ordering with a no Buffer Board option.
A two-conductor Infinet cable may also be run to connect the LSX 280 Lap-Top Service Tool Jack.
The EMX 170 standard wall unit may be mounted directly on a wall, or over a single gang utility box. Screw terminals and a two-piece enclosure
ensure easy installation and wiring.
The EMX industrial version is designed for flush panel mounting ( DIN). Screw terminals and the LSX 280 Lap-Top Service Tool Jack are
located at the rear of the device for easy installation and wiring.
10
TEMPERATURE
Duct and Immersion Temperature Sensors

Models TT-D, TT-I, and TT-ST
Description
Andover Controls Duct and Immersion Sensors provide accurate, reliable
measurement of air temperature and fluid as part of an Andover Controls building
automation system. Both the duct and immersion sensors have a wide operating range
of 30F to 230F (-34C to 110C), making them suitable for all types of duct, pipe and
tank temperature applications
The sensors design completely seals the sensing element, a precision 10K thermistor,
within a stainless steel tube. The tube is filled with thermal epoxy, making it immune
to moisture and condensation. The sensors housing is a two-piece, plenum-rated
plastic enclosure designed so that the sensor can be replaced without having to remove
the housing. Simply take off the cover, withdraw the existing sensing element, and
replace with a new sensor.
Duct Sensor
Four lengths of duct sensor are available: 4, 6, 9 and 15.75 (400mm). An optional O-Ring/Gasket kit is available if the sensor is being
mounted outside or in a high moisture environment. Also available is a Duct-to-Immersion Conversion kit that allows you to easily convert all
of part of your duct sensor inventory for immersion applications.
Immersion Sensor
Brass of Type 304 stainless steel thermowells are available in 4 and 6 immersion lengths. They are available with either a 1/2 or 3/4
threaded NPT connection. To utilize existing Andover Controls 1/2 or 3/4 NPT thermowells with the immersion sensor, an optional adapter
is available.
Strap-On Sensor
The strap-on sensor is designed for direct application to pipe surfaces for chilled or hot water measurement. It uses the same housing as both
the duct and immersion sensors, but includes a strap for pipes 2 to 6 in diameter.
Specifications
General:
Sensing Element: ........................................................................................................................................................................... Type III Thermistor, 10,000 ohms @ 77F
Range: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ -30 to 230F (-34.4 to 110C)
Accuracy: ............................................................................................................... + 0.36F from 32F to 158F (+ 0.2C from 0 to 70C);+ .90F (+0.5C) over full range
Thermal Epoxy: ........................................................................................................................................................................... High resistivity epoxy filling probes length
Housing: ...................................................................................................................... Two piece Polylac, Grade PA765; Plenum-rated (UL-94-5V Flame Retardant Rating)
Wiring Connections: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Wire nuts
Wire Size: ..................................................................................................................... ............................................................................ 22 gauge, 2 conductor, unshielded
Max. Distance to Sensor: (with less than .1F error)
Temps Below 75F: ...................................................................................................................................................... 1550 ft. (22 gauge wire); 3900 ft. (18 gauge wire)
Temps Above 160F: ........................................................................................................................................................ 125 ft. (22 gauge wire); 310 ft. (18 gauge wire)
Duct Sensor:
Probe Diameter: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.25 (.635 cm)
Probe Lengths: ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 4, 6, 9 and 15.75 (400 mm)
Probe Material: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... Stainless Steel, type 316
Electrical Piping Connection: .................................................................................................................................................................................. NPSM Female Thread
Immersion Sensor:
Thermowell Material: ................................................................................................................................................................................ Brass or Type 304 Stainless Steel
Thermowell Piping Connection: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... or Male NPT
Thermowell Dimensions:
Diameter: ......................................................................................................................... (1.9 cm) shank diameter ( NPT); 5/8 (1.6 cm) shank diameter ( NPT)
Overall Length: ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 4 (10.16 cm), 6 (15.24 cm)
Insertion Length: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.5 (6.35 cm), 4.5 (11.43 cm)
Strap-On Sensor:
Strap Length: ................................................................................................................................................................................... Appropriate for 2 to 6 diameter pipes
Probe Material: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Aluminum
TEMPERATURE
11
Item
Part #
Duct Temperature Sensors
Duct Temperature Sensor, 4 Probe ................................................................................................................................................ TT-D-4-1
Duct Temperature Sensor, 4 Probe (4 Pack) .................................................................................................................................. TT-D-4-4
Duct Temperature Sensor, 4 Probe (12 Pack) .............................................................................................................................. TT-D-4-12
Duct Temperature Sensor, 15.75 Probe .................................................................................................................................. TT-D-15.75-1
Duct Temperature Sensor, 15.75 Probe (4 Pack) .................................................................................................................... TT-D-15.75-4
Duct Temperature Sensor, 15.75 Probe (12 Pack) ................................................................................................................ TT-D-15.75-12
Duct Temperature Sensor, 15.75 Probe (16 Pack) ................................................................................................................ TT-D-15.75-16
Immersion Temperature Sensors (Order Well Separately)
Immersion Sensor, 4 ....................................................................................................................................................................... TT-I-4-1
Immersion Sensor, 4 (4 Pack) .......................................................................................................................................................... TT-I-4-4
Immersion Sensor, 4 (12 Pack) ...................................................................................................................................................... TT-I-4-12
Immersion Sensor, 6 ....................................................................................................................................................................... TT-I-6-1
Immersion Sensor, 6 (4 Pack) .......................................................................................................................................................... TT-I-6-4
Strap On Sensor
Strap On Sensor ................................................................................................................................................................................... TT-ST
12
TEMPERATURE
Ordering Information Continued

Item
Part #
Brass Thermowells
4 Well Brass, 1/2 NPT .......................................................................................................................................................... W-B-4-1/2-1
4 Well Brass, 1/2 NPT (4 Pack) ............................................................................................................................................. W-B-4-1/2-4
4 Well Brass, 1/2 NPT (12 Pack) ......................................................................................................................................... W-B-4-1/2-12
6 Well Brass, 1/2 NPT .......................................................................................................................................................... W-B-6-1/2-1
4 Well Brass, 3/4 NPT .......................................................................................................................................................... W-B-4-3/4-1
6 Well Brass, 3/4 NPT .......................................................................................................................................................... W-B-6-3/4-1
Stainless Steel Thermowells
4 Well Stainless Steel, 1/2 NPT ........................................................................................................................................... W-S-4-1/2-1
4 Well Stainless Steel, 1/2 NPT (4 Pack) ............................................................................................................................. W-S-4-1/2-4
4 Well Stainless Steel, 1/2 NPT (12 Pack) ......................................................................................................................... W-S-4-1/2-12
Accessories
Duct-to-Immersion Conversion Kit ................................................................................................................................... TT-CONVRSN-KIT
3/4 Stainless Steel Well Adapter Kit ............................................................................................................................. W-Adaptor-3/4SS
3/4 Brass Well Adapter Kit ............................................................................................................................................. W-Adaptor-3/4-B
4 Replacement Sensor Probe ..................................................................................................................................................... TT-RPLC-4
15.75 Replacement Sensor Probe ....................................................................................................................................... TT-RPLC-15.75
O-Ring/Gasket Kit .................................................................................................................................................................. TT-O-RING-KIT
TEMPERATURE
13
Duct Averaging Temperature Sensor
Description
Andover Controls Duct Averaging Temperature Sensor affords easy installation while at
the same time providing accurate, reliable measurement of temperatures for use in an
Andover Controls building automation system. Each sensor is composed of a long, flexible
plenum-rated cable, with a total of four or nine thermistor sensing elements encapsulated
at equal distances along the length of the assembly. The complete array acts as a single
sensor, averaging any temperature change across all four or nine sensors. The response
time of any temperature change will be less than 20 seconds.
The sensor has a wide operating range of -30F to 230F (-34.4C to 110C), making it
suitable for all types of duct temperature measurement.
The flexible cable assembly allows for easy installation in any size duct. Four lengths of
probe are available: 12, 16, 20 and 24 feet. Each probe comes with 6 wire leads and a
single-gang utility box for wiring terminations.
Specifications
General:
Number of Elements: ................................................................................................................................................... 4 (12ft. and 20ft. sensors) 9 (16ft. and 24ft. sensors)
Wiring Connections: ..................................................................................................... 6 lead furnished with sensor. Use crimp-type butt splices or solder connections.
Wire Size: ................................................................................................................................................................................. 18, 20 or 22 gauge, 2 conductor, unshielded
Max. Distance to Sensor:
Temps Below 75F: ..................................................................................................................................................... 1550 ft. (22 gauge wire) with less than 0.1F error
Temps Above 160F: ..................................................................................................................................................... 125 ft. (22 gauge wire) with less than 0.1F error
Performance:
Range: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ -30F to 230F (-34.4C to 110C)
Accuracy: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ + 0.36F (+ 0.2C)
Response Time: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... Maximum of 20 seconds
Mechanical:
Probe Lengths: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 12, 16, 20 and 24 ft.
Item
Part #
12, 4 Elements ......................................................................................................................................................................... 01-6013-039
16, 9 Elements ......................................................................................................................................................................... 01-6013-035
20, 4 Elements ......................................................................................................................................................................... 01-6013-040
24, 9 Elements ......................................................................................................................................................................... 01-6013-036
14
TEMPERATURE
Duct Averaging Temperature Sensor

Model TE-205
Description
MAMAC Systems TE-205 Duct Averaging Temperature Sensor is available with a
10K ohm thermistor, offering high accuracy, long term stability, low hysteresis, fast
response times and a wide operating range. The TE-205 is available in a bendable
aluminium 3/8 inch OD extra long probe for averaging duct air temperature. The
probe incorporates 4 or 9 sensor elements encapsulated at equal distances across
the length of the probe. The complete assembly acts as a single sensor and any
temperature change is averaged across the sensors.
4 element versions are available in 6 foot and 12 foot probe lengths while 9 sensor
element versions are available in 16 foot and 24 foot probe lengths. All models carry
the Andover Controls logo.
Specifications
General:
Sensing Element: .................................................................................................................................................................. Type 7 Thermistor, 10,000 ohms @77F (25C)
Number of Elements: ................................................................................................................................................ 4 (6 ft. and 12 ft. sensors); 9 (16 ft. and 24 ft. sensors)
Wiring Connections: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... Screw terminal block
Wire Size: ..................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................... 12 gauge maximum
Performance:
Range: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ -30F to 230F (-34.4C to 110C)
Accuracy: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. +0.36F (+0.2C)
Response Time: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 3 Minutes
Mechanical:
Probe Lengths: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 6, 12, 16, and 24 ft.
Item
Part #
6ft. Sensor w/4 Elements.................................................................................................................................................... ZATE-205-D7F1
12ft. Sensor w/4 Elements................................................................................................................................................. ZATE-205-D7G1
16ft. Sensor w/9 Elements................................................................................................................................................ ZATE-205-D7J91
24ft. Sensor w/9 Elements............................................................................................................................................... ZATE-205-D7H91
Dimensional Diagram
TEMPERATURE
15
Bead & Ruggedized Bead Temperature Sensor

Description
Andover Controls Bead and Ruggedized Bead Temperature Sensor provides accurate,
reliable measurement of temperature for use in an Andover Controls building automation
system. The active sensing element is a highly stable, precision thermistor, accurate to
within +36F. Both the bead and ruggedized bead sensors have a wide operating range of
-30F to 230F (-34.4C to 110C), making them suitable for a variety of situations and
installations.
The thermistor is encapsulated with a low mass, high-conductivity compound for good heat
transfer characteristics. It is enclosed in a rugged, miniature cylinder .17 in diameter, which
is small enough to be installed in most thermostat applications. An 8 foot length of zip cord
is supplied with each sensor.
Bead Sensor
The Bead Sensor is for use in indoor installations where moisture or condensation will not be encountered, and where temperatures will not
fall below 35F. The sensor operating range is 35F to 140F (1.7C to 60C).
Ruggedized Bead Sensor
The Ruggedized Bead Sensor is suitable for temperature extremes, and is immune to moisture or condensation. The sensor operating range is
-30F to 230F (-34.4C to 110C).
Specifications
General:
Wiring Connections: ............................................................................................................................... Crimp-type butt splices or solder connections are recommended.
Do not use wire nut connections. Use the full 8ft. zip cord furnished with the sensor to prevent condensation.
Wire Size: ................................................................................................................................................................................. 18, 20 or 22 gauge, 2 conductor, unshielded
Max. Distance to Sensor:
Temps Below 75F: ..................................................................................................................................................... 1550 ft. (22 gauge wire) with less than 0.1F error
Temps Above 160F: ..................................................................................................................................................... 125 ft. (22 gauge wire) with less than 0.1F error
Performance:
Range:
Bead Sensor: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 35 to 140F (1.7 to 60C)
Ruggedized Bead Sensor: .......................................................................................................................................................................... -30 to 230F (-34.4 to 110C)
Accuracy: ............................................................................................................... +0.36F from 32F to 122F (+ 0.2C from 0 to 50C) + .90F (+ 0.5C) over full range
Stability: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24F (-4.4C) over 5 years
Mechanical:
Dimensions: ................................................................................................................................................................... .17 diameter, .5 long, with attached 8 ft. zip cord
Item
Part #
Bead Temp Sensor ................................................................................................................................................................... 01-2085-001
Ruggedized Bead Temp Sensor....... ...................................................................................................................................... 01-2085-001-R
16
TEMPERATURE
HUMIDITY
17
Relative Humidity Sensors

Microline Series
Description
Andover Controls has private labeled the General Eastern Microline Series of
RH Sensors. The Microline RH Sensors provide durable, accurate measurement
of relative humidity for use in Andover Controls building automation systems. The
humidity sensing element is a precision bulk polymer resistance sensor, highly
immune to surface contamination and adverse environments.
The sensor exhibits excellent long-term stability with minimal hysteresis. It is
factory calibrated at ten different humidity points compare this to most other
units which are calibrated at three points or less.
Because every system has different requirements and cost constraints, the RH
sensors are available in three different accuracy levels 2%, 3%, and 5%
and three different mounting configurations wall mount, duct mount, and outside
air. Also available in three different mounting configurations are combination
temperature/humidity sensors with a 10K thermistor.
The sensor output signal is field-selectable from 0-5 or 0-10 volt to 4-20 mA current
in the RH-only version. The combination RH and temperature units are available
in voltage or current outputs.
Every sensor has a built-in phone jack to connect the EasyCal Plus handheld humidity calibration tool for quick, easy, and uninterrupted single
point calibration. (See page 20 for more details on the EasyCal Plus.)
Wall Mount
The wall mount version features an elegant ABS plastic housing which separates the sensing element from the heat-generating electronics.
The prewired base, with electronics in the cover, simplifies installation just wire into the screw terminals and snap in the cover. The wall
mount version works with handy box hole patterns. A built-in phone jack offers easy connection of the EasyCal Plus humidity calibration tool.
Duct Mount
The rugged duct mount version includes a 6-inch (15.2 cm) stainless steel sensing probe mounting on a 4 x 4.5 (10.1cm x 11.4cm) ABS plastic
handy box. Like the wall mount unit, the duct mount offers a prewired base with electronics in the cover/probe and a built-in phone jack for
connecting the EasyCal Plus humidity calibration tool.
Outside Air
The outside air unit is housed in an ABS plastic enclosure. The sensing element is protected with a ventilated solar shield.
Specifications
General:
Sensing Element: ............................................................................................................................................................................ Resistive change of bulk polymer sensor
Output Signal: .......................................................................................................................................................... 4-20 mA, 0-5 Volts, 0-10 Volts (0% to 100% RH linear)
Power:
Supply Voltage: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 12 to 36 VDC
Maximum Load (ohms): ........................................................................................................................................................................... (Supply Voltage - 10 VDC) /.02A
Operating Range:
RH Sensor: ............................................................................................................................................ 0% to 99% RH (non-condensing) -40F to 170F (-40C to 77C)
Electronics: ........................................................................................................................................... 0% to 95% RH (non-condensing) -20F to 140F (-29C to 60C)
Storage Range: ........................................................................................................................................................................................... -85F to 158F (-65C to 70C)
Wiring Connections: ....................................................................................................................................................... Screw terminals, 16-22 AWG, (1.3mm to .6mm)
18
HUMIDITY
Performance:
Accuracy, 2% Models: ................................................................................................ +2% at 77F (25C), 20 to 95% RH including hysteresis, linearity and repeatability
Temperature Effect: .......................................................................................................................................................................... Less than 0.06% per F (0.11% per C)
Sensitivity: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.1% RH
Repeatability: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.5% RH
Hysteresis: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Less than 1% RH
Long Term Stability: ................................................................................................................................................................................. Less than 1% drift per year, typical
Sensor Interchangeability: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ +3% nominal
Mechanical:
Wall Mount Unit:
Housing: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ABS Plastic
Color: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Off-White
Dimensions: ................................................................................................................................................................. 4.9H x 3.1W x 1.0D (12.5cm x 7.9cm x 2.54cm)
Duct Mount Unit:
Color: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... Cloud Grey, Stainless Steel Probe
Dimensions, Housing: ................................................................................................................................................ 4.0H x 4.5W x 2.35D (10.2cm x 11.4cm x 6.0cm)
Dimensions, Probe: ................................................................................................................................................................................ 6, 0.5 diameter (15.2cm, 1.3cm)
Outside Air Unit:
Color: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Grey
Dimensions, Housing: ................................................................................................................................................ 4.0H x 4.5W x 2.35D (10.5cm x 11.4cm x 6.0cm)
Dimensions, Overall: .............................................................................................................................................. 6.75H x 4.5W x 2.35D (17.14cm x 11.4cm x 6.0cm)
Item
Part #
Room RH
2% Accuracy, Field Selectable Output 0-5V/0-10V or 4-20mA, ACC Logo (Model MRH-2-S) ............................................... 01-6013-057
2% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output, ACC Logo (Model MRHT1-2-I-S) ............................................................. 01-6013-103
2% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output, ACC Logo (Model MRHT1-2-V-S) ...................................................... 01-6013-104
3% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output, ACC Logo (Model MRHT1-3-I-S) .............................................................. 01-6013-059
5% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output, ACC Logo (Model MRHT1-5-I-S) .............................................................. 01-6013-106
Duct RH
2% Accuracy, Field Selectable Output 0-5V/0-10V or 4-20mA, ACC Logo (Model MRH-2-D) ............................................... 01-6013-061
2% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output, ACC Logo (Model MRHT1-2-I-D) .............................................................. 01-6013-108
2% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output, ACC Logo (Model MRHT1-2-V-D) ....................................................... 01-6013-109
Outside Air RH
2% Accuracy, Field Selectable Output 0-5V/0-10V or 4-20mA, ACC Logo (Model MRH-2-OA) ............................................. 01-6013-065
2% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output, ACC Logo (Model MRH-2-I-OA) .............................................................. 01-6013-113
2% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output, ACC Logo (Model MRH-2-V-OA) ........................................................ 01-6013-114
3% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor, 4-20mA RH Output, ACC Logo (Model MRH-3-I-OA) ......................................................... 01-6013-067
5% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor, 4-20mA RH Output, ACC Logo (Model MRH-5-I-OA) ......................................................... 01-6013-116
HUMIDITY
19
Applications/Wiring Diagram
20
HUMIDITY
Dimensions Diagram
HUMIDITY
21
Easycal Plus Handheld Calibrator/RH Indicator

Description
General Easterns battery powered Easycal Plus Handheld Calibrator/RH Indicator
makes it easy to perform quick, on-site, one-point offset adjustment of the
transmitter without interrupting operation.
No tools or disassembly are required just plug the Easycal Plus into the phone
jack connector located on the General Eastern Microline RH Sensors. The Easycal
Plus displays values for both the transmitter and the environment, eliminating the
need for additional reference devices. A user can check the transmitters operation
and, if necessary, perform a one-point offset adjustment in about 60 seconds.
Specifications
General:
Sensing Element: ............................................................................................................................................................................ Resistive change of bulk polymer sensor
Operating Range:
RH Sensor: ....................................................................................................................................................... 0 to 99% RH (non-condensing) -40 to 170F (-40 to 77C)
Electronics: ...................................................................................................................................................... 0 to 99% RH (non-condensing) -20 to 140F (-29 to 60C)
Storate Temperature: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ -85 to 158F (-65 to 70C)
Performance:
Single Point Calibration Accuracy: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... +2%RH
Single Point Calibration Range: ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 20 to 90% RH
Reference Probe Accuracy: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... +2%RH (20 to 95% RH)
Mechanical:
Probe Dimensions:
Diameter ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.5
Length: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 3.0
Power Supply: .................................................................................................................................... 9 VDC alkaline battery, continuous use for 40 hours, Auto power-off
Item
Part #
EasyCal Plus Handheld Calibrator/RH Indicator (For use with General Eastern Microline RH Sensors) ................................ 01-6013-069
22
HUMIDITY
Waterproof Relative Humidity Sensor

EHRH Transmitter
NEW!
Description
General Easterns EHRH transmitter is designed for the monitoring of relative
humidity and temperature in applications where washdowns or saturation
frequently occurs. The EHRH is ideally suited for high humidity applications such
as pharmaceuticals, hospitals and laboratories, animal rooms, swimming pools,
supermarket produce sections, and food processing plants.
The EHRH features a completely waterproof design that offers reliable operation
in saturated environments. All of the electronics in the EHRH are contained in an
epoxy-hardened enclosure. The EHRH sensor is protected by a water-tight, yet
breathable membrane filter which permits the sensor to withstand 100%
saturation. A stainless steel protective cover is also available.
Offering an accuracy of +2% RH, the EHRH employs a bulk polymer resistive sensor and a hysteresis of less than 1%. It also incorporates
circuitry for continuous temperature compensation, which makes it accurate over its entire operating range.
Specifications
General:
Sensing Element:
Humidity: .................................................................................................................................................................................... Resistive change of bulk polymer sensor
Temperature - Direct Connection: ................................................................................................................................. Thermistor, 10k ohm at 25C, 2-wire measurement
Temperture - w/Signal Conditioning: ................................................................................................................................................. 100 ohm platinum RTD (.00385 alpha)
Output Signal - RH Only: ........................................................................................................................................... 4-20 mA, 2-wire, loop-powered for 0-100% RH linear
Output SIgnal - Temperature: .............................................................................................................................. 4-20 mA, 2-wire, loop-powered for the following ranges:
-20 to 140F (-29 to 60C)
0 to 150F (-18 to 66C)
32 to 132F (0 to 57C)
50 to 130F (10 to 54C)
-40 to 140F (-40 to 60C)Power:
Supply Voltage: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 12 to 36 VDC
Maximum Load (ohms): ............................................................................................................................................................................ (Supply Voltage - 10 VDC)/.02A
(Note: Minimum supply voltage of 15 VDC is required for 10 volt output units)
Wiring Connections: ................................................................................................ Deutsch 4-position waterproof connector (front-wiring); Flying leads (back-wiring)
Performance:
Accuracy-Humidity: ................................................................................................ +2%RH @ 77F (25C), 30 to 95% RH including hysteresis, linearity and repeatability
Accuracy-Thermistor: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... +2F (+1.2C) @ 77F (25C)
Accuracy-RTD: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. +0.5F (+0.3C) @ 77F (25C)
Sensitivity: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.1% RH
Repeatability: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.5% RH
Hysteresis: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Less than 1%
Operating Range: ......................................................................................................................................................................... 0% to 100% RH, -4 to 129F (-20 to 54C)
Maximum Air Velocity: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 10,000 ft/min
Mechanical:
Dimensions: ................................................................................................................................................. 5.0 H x 2.5 W x .66 D (12.7 cm H x 6.35 cm W x 1.68 cm D)
HUMIDITY
23
Item
Part #
2% RH, 10K Therm, 4-20mA Output, Waterproof Connector ................................................................................................. 01-6013-074
2% RH, 10K Therm, 4-20mA Output, Flying Leads .................................................................................................................. 01-6013-075
2% RH, 10K Therm, 0-5V Output, Waterproof Connector ....................................................................................................... 01-6013-076
2% RH, 10K Therm, 0-5V Output, Flying Leads ....................................................................................................................... 01-6013-077
2% RH, 10K Therm, 0-10V Output, Waterproof Connector ..................................................................................................... 01-6013-078
2% RH, 10K Therm, 0-10V Output, Flying Leads ..................................................................................................................... 01-6013-079
2% RH, 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs, -20F to 140F, Waterproof Connector ............................................ 01-6013-080
2% RH, 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs, -20F to 140F, Flying Leads ............................................................ 01-6013-081
2% RH, 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs, 0F to 150F, Waterproof Connector ............................................... 01-6013-082
2% RH, 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs, 0F to 150F, Flying Leads ................................................................ 01-6013-083
2% RH, 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs, 0F to 100F, Waterproof Connector ............................................... 01-6013-084
2% RH, 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs, 0F to 100F, Flying Leads ................................................................ 01-6013-085
2% RH, 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs, 32F to 132F, Waterproof Connector ............................................. 01-6013-086
2% RH, 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs, 32F to 132F, Flying Leads ............................................................. 01-6013-087
2% RH, 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs, 50F to 130F, Waterproof Connector ............................................. 01-6013-088
2% RH, 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs, 50F to 130F, Flying Leads ............................................................. 01-6013-089
2% RH, 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs, -40F to 140F, Waterproof Connector ............................................ 01-6013-090
2% RH, 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs, -40F to 140F, Flying Leads ............................................................ 01-6013-091
2% RH, 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs, Custom Temp Range (Must Specify), Waterproof Connector ......... 01-6013-092
2% RH, 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs, Custom Temp Range (Must Specify), Flying Leads.......................... 01-6013-093
Stainless Steel 300 Series for EHTH and EHRHT .................................................................................................................... 01-6013-094
Dimensional Drawing
24
HUMIDITY
Humidity/Dewpoint Sensor
HUMISCAN
NEW!
Description
General Easterns HUMISCAN for Humidity/Dew Point Measurement is ideal
for industrial applications such as clean rooms, pharmaceuticals, automotive, process
control, HVAC, and hospitals/laboratories.
The HUMISCAN uses proven technology to measure relative humidity and
temperature. The HUMISCANs built-in microprocessor calculates dew point
temperature, absolute humidity, mixing ratio, and wet bulb temperature. All of
these measurements are available as user-selectable and scaleable analog outputs
and can be simultaneously viewed on the units digital display.
The design of the HUMISCAN provides reliable dewpoint measurements without
the need for a chilled mirror. This approach provides distinct advantages for industrial
applications, including faster response times, greater resistance to contamination,
and no uncertainty between dew and frost points.
The HUMISCAN housing features a small size (5.5L x 5.5W x 2.8D), and the choice of duct/remote or wall-mounted configurations. The
electronics are housed in a rugged, aluminum, NEMA-4X/IP-65 rated enclosure for maximum protection in harsh or condensing environments.
Specifications
General:
Sensing Element:
Relative Humidity: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Capacitive
Temperature: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ Hermetically Sealed Thermistor
Outputs:
Analog: ................................................................................................................................................................. 3 Simultaneous Channels: 4-20mA, 0-5 Volt, 0-10 Volt
Digital: ............................................................................................................................................. 1 Channel: RS-232 or RS-485 /422 Digital Current Loop (Optional)
Relay: .................................................................................................................................................................. SPDT, Form C, 250VAC/30VDC@5A; TTL: Alarm Trigger
Power Inputs:
Standard: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24 VAC/VDC +20%
Optional: ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 115/230 VAC/VDC +10%/50/60Hz
Storage Temperature: ..................................................................................................................................................................................... -40F to 176F (-40C to 80C)
Data Logging: ........................................................................................................................... Maximum of 700 points of humidity and temperature (selectable interval)
Performance:
Accuracy:
Relative Humidity: .................................................................................................................................. +1% @ 77F (25C) at 0.5 to 90% RH; +2% at 90 to 100% RH
Temperature: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... +0.36F (0.20C)
Long Term Stability: .............................................................................................................................................................................. Less than 0.5% drift per year typical
Temperature Effect: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. Temperature Compensated
Response Time: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Less than 15 sec.
Hysteresis: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Less than 1% RH
Operating Range:
Relative Humidity: ................................................................................................................................. 0% to 100% RH (non-condensing); 32F to 150F (0C to 70C)
Electronics: .............................................................................................................................................. 0% to 95% RH (non-condensing); 32F to 150F (0C to 70C)
Measurement Range-Temperature: ................................................................................................................................................................. +32F to 150F (0C to 70C)
Mechanical:
Dimensions: ................................................................................................................................................................ 5.5H x 5.5W x 2.8D (13.97cm x 13.97cm x 7.1cm)
Enclosure Material: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Aluminum
Enclosure Rating: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. NEMA-4X (IP-65)
Mounting: .......................................................................................................................................... Wall, Duct/Remote Configurations (Includes Duct Mount Hardware)
Remote Cable Lengths: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3, 5, and 10 meters
HUMIDITY
25
Item
Part #
HUMISCAN, No Display, Space, 24VAC/DC, 3m Cable Length, RS232, Plastic Open Frame Filter ..................................... 01-6013-095
HUMISCAN, w/Display, Space, 24VAC/DC, 3m Cable Length, RS232, Plastic Open Frame Filter ...................................... 01-6013-096
HUMISCAN, No Display, Space, 100-230VAC, 50/60Hz, 3m Cable Length, RS232, Plastic Open Frame Filter ................... 01-6013-097
HUMISCAN, w/Display, Space, 100-230VAC, 50/60Hz, 3m Cable Length, RS232, Plastic Open Frame Filter .................... 01-6013-098
HUMISCAN, No Display, Duct, 24VAC/DC, 5m Cable Length, RS232, Plastic Open Frame Filter ........................................ 01-6013-099
HUMISCAN, w/Display, Duct, 24VAC/DC, 5m Cable Length, RS232, Plastic Open Frame Filter ......................................... 01-6013-100
HUMISCAN, No Display, Duct, 100-230VAC, 50/60Hz, 5m Cable Length, RS232, Plastic Open Frame Filter ..................... 01-6013-101
HUMISCAN, w/Display, Duct, 100-230VAC, 50/60Hz, 5m Cable Length, RS232, Plastic Open Frame Filter ...................... 01-6013-102
Dimensional Drawing
26
HUMIDITY

Models HX & HV Series
Description
The Veris Alta Labs HX & HV Series of relative humidity sensors are cost effective
devices for energy management and HVAC control applications. The humidity
sensing element, the H2 Sensor, uses a digitally profiled thin-film capacitance
technology for superior accuracy over a wide range and exceptional resistance to
contaminants. The units are factory calibrated at four points using N.I.S.T. reference
standards.
The sensors feature a fully interchangeable element that allows for quick and
easy replacement of the digital sensor without calibration. Power to the sensor
can vary from 12-30VDC. Non polarity two wire 4-20 mA and 3-wire 0-10 VDC
versions are available.
The sensors are available in 2%, 3% and 5% accuracy levels and 4 different mounting configurations wall, recessed, duct and outside
air. An optional LCD display is offered for the wall mount versions. All designs are available with an optional 10K thermistor or
temperature transmitter.
Specifications
Room RH:
H2 Sensor: ...................................................................................................................................... Digitally profiled thin-film capacitive (32 bit mathematics) Patent Pending
Accuracy:
HXW/HXL/HXR: ........................................................................................................... +2% or +3% (specify) @ 0 to 90% RH; Four-point calibration, N.I.S.T. traceable
HVW: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... +5% @ 0 to 90% RH
Stability: .................................................................................................................................................................................... +1% @ 20C (68F) annually, for two years
Operating Humidity Range: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0 to 100% RH
Temperature Coefficient: ......................................................................................................................................................... +0.04% RH/C over 0 to 60C (32 to 140F)
Analog Output: ........................................................................................ 4-20 mA version; 2-wire, non-polarity sensitive, 0-5V/0-10V versions; 3-wire, observe polarity
Scaling: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-100% RH
Input Power: .................................................... 4-20 mA version; loop powered 12-30 VDC only, 30 mA max., 0-5V/0-10V versions; 12-30 VDC or 24 VAC*, 15 mA max.
Optional Temperature Output:
HXW/HVW: ........................................................................ Digital, 4-20 mA or 0-5 V/0-10V output; resolution/accuracy +0.25C (+0.45F) Jumper Selectable Range
HXL/HXR: .......................................................................... Digital, 4-20 mA or 0-5 V/0-10V output; resolution/accuracy +0.25C (+0.45F) Range specified on sensor
Duct RH
Accuracy:
HXD: ............................................................................................................................. +2% or +3% (specify) @ 0 to 90% RH; Four-point calibration, N.I.S.T. traceable
HVD: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... +5% @ 0 to 90% RH
Analog Output: ........................................................................................ 4-20 mA version; 2-wire, non-polarity sensitive, 0-5V/0-10V versions; 3-wire, observe polarity
Scaling: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-100% RH
Input Power: .................................................... 4-20 mA version; loop powered 12-30 VDC only, 30 mA max., 0-5V/0-10V versions; 12-30 VDC or 24 VAC*, 15 mA max.
Optional Temperature Output: .............................................. Digital, 4-20 mA or 0-5 V/0-10V output; resolution/accuracy +0.25C (+0.45F) Range Specified on Sensor
HUMIDITY
27
Outside Air RH
Accuracy: .......................................................................................................................... +2% or +3% (specify) @ 0 to 90% RH; Four-point calibration, N.I.S.T. traceable
Analog Output: .................................................................................................................................................................... 4-20 mA version; 2-wire, non-polarity sensitive
0-5V/0-10V versions; 3-wire, observe polarity
Scaling: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-100% RH
Input Power: .................................................................................................................................................. 4-20 mA version; loop powered 12-30 VDC only, 30 mA max.
0-5V/0-10V versions; 12-30 VDC or 24 VAC*, 15 mA max.
Optional Temperature Output: .............................................. Digital, 4-20 mA or 0-5 V/0-10V output; resolution/accuracy +0.25C (+0.45F) Range Specified on Sensor
Item
Part #
Room RH
2% Accuracy, Wall Mount, 4-20mA Output........................................................................................................................ ZVHXW2RH420
2% Accuracy, Wall Mount, 0-5V/0-10V Output ................................................................................................................. ZVHXW2RHVDC
2% Accuracy, Wall Mount, W/10 K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output .............................................................................. ZVHXW2RH/RTD420
2% Accuracy, Wall Mount, W/10 K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output ....................................................................... ZVHXW2RH/RTDVDC
2% Accuracy, Wall Mount, W/Temp Transmitter, 4-20mA Output ................................................................................ ZVHXW2RH/T420
2% Accuracy, Wall Mount, W/Temp Transmitter, 0-5V/0-10V Output.......................................................................... ZVHXW2RH/TVDC
3% Accuracy, Wall Mount, 4-20mA Output........................................................................................................................ ZVHXW3RH420
3% Accuracy, Wall Mount, 3% Accuracy, 0-5V/0-10V Output.......................................................................................... ZVHXW3RHVDC
3% Accuracy, Wall Mount, W/10 K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output ............................................................................... ZVHXW3RH/RTD420
3% Accuracy, Wall Mount, W/ 10 K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output ....................................................................... ZVHXW3RH/RTDVDC
3% Accuracy, Wall Mount, W/Temp Transmitter, 4-20mA Output ................................................................................ ZVHXW3RH/T420
3% Accuracy, Wall Mount, W/Temp Transmitter, 0-5V/0-10V Output ........................................................................... ZVHXW3RH/TVDC
5% Accuracy, Wall Mount, 4-20mA Output ....................................................................................................................... ZVHVW5RH420
5% Accuracy, Wall Mount, 5% Accuracy, 0-5/0-10V Output .......................................................................................... ZVHVW5RHVDC
5% Accuracy, Wall Mount, W/ 10 K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output .............................................................................. ZVHVW5RH/RTD420
5% Accuracy, Wall Mount, W/ 10 K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output ....................................................................... ZVHVW5RH/RTDVDC
5% Accuracy, Wall Mount, W/ Temp Transmitter, 4-20mAOutput ................................................................................. ZVHVW5RH/T420
5% Accuracy, Wall Mount, W/ Temp Transmitter, 0-5V/0-10V Output.......................................................................... ZVHVW5RH/TVDC
2% Accuracy, Wall Mount W/ LCD, 4-20mA Output .......................................................................................................... ZVHXL2RH420
2% Accuracy, Wall Mount W/ LCD, 2% Accuracy, 0-5V/0-10V Output ........................................................................... ZVHXL2RHVDC
2% Accuracy, Wall Mount W/ LCD, W/ 10 K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output ................................................................. ZVHXL2RH/RTD420
2% Accuracy, Wall Mount W/ LCD, W/10 K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output ............................................................. ZVHXL2RH/RTDVC
2% Accuracy, Wall Mount W/ LCD, W/Temp Transmitter, 4-20mA Output .................................................................... ZVHXL2RH/T420
2% Accuracy, Wall Mount W/ LCD, W/ Temp Transmitter, 0-5V/0-10V Output ............................................................. ZVHXL2RH/TVDC
3% Accuracy, Wall Mount W/ LCD, 4-20mA Output .......................................................................................................... ZVHXL3RH420
3% Accuracy, Wall Mount W/ LCD, 3% Accuracy, 0-5V/0-10V Output ........................................................................... ZVHXL3RHVDC
3% Accuracy, Wall Mount W/ LCD, W/ 10 K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output ................................................................. ZVHXL3RH/RTD420
3% Accuracy, Wall Mount W/ LCD, W/ 10 K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output ............................................................ ZVHXL3RH/RTDVC
3% Accuracy, Wall Mount W/ LCD, W/ Temp Transmitter, 4-20mA Output .................................................................... ZVHXL3RH/T420
3% Accuracy, Wall Mount W/ LCD, W/ Temp Transmitter, 0-5V/0-10V Output ............................................................. ZVHXL3RH/TVDC
2% Accuracy, Recessed Wall Mount, 4-20mA Output ........................................................................................................ ZVHXR2RH420
2% Accuracy, Recessed Wall Mount, 0-5V/0-10V Output ................................................................................................. ZVHXR2RHVDC
2% Accuracy, Recessed Wall Mount, W/ 10 K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output ............................................................. ZVHXR2RH/RTD420
2% Accuracy, Recessed Wall Mount, W/10 K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output ....................................................... ZVHXR2RH/RTDVDC
2% Accuracy, Recessed Wall Mount, W/ Temp Transmitter, 4-20mA Output ................................................................ ZVHXR2RH/T420
2% Accuracy, Recessed Wall Mount, W/ Temp Transmitter, 0-5V/0-10V Output ......................................................... ZVHXR2RH/TVDC
HUMIDITY
28

Item
Part #
Room RH Continued
3% Accuracy, Recessed Wall Mount, 4-20mA Output ........................................................................................................ ZVHXR3RH420
3% Accuracy, Recessed Wall Mount, 0-5V/0-10V Output ................................................................................................. ZVHXR3RHVDC
3% Accuracy, Recessed Wall Mount, W/ 10K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output .............................................................. ZVHXR3RH/RTD420
3% Accuracy, Recessed Wall Mount, W/10K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output ........................................................ ZVHXR3RH/RTDVDC
3% Accuracy, Recessed Wall Mount, W/ Temp Transmitter, 4-20mA Output ................................................................ ZVHXR3RH/T420
3% Accuracy, Recessed Wall Mount, W/ Temp Transmitter, 0-5V/0-10V Output ......................................................... ZVHXR3RH/TVDC
Remote LCD Digital Display ............................................................................................................................................................... ZVRD1
Duct RH
2% Accuracy, Duct Mount, 4-20mA Output ......................................................................................................................... ZVHXD2RH420
2% Accuracy, Duct Mount, 2% Accuracy, 0-5V/0-10V Output ........................................................................................... ZVHXD2RHVDC
2% Accuracy, Duct Mount, W/ 10 K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output ............................................................................... ZVHXD2RH/RTD420
2% Accuracy, Duct Mount, W/ 10 K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output ........................................................................ ZVHXD2RH/RTDVDC
2% Accuracy, Duct Mount, W/ Temp Transmitter, 4-20mA Output .................................................................................. ZVHXD2RH/T420
2% Accuracy, Duct Mount, W/ Temp Transmitter, 0-5V/0-10V Output ........................................................................... ZVHXD2RH/TVDC
3% Accuracy, Duct Mount, 4-20mA Output ......................................................................................................................... ZVHXD3RH420
3% Accuracy, Duct Mount, 3% Accuracy, 0-5V/0-10V Output ........................................................................................... ZVHXD3RHVDC
3% Accuracy, Duct Mount, W/ 10 K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output .............................................................................. ZVHXD3RH/RTD420
3% Accuracy, Duct Mount, W/ 10 K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output ........................................................................ ZVHXD3RH/RTDVDC
3% Accuracy, Duct Mount, W/ Temp Transmitter, 4-20mA Output .................................................................................. ZVHXD3RH/T420
3% Accuracy, Duct Mount, W/ Temp Transmitter, 0-5V/0-10V Output ........................................................................... ZVHXD3RH/TVDC
5% Accuracy, Duct Mount, 4-20mA Output ......................................................................................................................... ZVHVD5RH420
5% Accuracy, Duct Mount, 0-5V/0-10V Output .................................................................................................................. ZVHVD5RHVDC
5% Accuracy, Duct Mount, W/ 10 K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output ............................................................................... ZVHVD5RH/RTD420
5% Accuracy, Duct Mount, W/ 10 K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output ........................................................................ ZVHVD5RH/RTDVDC
5% Accuracy, Duct Mount, W/ Temp Transmitter, 4-20mA Output .................................................................................. ZVHVD5RH/T420
5% Accuracy, Duct Mount, W/ Temp Transmitter, 0-5V/0-10V Output ........................................................................... ZVHVD5RH/TVDC
Outside Air RH
2% Accuracy, Outside Air, 4-20mA Output .......................................................................................................................... ZVHXO2RH420
2% Accuracy, Outside Air, 0-5V/0-10V Output ................................................................................................................... ZVHXO2RHVDC
2% Accuracy, Outside Air, W/ 10 K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output ................................................................................ ZVHXO2RH/RTD420
2% Accuracy, Outside Air, W/ 10 K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output ......................................................................... ZVHXO2RH/RTDVDC
2% Accuracy, Outside Air, W/ Temp Transmitter, 4-20mA Output ................................................................................... ZVHXO2RH/T420
2% Accuracy, Outside Air, W/ Temp Transmitter, 0-5V/0-10V Output ............................................................................ ZVHXO2RH/TVDC
3% Accuracy, Outside Air, 4-20mA Output .......................................................................................................................... ZVHXO3RH420
3% Accuracy, Outside Air, 0-5V/0-10V Output ................................................................................................................... ZVHXO3RHVDC
3% Accuracy, Outside Air, W/10 K Thermistor 4-20mA Output .................................................................................. ZVHXO3RH/RTD420
3% Accuracy, Outside Air, W/10 K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output .......................................................................... ZVHXO3RH/RTDVDC
3% Accuracy, Outside Air, W/ Temp Transmitter, 4-20mA Output ................................................................................... ZVHXO3RH/T420
3% Accuracy, Outside Air, W/ Temp Transmitter, 0-5V/0-10V Output ............................................................................ ZVHXO3RH/TVDC
RH Accessories
Veris Alta Labs 1 3/8" Diameter Cobalt Steel Hole Saw (35MM) For HXR Recessed Sensor .....................................................ZVDB-100
Veris Alta Labs Replacement RH Sensor, 2% Wall ...................................................................................................................... ZVHSW-2
Veris Alta Labs Replacement RH Sensor, 2% Duct ....................................................................................................................... ZVHSD-2
HUMIDITY
29
Applications/Wiring Diagrams
Wall Mount (0-5V/-10V Versions)
Wall Mount (4-20mA Versions)
LCD Wall Mount (0-5V/-10V Versions)
LCD Wall Mount (4-20mA Versions)
Recessed Digital RH/RH/T (0-5V/-10V Versions)
Recessed Digital RH/RH/T (4-20mA Versions)
Recessed Digital RH w/RTD (0-5V/-10V Versions)
30
HUMIDITY
Applications/Wiring Diagrams Continued

Duct (0-5V/-10V Versions)
Duct (4-20mA Versions)
Outside Air (0-5V/-10V Versions)
Outside Air (4-20mA Versions)
Wall Mount
Wall Mount w/Plate
HUMIDITY
31
Dimensional Drawings Continued

LCD Wall Mount
LCD Wall Mount w/Plate
Recessed Wall Mount
Outside Air
HV Series Duct
32
HUMIDITY

Models HU-224/225 & HU-226
Description
The MAMAC Systems HU-224/225 and HU-226 are extremely fast, stable and accurate humidity transducers designed for harsh
environments. The polymer capacitance sensor is not affected by harsh contaminants, condensation, fog or extremely high humidity
over a prolonged period of time. If dust or other contaminants accumulate on the sensor, the probe can be washed in industrial grade
isopropyl alcohol and put back in service without any calibration shift. Each unit is individually calibrated in an environmental test
chamber to meet or exceed NIST traceable +2% or +3% accuracies. The HU-224/225 and HU-226 are temperature compensated for -30F
to 130F operation with negligible error. For the HU-224/225 an aesthetically appealing ABS enclosure which may be flush mounted or
fits a standard 2 x 4 handy box is available and for duct humidity applications, a rugged NEMA 4 (IP-65) steel enclosure with external
mounting bracket is also available. The HU-226 comes with a 10K Thermistor.
Specifications
Accuracy*: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. +2%/+3% RH
Range: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-100% RH
Hysteresis: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... +1%
Supply Voltage: ..................................................................................................................................................................... 12-40 VDC; 12-35 VAC (VDC output units only)
Supply Current: .................................................................................................................................................................. VDC Units - 10 mA max.; mA Units - 20 mA max.
Enclosure: ........................................................................................................................................................................... 18 Ga C.R. Steel NEMA 4 (IP-65) or ABS Plastic
Finish: .................................................................................................................................................................................... Backed on enamel - PMS2GR88B or off-white
Conformance: .......................................................................................................................................................................... EMC Standards EN50082-1 (1992); EN55014
Compensated Temp Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................... -30 to 130F (-35 to 55C)
Environmental: .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 10-90% RH Non-Condensing
Termination: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. Unpluggable screw terminal block
Wire Size: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 12 Ga max.
Load Impedance: ................................................................................................................. 3K ohms max. @ 40 VDC (mA output units); 1K ohms min. (VDC output units)
Weight:
Duct Mount: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.0 lbs. (.45 kg)
Wall Mount: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.5 lbs. (.25 kg)
10K Thermistor Option
Interchangeability: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ +0.2C
Heat Dissipation: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3.0 mW/C
R/T Characteristics: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. See TI. SN01-01
Conformance: ................................................................................................................................ EMC Standards EN50082-1 (1992); EN55014 (1993)/EN60730-1 (1992)
* Includes non-linearity and non-repeatability
Item
Part #
2% Wall RH, 4-20mA Output ............................................................................................................................................. ZAHU-225-2-MA
2% Wall RH, 0-5V/0-10V Output ......................................................................................................................................ZAHU-225-2-VDC
3% Wall RH, 4-20mA Output ............................................................................................................................................. ZAHU-225-3-MA
3% Wall RH, 0-5V/0-10V Output ......................................................................................................................................ZAHU-225-3-VDC
2% Duct RH, 4-20mA Output ............................................................................................................................................. ZAHU-224-2-MA
2% Duct RH, 0-5V/0-10V Output ......................................................................................................................................ZAHU-224-2-VDC
2% Duct RH w/10K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output .............................................................................................................ZAHU-226-2-MA7
2% Duct RH w/10K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output ..................................................................................................... ZAHU-226-2-VDC7
3% Duct RH, 4-20mA Output ............................................................................................................................................. ZAHU-224-3-MA
3% Duct RH, 0-5V/0-10V Output ......................................................................................................................................ZAHU-224-3-VDC
3% Duct RH w/10K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output .............................................................................................................ZAHU-226-3-MA7
3% Duct RH w/10K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output ..................................................................................................... ZAHU-226-3-VDC7
CO/CO2
CO Sensor
Model GX
33
NEW!
Description
The Veris Alta Labs GX series carbon monoxide sensor provides ventilation control
for energy savings and OSHA compliance. It is ideal for use in parking garages and
other automobile exhaust ventilation applications.
The GX series utilizes metal oxide semiconductor (MOS) sensing technology along
with microprocessor-based electronics for stable performance and long-life. The
unit is housed in a rugged metal enclosure for tamper resistance. Its factory
calibrated/factory programmed sensor module is fully interchangeable, allowing
for quick and easy replacement without the need for recalibration.
The GX series can be used for direct fan control or interfaced to a DDC system via
4-20mA or user selectable 0-5/0-10 VDC output. It features a 35 ppm fail-safe
alarm relay capable of switching 5-amps inductive, and an audible alarm (85dB)
that sounds if the CO level rises above 100 ppm for 30 minutes (per UL 2034).
Specifications
General:
Sensor: ........................................................................................................................................................................ Digitally profiled Metal Oxide Semiconductor (MOS)
Sensor Life: ....................................................................................................................................................................... 5-year expected sensor element life, replaceable
Supply Power: .................................................................................................................................................................... 12-30 VAC/DC, 0.2A @ 12 VDC, 0.1A @ 24 VDC
Detection Range: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 0 to 200 ppm
Analog Output: .......................................................................................................................................... 4-20mA or user selectable 0-10 V/0-5 V (Specify mA or output)
Output Scaling: ....................................................................................................................................................................... User selectable 100 ppm F.S. or 200 ppm F.S.
Relay Set-point: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 35 ppm
Relay Output: ............................................................................................................................................ N.O. Form A (SPST) 5A @ 120/240AC; (Use with N.C. contactor)
High Limit Set-point: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 100 ppm for 30 minutes
High Limit Alarm: ................................................................................................................................................................................ Audible, 85dB, resets below 100 ppm
LED Indicators: .................................................................................................. Normal = Green LED; Call for ventilation = Red LED; High-limit alarm = Flashing Red LED
Operating Environment: ....................................................................................................................................................... -10F to 125F+ 10 to 90% RH non-condensing
Coverage: ...................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................... 5000 sq. ft. typical
Physical: ...................................................................................................................... .... 5.0 x 2.5 x 2.3 (125mm x 65mm x 60mm); 1 lb.; white powder coat over steel
Item
Part #
CO Sensor, 4-20mA Output .................................................................................................................................................... ZVGX-CO-4-20
CO Sensor, 4-20mA Output w/Duct Pickup Tube .............................................................................................................. ZVGX-CO-4-20-D
CO Sensor, User-Selectable 0-5/0-10 VDC Output ............................................................................................................ ZVGX-CO-0-5-10
CO Sensor, User-Selectable 0-5/0-10 VDC Output w/Duct Pickup Tube ....................................................................... ZVGX-CO-0-5-10-D
34
CO/CO2
Dimensional Drawing
CO/CO2
CO2 Sensor
Model CX
35
NEW!
Description
The Veris Alta Labs CX series of carbon dioxide sensors are designed for use in
HVAC control applications. By controlling fresh air to occupant need as determined
by CO2 requirements, energy can be saved and tenant comfort improved. Inside
buildings, people are the major source of CO2. Typical outdoor levels of CO2 range
from between 350 to 400 ppm. Ideal ventilation is typically around 1000 ppm.
The CX series ensures that adequate ventilation will be provided, while maximizing
energy savings by ventilating at the optimum level.
The CX series utilizes non-dispersive infrared sensing (N.D.I.R.) and digital
electronics for stable performance. With the use of N.D.I.R. technology, the units
offer repeatability to +20 ppm over a range of 0-2000 ppm.
Versions are available for wall or duct applications. Each unit offers field selectable 0-10 VDC or 4-20 mA output and an optional relay output
to trigger HVAC equipment and predetermined levels (e.g., one/two position damper). A CO2 calibration kit is also available.
Specifications
General:
Sensor Type: .............................................................................................................................................................. Non-dispersive infrared (N.D.I.R.), diffusion sampling
Measurement Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-2000 ppm
Accuracy: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ +5% or 75 ppm (whichever is greater)
Repeatability: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... +20 ppm
Response Time: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... < one minute
Operating Temperature Range: .......................................................................................................................................................................... 32F to 122F (0C to 50C)
Analog Output: ................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-10 VDC or 4-20mA (field selectable)
Input Voltage: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 20 to 30 VAC/DC
Sensor Current Draw: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 100 mA maximum
Material: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ABS high impact plastic
Item
Part #
CO2 Wall Mount Sensor ................................................................................................................................................................... ZVCXW
CO2 Wall Mount Sensor w/Setpoint Relay ................................................................................................................................. ZVCXW-SR
CO2 Duct Mount Sensor ..................................................................................................................................................................... ZVCXD
CO2 Duct Mount Sensor w/Setpoint Relay .................................................................................................................................. ZVCXD-SR
CO2 Wall Mount Sensor w/LED Display ............................................................................................................................................ ZVCXL
CO2 Wall Mount Sensor w/LED Display and Setpoint Relay ....................................................................................................... ZVCXL-SR
CO2 Calibration Kit ............................................................................................................................................................................ ZVC100
36
CO/CO2
POWER MONITORING
37
Current Status Switches

Models Hawkeye 708/908
Description
The Veris Hawkeye 708/908 Series of current status switches monitor fans, pumps,
motors and electrical loads for proper operation. They are more reliable than
differential pressure switches as no fitting or tapping is required. Available in
solid and split-core models, these current switches have an adjustable set-point
of 1 to 135A (ZVH-708) and 2.5 to 135A (ZVH-908), and power and status LEDs for
easy set-up. Positive fan or pump status is monitored by sensing changes in
current flow resulting from motor failure, belt loss or slippage, and other mechanical
failures.
Specifications
General:
Sensor Power: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Induced
Isolation: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 600VAC rms
Trip Set-Point: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... Adj. to +1% of range
Temperature Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... -15 to 60C
Humidity Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-95% non-condensing
Dimensions:
701/706/708/709: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2.93L x 2.65W x 1.05H
908/909: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.90L x 2.575W x 1.04H
Sensor Hole Size:
701/706/708/709: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 0.75 diameter
908/909: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.90L x 0.90W
Amperage Range:
701/706/708/709: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-135A
908/909: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.5-135A
Output Type: .................................................................................................................................................................................. N.O., Solid State; N.C., Solid State (706)
Output Rating:
701/708/908: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0.1A @ 30VAC/DC
706: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.1A @ 30VDC
709/909: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.2A @ 120VAC/DC
Trip Point: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Adjustable
LED: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Trip; Power (Excluding 701)
Certifications: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... UL/CUL, CSA certified; CE
Item
Part #
Veris Hawkeye 701 Solid Core (1.0A @ 30VAC/DC) ....................................................................................................................... ZVH-701
Veris Hawkeye 706 Solid Core (0.1A @ 30VDC) ............................................................................................................................. ZVH-706
Veris Hawkeye 708 Solid Core (1.0A @ 30VAC/DC) ....................................................................................................................... ZVH-708
Veris Hawkeye 709 Solid Core ( 0.2A @ 120VAC/DC) .................................................................................................................... ZVH-709
Veris Hawkeye 908 Split Core (1.0A @ 30VAC/DC) ....................................................................................................................... ZVH-908
Veris Hawkeye 909 Split Core ( 0.2A @ 120VAC/DC) .................................................................................................................... ZVH-909
Din Rail Mounting Clip Set ................................................................................................................................................ ZVH700/900-DIN
38
POWER MONITORING
POWER MONITORING
39

Description
The Veris Hawkeye 715/717 Series current status switch protects motors from
overload conditions by switching most contactors directly. The 715 sensor trips
when threshold is exceed thus helping to extend motor and tool life. It is ideal for
grinders, conveyors, and machine tools.
The Hawkeye 715/717 Series combine a CT (current transformer), transducer and
output into a single unit. Both units feature self-induced power for fast installation
and an adjustable set-point from 2 to 135A. The Model 717 offers the added
features of adjustable 0.1 to 8 second in-rush ignore and a 180 second lock-out
reset (Fixed).
Specifications
General:
Trip Set-Point: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... Adj. to +1% of range
Dimensions: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 3.125L x 2.15W x 1.00H
Sensor Hole Size: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.75 diameter
Amperage Range: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2 to 135A
Output Type:
715: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. N.O.,Triac
717: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. N.C.,Triac
Output Rating: ........................................................................................................................................................ 2A @ 120VAC continuous; 8A @ 120 for 2 sec. (surge)
LED:
715: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Status & Power
717: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Status
In-Rush Delay: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 717
Timed Lock Out: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 717
Set Point Adj:. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 715 & 717
Item
Part #
Motor Protection/Load Switching (Undercurrent); Adj. Setpoint; 2-135A; 2A @ 120VAC ............................................................ ZVH-715
Motor Protection/Load Switching (Overcurrent); Adj. Setpoint; In-rush Delay; 2-135A; 2A @ 120VAC ....................................... ZVH-717
40
POWER MONITORING
Dimensional Drawing
POWER MONITORING
41

Description
The Veris Hawkeye 800/900 Series of Go/No current switches provide on/off status
for direct-drive fans, pumps and process motors. They are more reliable for status
than relays across auxiliary contacts. The series offers a split core model for fast
retrofit installation, and a mini solid core model that fits in tight enclosures. Versions
are available with output ratings of 0.1A @ 30VAC/DC and 1.0A @ 30VAC/DC.
Specifications
General:
Dimensions:
900: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 2.90L x 2.575W x 1.04H
800: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.34L x 1.80W x .87H
Sensor Hole Size:
900: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.90L x .90W
800: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.75 diameter
Switch Turn-on Threshold: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 0.5A (typical)
Amperage Range:
900: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.5-200A
800: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.5-200A
Output Type: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ N.O., Solid State
Output Rating: .................................................................................................................................................................................. 0.1A @ 30VAC/DC, 1.0A @ 30VAC/DC
Certifications: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... UL/CUL, CE
Item
Part #
Solid Core; 0.5 to 200A; 0.1 A @30VAC/DC ................................................................................................................................... ZVH-800
Solid Core; 0.5 to 200A; 0.5A @30VAC/DC ................................................................................................................................ ZVH-800-L
Split Core; 1.5 to 200A; 1.0 A @30VAC/DC) ................................................................................................................................... ZVH-900
H 800 Mounting Bracket .......................................................................................................................................................... ZV800-BRKT
42
POWER MONITORING
Dimensional Drawing
POWER MONITORING
43

Model Hawkeye 904
Description
The Veris Hawkeye 904 is a microprocessor based current switch that selfcalibrates to changing loads and automatically monitors for positive fan or pump
status. The 904 senses changes in current flow resulting from motor failure, belt
loss or slippage and other mechanical failures. It automatically compensates for
effects of frequency and amperage changes associated with VFDs. The split core
design of the 904 is ideal for retrofits as there is no need to remove the conductor.
In addition, it self-grips on wire thus eliminating drilling in hot enclosures.
Specifications
General:
Frequency Range: ............................................................................................................................................... 34 to 75Hz (belt loss indication); 5 to 34Hz (on/off status)
Trip Set-Point: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Self-calibrating
Sensor Hole Size: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.90L x .90H
Amperage Range: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 3.5-135A
Output Type: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... N.O. Solid State
Output Rating: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0.1A @ 30VAC/DC
Calibration: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Self Calibrating
LED: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Status
Item
Part #
Microprocessor Based, Self-Calibrating; Status LED; 3.5-135A; 0.1A @ 30 VAC/DC ................................................................... ZVH-904
44
POWER MONITORING
Dimensional Drawing
POWER MONITORING
45

Model 5000 Series
Description
The Veris Hawkeye 5000 Series consists of 2 or 4-point remote status panels,
conveniently located at your control panel, thus allowing for complete checkout
with one technician equipped with a remote terminal at the panel. The technician
can quickly adjust up to four sensors at one location and eliminate run-around
time. Trouble-shooting time can also be reduced as status is displayed at your
panel and not hidden away in hot starter boxes.
The 2-zone controller is ideal for common supply and return fans while the 4-zone
controller works great in all multi-point fan/pump room applications.
Specifications
General:
5800 Mini-Sensor:
Amperage Ratings: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1 to 100A continuous
Dimensions: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.29L x 1.85W x 0.875H
Sensor Hole Size: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 0.70 Dia.
Remote Panel:
Model 5002:
Number of points accepted: ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1 or 2 sensors
Supply Voltage: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24VAC/DC
Supply Current: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25mA max.
Dimensions: .................................................................................................................... ............................................................................... 3.25L x 2.375W x 1.080H
Model 5004:
Number of points accepted: ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1 to 4 sensors
Supply Voltage: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24VAC/DC
Supply Current: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 50mA max.
Dimensions: .................................................................................................................... ............................................................................... 4.125L x 2.75W x 1.080H
Temperature Range: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... -15 to 60C
Humidity Range: ................................................................................................................ ................................................................................ 0 to 95% non-condensing
Output Type (both): ........................................................................................................................................................................................ Dry Contact, reed relay, N.O.
Output Rating (both): ................................................................................................................................................................... 200mA @ 30VAC/DC; 50mA @ 120VAC
Certifications: ................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................... UL/CUL, CE
Item
Part #
Remote Panel; 2-zone ................................................................................................................................................................... ZVH-5002
Remote Panel; 4-zone ................................................................................................................................................................... ZVH-5004
Mini Sensor for ZVH-5002 & ZVH-5004 Remote Panels .............................................................................................................. ZVH-5800
2-zone Kit: (2) H-5800 Mini Sensors & (1) H-5002 Remote Panel ..............................................................................................ZVH-5802C
4-zone Kit: (2) H-5800 Mini Sensors & (1) H-5004 Remote Panel ..............................................................................................ZVH-5804C
46
POWER MONITORING
POWER MONITORING
Motor Control Switches

Model Hawkeye 500 Series
47
NEW!
Description
The Veris Hawkeye 500 Series combine an industrial grade load switching relay,
current status switch and Hand-Off-Auto switch (HOA) in an easy to install remote
enclosure making them ideal for monitoring, controlling and troubleshooting the
control wiring of fractional horsepower loads, such as exhaust fans and unit
ventilators.
True override status is provided with theintegral HOA switch as the H500 is wired
in series with the hot wire of the starter. Installation costs are reduced as teh
functionality of three products (command relay, current status switch, and HOA
switch) are combined in a single package that can be mounted on an existing 2 or
4 gang junction box, flush to a starter enclosure, or stand alone.
Specifications
General:
Isolation: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 250 VAC
Dimensions: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4.250L x1.530W x 4.250H
Relay Coil: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 16mA nominal
Sensor Amperage Range: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0.5-16A
Sensor Output: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1.0A @ 30VAC/DC
LED:
H540: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Relay Power
H548: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Sensor Trip; Relay Power
Frequency Range: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 50/60 Hz
Trip Set-point (H540): ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Fixed
Trip Set-point (H548): ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Adjustable
Certifications: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. UL/CUL , CE
Item
Part #
Remote Current Switch w/Command Relay & Hands-off Auto Switch, 0.25-20A, Go/No ........................................................ ZVH-540
Remote Current Switch w/Command Relay & Hands-off Auto Switch, 0.25-20A, Go/No w/Locked Rotor
and Belt Loss Loss in One Sensor ................................................................................................................................................ ZVH-540-L
Remote Current Switch w/Command Relay & Hands-off Auto Switch, 0.5-20A, Adj. Set-point .................................................. ZVH-548
Remote Current Switch w/Command Relay & Hands-off Auto Switch, 0.5-20A, Adj. Set-point w/Locked Rotor
and Belt Loss Loss in One Sensor ................................................................................................................................................ ZVH-548-L
48
POWER MONITORING
Mounting Options
2-Gang Junction Box
4-Gang Junction Box
Directly on Wall or Panel
POWER MONITORING

49
NEW!
Description
The Veris Hawkeye 735/759 combine the status and starting functions into a
single package, reducing the space required for total control of fans and pumps.
The current switch provides a status level signal to the automation system while
the relay provides a contact output capable of switching almost any contactor.
The 735/759 is designed to replace pressure switches and other electromechanical
devices. It detects belt loss and motor failure, making it ideal for fan and pump
status.
Specifications
General:
Dimensions: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2.90L x 2.57W x 1.04H
Sensor Hole Size: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.90L x .90W
Relay Coil:
735-749 .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 24VAC/DC; 10mA nom.
758/759 ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 12 VDC 16mA
Sensor Amperage Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-135A
Sensor Output Type & Rating:
735 ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0.1A @ 30VAC/DC
738-758 ............................................................................................................................................................................................ N.O., Solid State 1.0A @ 30VAC/DC
739-759 .......................................................................................................................................................................................... N.O., Solid State 0.2A @ 120VAC/DC
Adjustment: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Set Point
LED: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Sensor Trip; Relay Power
Certifications: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. UL/CUL , CE
Item
Part #
Contact: SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30 VDC, 1/3HP; Coil:24 VAC/DC, 10mA, Status Output: 0.1A@30 VAC/DC ................................ ZVH-735
Contact: SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30 VDC, 1/3HP; Coil:24 VAC/DC, 10mA, Status Output: 1.0A@30 VAC/DC, N.O. Solid State .... ZVH-738
Contact: SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30 VDC, 1/3HP; Coil:24 VAC/DC, 10mA, Status Output: 0.2A@120 VAC/DC, N.O. Solid State .. ZVH-739
Contact: SPDT 8(3.5)@250VAC 30 VDC, 1/3HP; Coil:24 VAC/DC, 10mA, Status Output: 1.0A@30 VAC/DC, N.O. Solid State ... ZVH-748
Contact: SPDT 8(3.5)@250VAC 30 VDC, 1/3HP; Coil:24 VAC/DC, 10mA, Status Output: 0.2A@120 VAC/DC, N.O. Solid State . ZVH-749
Contact: SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30 VDC, 1/3HP; Coil:12 VDC, 16mA, Status Output:1.0A@30 VAC/DC, N.O. Solid State ........... ZVH-758
Contact: SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30 VDC, 1/3HP; Coil:12 VDC, 16mA, Status Output:0.2A@120 VAC/DC, N.O. Solid State ......... ZVH-759
50
POWER MONITORING
POWER MONITORING

51
NEW!
Description
The Veris Hawkeye 930/950 combines an on/off status switch and command
relay for direct-drive fans, pumps and process motors. The devices unique self
gripping split core clamps on the motor conductor for fast and easy installation.
The 24VAC/DC command relay switches up to 10A @ 250VAC.
Specifications
General:
Sensor Power: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Induced from line
Relay Coil:
930/940 .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24VAC/DC 10mA
950 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 12 VDC 16mA
Sensor Hole Size: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1.90W x .90H
LED: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Sensor Trip and Relay Power
Item
Part #
Contact: SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30 VDC, 1/3HP; Coil:24 VAC/DC, 10mA, Status Output: 0.1A@30 VAC/DC ................................ ZVH-930
Contact: SPDT 8(3.5)@250VAC 30 VDC, 1/3HP; Coil:24 VAC/DC, 10mA, Status Output: 0.1A@30 VAC/DC ............................... ZVH-940
Contact: SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30 VDC, 1/3HP; Coil:12 VDC, 16mA, Status Output: 0.1A@30 VAC/DC ...................................... ZVH-950
52
POWER MONITORING
1 Wire Terminal #1 to Starter

2 Wire Terminal #2 to Status In
3 Wire Terminal #3 to Digital Out
POWER MONITORING
53

Model Hawkeye 934
Description
The Veris Hawkeye 934 is a self-calibrating microprocessor based current switch
with a command relay. The self-calibrating current switch is designed for monitoring
status of, and starting/stopping, motors controlled by variable frequency drives. It
is factory programmed to detect belt loss on variable frequency drives or constant
volume systems, making it perfect for fan and pump status. No calibration is
required, just clip it on the line and go. The 24VAC/DC command relay switches up
to 5A @ 240VAC.
Specifications
General:
Trip Set-Point: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Self-calibrating
Humidity: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0-95% non-condensing
Dimensions: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.90L x 2.575W x1.04H
Sensor Hole Size: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1.90L x .90W
Relay Coil: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 24VAC/DC 15mA nom.
Frequency Range: ................................................................................................................................................... 34 to 75Hz.(belt loss indication); 5-34Hz (on/off status)
Amperage Range: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 3.5-135A
Output Type/Rating: ............................................................................................................................................................................ N.O., Solid State 0.1A @ 30VAC/DC
Relay Output: ..................................................................................................................................................................................... N.O. 5(3)A @ 250VAC/30VDC, 1/8 HP
Calibration: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Self Calibrating
Item
Part #
Microprocessor-based, Self-calibrating Combo. Switch/Command Relay; 3.5-135A;
0.1 A @ 30VAC/DC; Relay Output: N.O. 5(3)A @ 250VAC/30VDC, 1/8 HP .................................................................................... ZVH-934
Din Rail Mounting Clip ...................................................................................................................................................... ZVH700/900-DIN
54
POWER MONITORING

POWER MONITORING

55
NEW!
Description
The Veris Hawkeye 938/959 is a self gripping split-core with command relay for
start/stop and status. It is designed to monitor fans, pumps, motors and electrical
loads for proper operation.
Specifications
General:
Relay Coil:
938-949 ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 24VAC/DC 10mA
958/959 ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 12 VDC 16mA
Sensor Hole Size: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1.90W x .90H
Output Type/Rating:
938-958 ............................................................................................................................................................................................ N.O., Solid State 1.0A @ 30VAC/DC,
939-959 .......................................................................................................................................................................................... N.O., Solid State 0.2A @ 120VAC/DC
Item
Part #
SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30VDC, 1/3HP; Coil 24VAC/DC, 10mA, Status Ouput: 1.0A@30VAC/DC,N.O. Solid State ........................ ZVH-938
SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30VDC, 1/3HP; Coil 24VAC/DC, 10mA, Status Ouput: 0.2A@120VAC/DC,N.O. Solid State ...................... ZVH-939
SPDT 8(3.5)@250VAC 30VDC, 1/3HP; Coil 24VAC/DC, 10mA, Status Ouput: 1.0A@30VAC/DC,N.O. Solid State ...................... ZVH-948
SPDT 8(3.5)@250VAC 30VDC, 1/3HP; Coil 24VAC/DC, 10mA, Status Ouput: 0.2A@120VAC/DC,N.O. Solid State .................... ZVH-949
SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30VDC, 1/3HP; Coil 24VAC/DC, 16mA, Status Ouput: 1.0A@30VAC/DC,N.O. Solid State ........................ ZVH-958
SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30VDC, 1/3HP; Coil 24VAC/DC, 16mA, Status Ouput: 0.2A@120VAC/DC,N.O. Solid State ...................... ZVH-959
56
POWER MONITORING

POWER MONITORING
57
Analog Current Sensors

Models Hawkeye 221/321/421
Description
The Veris Hawkeye 221/321/421 are high amperage split-core analog current
sensors. They are designed to monitor large motors and other loads (up to 2400A),
with a proportional 4-20mA signal, thus eliminating the need for external CTs on
large conductors.
The two wire design of the 221, 321, and 421 reduces wiring costs. Span
adjustment is featured for easy set-up and high resolution.
Specifications
General:
Amperage Range:
221: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 100 to 300 (span)
321: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 300 to 800 (span)
421: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1000 to 2400 (span)
Output Type: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-20mA
Sensor Supply Voltage: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 10 to 30VDC
Sensor Supply Current: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 30mA max.
Frequency Range: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 60Hz nominal
Accuracy: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.0% of all scales
Certifications: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... (221 & 321) UL/CUL, CE
Item
Part #
100 to 300A; 4-20mA Output .......................................................................................................................................................... ZVH-221
300 to 800A; 4-20mA Output .......................................................................................................................................................... ZVH-321
1000 to 2400A; 4-20mA Output ...................................................................................................................................................... ZVH-421
Universal Mounting Bracket ................................................................................................................................................. ZVKT/CT-BRKT
Universal Power Supply .................................................................................................................................................................. ZVPS-24
58
POWER MONITORING
Sinking Panel (+ Common)
Sourcing Panel (- Common)
Model
ZVH221
A
3.75 (95mm)
B
1.51(38mm)
C
1.25(32mm)
D
1.13(29mm)
E
3.91(99mm)
F
4.75(121mm)
ZVH321
4.90 (124mm) 2.89 (73mm)
2.45 (62mm)
1.13 (29mm) 5.20 (132mm) 5.91 (150mm)
ZVH421
4.90 (124mm) 5.50 (140mm) 2.45 (62mm)
1.13 (29mm) 7.88 (200mm) 5.92 (150mm)
POWER MONITORING
59

Model Hawkeye 720
Description
The Veris Hawkeye 720 analog current sensor, with its high accuracy 4-20mA
output, is ideal for variable frequency drives (VFD). It is accurate to 0.5% full
scale and may be used on the VFD load side. The 720 combines a sensor and a
transducer in an easy to install package. It provides adjustable zero and span for
precise scaling.
Specifications
General:
Amperage Ratings: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0 to 200A Continuous
Amperage Range: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 20 to 200A
Output Type: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-20mA
Sensor Supply Voltage: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 12 to 30VDC
Supply Current: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 30mA max.
Frequency Range: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 10 to 80Hz (+1%)
Zero Adjustment: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3.5 to 4.5mA
Span Adjustment: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 20 to 200A, full scale
Accuracy: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.5%
Response Time: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 150mSec
Dimensions: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3.13L x 2.15W x 1.00H
Sensor Hole Size: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0.75
Item
Part #
20 to 200A; 4-20mA Output ............................................................................................................................................................ ZVH-720
60
POWER MONITORING
POWER MONITORING
61

Description
The Veris Hawkeye 721, 921 and 931 provide accurate load trending information
with a proportional 4-20mA output signal. The H931 features an integral command
relay for start/stop applications.
Specifications
General:
Amperage Range:
721: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0-5 to 55A (span)
921: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-30, 60, 120A (span)
931: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-30,60, 120A
Output Type: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-20mA
Accuracy:
721: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... +2% of reading from 10-100% of full scale
921/931: ..................................................................................................................................................................................... +2% of reading from 0-10% of full scale
Temperature Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ -15C to 60C
Dimensions:
721: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3.13L x 2.15W x 1.00H
921/931: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2.90L x 2.575W x 1.045H
Sensor Hole Size:
721: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.75
921/931: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.90L x 0.90W
Item
Part #
Solid Core; Loop Powered; 5 to 55A; 4-20mA Output .................................................................................................................... ZVH-721
Split Core; Loop Powered; 30/60/120A; 4-20mA Output ............................................................................................................... ZVH-921
Split Core; Loop Powered; Combo. Current Sensor/Command Relay; 30/60/120A; 4-20mA Output ............................................ ZVH-931
62
POWER MONITORING

POWER MONITORING
63

Description
The Veris Hawkeye 722, 922 and 932 analog current sensors are self powered
devices that provide accurate load trending information with a proportional 05VDC output signal. The 932 features an integral command relay for start/stop
applications.
Factory calibrated switch selectable ranges (30, 60, 120A) for high resolution and
installation ease. The 722 featuers a span adjustment potentionmeter for maximum
resolution.
Specifications
General:
Amperage Range:
722: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 10 to 60A
922/932: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 30/60/120A
Output Type: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-5VDC
Accuracy:
722: .............................................................................................................................................................................. +2% of reading from 10-100% of full scale range
922/932: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... +2% full scale from 0-10% of full scale
Relay Coil: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 24VAC/DC 15mA nom.
Dimensions:
722: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.95L x 2.68W x 1.03H
922/932: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.90L x 2.575W x 1.04H
Sensor Hole Size:
722: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0.750
922: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.90L x .90W
Item
Part #
Solid Core; Self-Powered; 0-5 VDC; 10 to 60A ............................................................................................................................... ZVH-722
Split Core; Self-Powered; 0-5 VDC; 30/60/120A ............................................................................................................................ ZVH-922
Split Core; Self-Powered; 0-5 VDC; Combo. Current Sensor/Command Relay; 30/60/120A ........................................................ ZVH-932
64
POWER MONITORING

POWER MONITORING
65
Power Transducers
Model 6000 Series
Description
The Veris 6000 Series is a one to three phase industrial grade automation system
compatible kW/kWH transducer. It is ideal for applications such as energy
management and performance contracting, submetering for commercial tenants,
departmental costing in manufacturing facilities and power monitoring for tool
wear and process control.
The 6000 Series accepts three Veris 1.0V current transformer inputs and three
direct connect voltage inputs. The transducer multiplies the input current signal
and voltage input for each phase to calculate true RMS power. The instantaneous
power (kW) of all three phases is summed and converted to an industry standard
4-20mA output signal for use in demand management (load shedding) applications.
The transducer also accumulates this instantaneous value over time and produces
a pulsed output proportional to the energy usage (kWH). The frequency of the output pulses is proportional to the total power consumed and
can be used to measure energy usage for an entire building, selected area, or individual loads (chillers, compressors, etc.).
Pulse rate output is also field selectable to match the requirements of virtually all automation panels and data loggers. kW range is determined
by the ampere ranges of the CTs used to provide the input current signal.
NOTE: To interface with 5A CTs, consult factory.
Specifications
General:
Amperage Ratings: .................................................................................................................................... 0 to 2400A (sized by CT; consult factory for higher amperages)
Amperage Input: ....................................................................................................................... 1.0V Safe CTs ONLY (consult factory for 0-5A output CT retrofit interface)
Voltage Range (field selectable): ......................................................................................................... 120, 208, 240, 277, 480 or 600VAC (other ranges; consult factory)
Isolation: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2500VAC rms
Analog Output: ............................................................................................................................................................................ 4-20mA, Provide 10-30VDC power supply
Pulse Output: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... N.O., Opto FET, 100mA @ 24VAC/DC
Pulse Rate (field selectable): .............................................................................................................................................................................. 1, 0.5, 0.1, 0.05 pulse/kWh
Phase loss/low voltage alarm output rating: ...................................................................................................................................... N.C., Opto FET, 100mA @ 24VAC/DC
Low Voltage Alarm Trip-Point: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... Adj. 75-95%
Sealing: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. NEMA 1
Enclosure Dimensions: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 9.5L x 8.25W x 4.0D
Model ZVH-6005 (no enclosure dimensions): ...................................................................................................................................................... 8.50L x 5.44W x 2.33D
Enclosure Construction (except model 6005): ........................................................................................................... Steel, NEMA type 1,conduit knock outs, hinged door
System Accuracy: ........................................................................................................................................ +1% from 10% to 100% of the max. rated current of the CTs
Certifications: .................................................................................................................................................................. UC/CUL, CE, CSA Certified (6005-UL Recognized)
Item
Part #
Base Unit; kW/kWH Transducer in Nema 1 Enclosure ................................................................................................................. ZVH-6001
Base Unit & kWH LCD Display ...................................................................................................................................................... ZVH-6002
Base Unit & kW/kWH LCD Displays ............................................................................................................................................. ZVH-6004
Base Unit Less Nema 1 Enclosure (for mounting in field enclosure) ........................................................................................... ZVH-6005
Note: Order CTs separately. See page 77.
66
POWER MONITORING
2
1 Veris Safe Split Core CTs-1.0V output,
Orient CT arrow towards load. Observe polarity
(color coding) of wiring for CTs.
2 Fuse or breaker per NEC.
3 Select desired line voltage up to 600 VAC.
4 Undervoltage/phase loss percentage set-point.

5 Pulse rate selection per automation system.
6 Non-polarity sensitive 4-20 mA loop.

Observe panel polarity.
7 For voltage output, install resistor at
automation panel. [250 for 1 to 5V, or 500 for 2 to
10V]
NOTE: Consult factory for single phase installation.
1
POWER MONITORING
67
Power Transducers
Model 6010 Series Submeters/Pulse Meters
Description
The Veris 6014/6015 are 10 ohm to 30 ohm power (kWH) submeters/transducers
designed for use in industrial commercial, and building automation submetering
applications. They utilize safe low voltage output CTs and direct wired voltage
inputs (no expensive voltage transformers required). Safe CT design improves
safety, eliminating the need for costly external shorting bars. kWH meter display
and kWH pulse outputs are standard.
Specifications
General:
Amperage Ratings: ........................................................................................................................................ 0-2400A (sized by CT; Consult factory for higher amperages)
Amperage Input: ..................................................................................................................... 1.0V Safe CTs ONLY (Consult factory for 0-5A output CT retrofit interface)
Voltage Ranges:
6014: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 120VAC
6015: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 208 to 480VAC
Isolation: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2500VAC rms
Pulse Output: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... N.O., Opto FET, 100mA @ 24VAC/DC
Pulse Rate: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1 pulse/kWH
Sealing: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. NEMA 1
Enclosure Dimensions: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 6.5L x 4.875W x 2.75D
Enclosure Construction: ........................................................................................................................... Steel, NEMA type , conduit knock outs, hinged door, lock hasp
System Accuracy: ........................................................................................................................................ +1% from 10-100% of the maximum rated current of the CTs
Item
Part #
kWH Meter w/Pulse Output; 120VAC........................................................................................................................................... ZVH-6014
kWH Meter w/Pulse Output; 208-480VAC ................................................................................................................................... ZVH-6015
Note: Order CTs separately. See page 77. Order 300A, 800A, or 2400A only.
68
POWER MONITORING
POWER MONITORING
Power Meters
Models 8035/8036
69
NEW!
Description
The Veris Hawkeye 8035/8036s are three phase networked (Modbus RTU) power
meters used for energy services metering/submetering in commercial and industrial
applications. These power meters combine power metering electronics and high
accuracy industrial grade CTs in a single package eliminating the need for external
electronic enclosures.
There are two application specific platforms to choose from. The Enercept Energy
Meters (H8035) are ideal for submetering applications where only kW (demand)
and kWH (consumption) are required. The Enercept Enhanced Data Stream meters
(H8036) output 26 energy variables including kVAR, VA, and power factor, making
them ideal for power monitoring and diagnostics.
Specifications
General:
Input Primary Voltage: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 208 to 480 VAC rms
Number of Phases Monitored: .................................................................................................................................................................................................. One or Three
Frequency: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 50/60 Hz
Maximum Primary Current: ...................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 2400 amps cont. per phase
Internal Isolation: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2000 VAC rms
Case Insulation: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 600 VAC rms
Temperature Range: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0 to 60 C
Accuracy: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ +1.0% (ANSI C12.1)
Output physical characteristics: ........................................................................................................................................................................... RS 485, 2 wire plus shield
Baud Rate: ..................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................... Modbus RTU**(*)
Current Transformer: ......................................................................................................................................................... Split core, 100, 300, 400, 800, 1600, 2400 amps
H8035 Data Output Specifications: ........................................................................................................................................................... kWH,Consumption; kW, Demand
H8036 Data Output Specifications: ....................................................... kWH, Consumption; kW, Demand; kVAR, Reactive power; kVA, Apparent power; Power factor;
Average demand; Minimum demand; Maximum demand; Voltage, line to line; Voltage, line to neutral ;
Amps, Average current; kW, Demand A; kw, Demand B; kW, Demand C; Power factor, A; Power factor, B;
Power factor, C; Voltage, A to B; Voltage, B to C; Voltage, A to C; Voltage, A to Netrual;
Voltage, B to Netrual; Voltage, C to Netrual; Amps, Current A; Amps, Current C
**Detailed protocol specifications are available at: http://www.veris.com/modus/
(*) Other protocols available. Please consult factory
Based on derived neutral voltage
Item
Part #
Modbus Energy Meter, 100 Amp Range, Small Size CTs ................................................................................................. ZVH8035-0100-2
Modbus Energy Meter, 300 Amp Range, Small Size CTs ................................................................................................. ZVH8035-0300-2
Modbus Energy Meter, 400 Amp Range, Med. Size CTs .................................................................................................. ZVH8035-0400-3
Modbus Energy Meter, 800 Amp Range, Med. Size CTs .................................................................................................. ZVH8035-0800-3
Modbus Energy Meter, 800 Amp Range, Large Size CTs ................................................................................................. ZVH8035-0800-4
Modbus Energy Meter, 1600 Amp Range, Large Size CTs ............................................................................................... ZVH8035-1600-4
Modbus Energy Meter, 2400 Amp Range, Large Size CTs ............................................................................................... ZVH8035-2400-4
Modbus Enhanced Data Stream Meter, 100 Amp Range, Small Size CTs ....................................................................... ZVH8036-0100-2
Modbus Enhanced Data Stream Meter, 300 Amp Range, Small Size CTs ....................................................................... ZVH8036-0300-2
Modbus Enhanced Data Stream Meter, 400 Amp Range, Med. Size CTs ....................................................................... ZVH8036-0400-3
Modbus Enhanced Data Stream Meter, 800 Amp Range, Med. Size CTs ....................................................................... ZVH8036-0800-3
Modbus Enhanced Data Stream Meter, 800 Amp Range, Large Size CTs ....................................................................... ZVH8036-0800-4
Modbus Enhanced Data Stream Meter, 1600 Amp Range, Large Size CTs ..................................................................... ZVH8036-1600-4
Modbus Enhanced Data Stream Meter, 2400 Amp Range, Large Size CTs ..................................................................... ZVH8036-2400-4
70
POWER MONITORING
Typical 208 or 480 VAC 3, Installation
Typical 240 VAC 1, 3-Wire Installation
Model
Small 100Amp/300Amp (-2)
A
3.75 (95mm)
B
1.51(38mm)
C
1.25(32mm)
D
1.13(29mm)
E
3.91(99mm)
F
4.75(121mm)
Medium 400Amp/800Amp (-3)
4.90 (124mm) 2.89 (73mm)
2.45 (62mm)
1.13 (29mm) 5.20 (132mm) 5.91 (150mm)
Large 800Amp/1600Amp/2400Amp (-4) 4.90 (124mm) 5.50 (140mm) 2.45 (62mm)
1.13 (29mm) 7.88 (200mm) 5.92 (150mm)
POWER MONITORING
Power Transducers
Model 8040 Series, kW (Demand)
71
NEW!
Description
The Veris Hawkeye 8040 Series kW (power demand) transducers combine
processing electronics and industrial grade CT(s) in an easy to install split-core
package. Models designed for balanced loads include one CT only, while models
for unbalanced loads have three.
The unique design of the 8040 Series tranducers reduces the number of installed
components, making them ideal for monitoring electrical power in commercial
and industrial facilities using industry standard 4-20mA output.
Specifications
General:
Input Primary Voltage: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 208 pr 480 VAC rms
Frequency: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 50/60 Hz
Accuracy: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. +1.0%
Output: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-20mA
Supply Power (loop): ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 9-30 VDC; 30mA max.
Item
Part #
Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Single Phase 208/240 VAC; Max. 100A; CT Size Small ....................... ZVH8041-0100-2
Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Single Phase 208/240 VAC; Max. 300A; CT Size Small ....................... ZVH8041-0300-2
Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Single Phase 208/240 VAC; Max. 400A; CT Size Medium ................... ZVH8041-0400-3
Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Single Phase 208/240 VAC; Max. 800A; CT Size Medium ................... ZVH8041-0800-3
Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Single Phase 208/240 VAC; Max. 800A; CT Size Large ........................ ZVH8041-0800-4
Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Single Phase 208/240 VAC; Max.1600A; CT Size Large....................... ZVH8041-1600-4
Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Single Phase 208/240 VAC; Max.2400A; CT Size Large....................... ZVH8041-2400-4
Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Single Phase 480 VAC; Max. 100A; CT Size Small ............................... ZVH8042-0100-2
Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Single Phase 480 VAC; Max. 300A; CT Size Small ............................... ZVH8042-0300-2
Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Single Phase 480 VAC; Max. 400A; CT Size Medium ........................... ZVH8042-0400-3
Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Single Phase 480 VAC; Max. 800A; CT Size Medium ........................... ZVH8042-0800-3
Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Single Phase 480 VAC; Max. 800A; CT Size Large ............................... ZVH8042-0800-4
Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Single Phase 480 VAC; Max.1600A; CT Size Large .............................. ZVH8042-1600-4
Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Single Phase 480 VAC; Max.2400A; CT Size Large .............................. ZVH8042-2400-4
Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Three Phase 208/240 VAC; Max. 100A; CT Size Small ........................ ZVH8043-0100-2
Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Three Phase 208/240 VAC; Max. 300A; CT Size Small ........................ ZVH8043-0300-2
Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Three Phase 208/240 VAC; Max. 400A; CT Size Medium .................... ZVH8043-0400-3
Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Three Phase 208/240 VAC; Max. 800A; CT Size Medium .................... ZVH8043-0800-3
Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Three Phase 208/240 VAC; Max. 800A; CT Size Large ......................... ZVH8043-0800-4
Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Three Phase 208/240 VAC; Max.1600A; CT Size Large........................ ZVH8043-1600-4
Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Three Phase 208/240 VAC; Max.2400A; CT Size Large........................ ZVH8043-2400-4
POWER MONITORING
72

Item
Part #
Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Three Phase 480 VAC; Max. 100A; CT Size Small ................................ ZVH8044-0100-2
Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Three Phase 480 VAC; Max. 300A; CT Size Small ................................ ZVH8044-0300-2
Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Three Phase 480 VAC; Max. 400A; CT Size Medium ............................ ZVH8044-0400-3
Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Three Phase 480 VAC; Max. 800A; CT Size Medium ............................ ZVH8044-0800-3
Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Three Phase 480 VAC; Max. 800A; CT Size Large ................................ ZVH8044-0800-4
Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Three Phase 480 VAC; Max.1600A; CT Size Large ............................... ZVH8044-1600-4
Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Three Phase 480 VAC; Max.2400A; CT Size Large ............................... ZVH8044-2400-4
Typical 208 or 480 VAC 3, 3.4 Wire Installation
* Model H8041 + H8042 do not include these two CTs

Typical 240 VAC 1, 3 Wire Installation
Maximum KW, Reading at 20mA

Model
3 -Power
1 -Power
ZVH8041-0100-2
36.03kW
24.00kW
ZVH8041-0300-2
108.1kW
72.00kW
ZVH8041-0400-3
144.1kW
96.00kW
ZVH8041-0800-3
288.2kW
192.0kW
ZVH8041-0800-4
288.2kW
192.0kW
ZVH8041-1600-4
576.4kW
384.0kW
ZVH8041-2400-4
864.6kW
576.0kW
ZVH8042-0100-2
83.14kW
55.43kW
ZVH8042-0300-2
249.4kW
166.3kW
ZVH8042-0400-3
332.6kW
221.7kW
ZVH8042-0800-3
665.1kW
443.4kW
ZVH8042-0800-4
665.1kW
443.4kW
ZVH8042-1600-4
1330kW
886.7kW
ZVH8042-2400-4
1995kW
1330kW
ZVH8043-0100-2
36.03kW
36.03kW
ZVH8043-0300-2
108.1kW
108.1kW
ZVH8043-0400-3
144.1kW
144.1kW
ZVH8043-0800-3
288.2kW
288.2kW
ZVH8043-0800-4
288.2kW
288.2kW
ZVH8043-1600-4
576.4kW
576.4kW
ZVH8043-2400-4
864.6kW
864.6kW
ZVH8044-0100-2
83.14kW
83.14kW
ZVH8044-0300-2
249.4kW
249.4kW
ZVH8044-0400-3
332.6kW
332.6kW
ZVH8044-0800-3
665.1kW
665.1kW
ZVH8044-0800-4
665.1kW
665.1kW
ZVH8044-1600-4
1330kW
1330kW
ZVH8044-2400-4
1995kW
1995kW
* Use model H8041 or H8043 for 240V single phase systems.

** Model H8041 + H8042 do not include these two CTs.
POWER MONITORING
73
Model
A
3.75 (95mm)
B
1.51(38mm)
C
1.25(32mm)
D
1.13(29mm)
E
3.91(99mm)
F
4.75(121mm)
4.90 (124mm) 2.89 (73mm)
2.45 (62mm)
1.13 (29mm) 5.20 (132mm) 5.91 (150mm)
1.13 (29mm) 7.88 (200mm) 5.92 (150mm)
74
POWER MONITORING
Power Transducers
Model 8050 Series kWH (Consumption)
NEW!
Description
The Veris Hawkeye 8050 Series kWH (power consumption) transducers combine
processing electronics and electronics and industrial grade CT(s) in an easy to
install split-core package. Models designed for balanced loads include one CT
only, while models for unbalanced loads have three.
The unique design of the H8050 Series transducers reduces the number of installed
components, making them ideal for monitoring electrical power in commercial
and industrial facilities using industry standard pulse output.
The transducer instantaneously samples the voltage and current in the monitored
conductors to measure and report true RMS power consumption.
Specifications
General:
Input Primary Voltage: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 208 pr 480 VAC rms
Frequency: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 50/60 Hz
Accuracy: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ +1.0% (ANSI C12.1-H8053)
Pulsed Output: ...................................................................................................................................................................... Field selectable; 1, 0.5, 0.25, 0.1 kWH/pulse*
Pulsed Output Type: .................................................................................................................................................................. Normally Open, Opto FET, 100mA @ 24VDC
Pulse Width: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 200 msec
*Count must be multiplied by the number of phases when using single CT models to monitor balanced multiphase systems.
Item
Part #
Power Transducers, kWH (Consumption) Single Phase 208/480 VAC; Max. 100A; CT Size Small ................................. ZVH8051-0100-2
Power Transducers, kWH (Consumption) Single Phase 208/480 VAC; Max. 300A; CT Size Small ................................. ZVH8051-0300-2
Power Transducers, kWH (Consumption) Single Phase 208/480 VAC; Max. 400A; CT Size Medium ............................. ZVH8051-0400-3
Power Transducers, kWH (Consumption) Single Phase 208/480 VAC; Max. 800A; CT Size Medium ............................. ZVH8041-0800-3
Power Transducers, kWH (Consumption) Single Phase 208/480 VAC; Max. 800A; CT Size Large ................................. ZVH8051-0800-4
Power Transducers, kWH (Consumption) Single Phase 208/480 VAC; Max.1600A; CT Size Large ................................ ZVH8051-1600-4
Power Transducers, kWH (Consumption) Single Phase 208/480 VAC; Max.2400A; CT Size Large ................................ ZVH8051-2400-4
Power Transducers, kWH (Consumption) Three Phase 208/480 VAC; Max. 100A; CT Size Small .................................. ZVH8053-0100-2
Power Transducers, kWH (Consumption) Three Phase 208/480 VAC; Max. 300A; CT Size Small .................................. ZVH8053-0300-2
Power Transducers, kWH (Consumption) Three Phase 208/480 VAC; Max. 400A; CT Size Medium .............................. ZVH8053-0400-3
Power Transducers, kWH (Consumption) Three Phase 208/480 VAC; Max. 800A; CT Size Medium .............................. ZVH8053-0800-3
Power Transducers, kWH (Consumption) Three Phase 208/480 VAC; Max. 800A; CT Size Large .................................. ZVH8053-0800-4
Power Transducers, kWH (Consumption) Three Phase 208/480 VAC; Max.1600A; CT Size Large ................................. ZVH8053-1600-4
Power Transducers, kWH (Consumption) Three Phase 208/480 VAC; Max.2400A; CT Size Large ................................. ZVH8053-2400-4
POWER MONITORING
75
Typical 208 or 480 VAC 3, 3,4 Wire Installation
Typical 277 VAC 1, 2-wire
Typical 240/120 VAC1, 3-Wire Installation
Field Selectable Pulse Output
76
POWER MONITORING
Model
A
3.75 (95mm)
B
1.51(38mm)
C
1.25(32mm)
D
1.13(29mm)
E
3.91(99mm)
F
4.75(121mm)
4.90 (124mm) 2.89 (73mm)
2.45 (62mm)
1.13 (29mm) 5.20 (132mm) 5.91 (150mm)
1.13 (29mm) 7.88 (200mm) 5.92 (150mm)
POWER MONITORING
Current Transformers
Model 6810 Series
77
NEW!
Description
The Veris 6810 Series of Instrument Grade Current Transformers provide high
accuracy: +0.5% of reading. They use 1.0V output with the Veris 6000/6010
Series submeters and transducers. They are ideal for use with data loggers, fault
recorders and PLCs.
Specifications
General:
Output at Rated Current: .............................................................................................................................................. 1.0V standard (0.333V, 1mA, avail. consult factory)
Accuracy: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.5% from 1% to 100% of rated current
Rated Input Current: ............................................................................................................................................... 100A, 200A, 300A, 400A, 600A, 800A, 1000A, 2400A
Phase Shift: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Less than 1
Frequency Range: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 50/60 Hz
Leads ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 18 gauge, UL 1015 twisted pair, 6 length
Item
Part #
1.0V Safe, Split-Core Current Transformer; 100A (for use w/ 6000 Series) ............................................................................. ZV6810-100
1.0V Safe, Split-Core Current Transformer; 200A (for use w/ 6000 Series) ............................................................................. ZV6810-200
1.0V Safe, Split-Core Current Transformer; 300A(for use w/ 6000, 6014/6015 Series) .......................................................... ZV6810-300
1.0V Safe, Split-Core Current Transformer; 400A(for use w/ 6000 Series) .............................................................................. ZV6811-400
1.0V Safe, Split-Core Current Transformer; 600A(for use w/ 6000 Series) .............................................................................. ZV6811-600
1.0V Safe, Split-Core Current Transformer; 800A(for use w/ Veris 6000,6014/6015 Series) .................................................. ZV6811-800
1.0V Safe, Split-Core Current Transformer; 800A(for use w/ Veris 6000) ................................................................................ ZV6812-800
1.0V Safe, Split-Core Current Transformer; 1000A (for use w/ 6000 Series)......................................................................... ZV6812-1000
1.0V Safe, Split-Core Current Transformer; 2400A (for use w/ 6000 Series, 6014/6015 Series) .......................................... ZV6812-2400
Universal Mounting Bracket Kit ............................................................................................................................................ ZVKT/CT-BRKT
Important!
For direct reading kWH meter on models 6014/6015, you must use 300, 800, 2400A CTs.
For 4-20mA kW demand (6000 series), size CT for full load requirement for best resolution.
Other CT sizes and amperage ranges are available. Consult factory for special requirements.
All CT ranges are available with 0.333V outputs.
78
POWER MONITORING
Model
Small 100Amp/300Amp
A
3.75 (95mm)
B
1.51(38mm)
C
1.25(32mm)
D
1.13(29mm)
E
F
4.20(107mm) 4.75(121mm)
Medium 400Amp/800Amp
4.90 (124mm) 2.89 (73mm)
2.45 (62mm)
1.13 (29mm) 5.57 (141mm) 5.91 (150mm)
Large 800Amp/1600Amp/2400Amp
4.90 (124mm) 5.50 (140mm) 2.45 (62mm)
1.13 (29mm) 8.13 (207mm) 5.92 (150mm)
POWER MONITORING
Temperature Logger
Model Enspector 7001
79
NEW!
Description
The Veris Enspector Temperature Logger is an easy to use tool for collecting
historical temperature information in building spaces. It records the ambient
temperature of the monitored space over a specified period of time.
The Temperature Logger is designed to fit in tight spaces for convenience and
installation ease. The Loggers magnetic mounting strip adheres to any metallic
surface making it easy to install and out of harms way. The battery powered selfcontained logger requires no external wiring, just put it in a space and go.
Specifications
General:
Power: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Lithium battery
Battery Life: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.5 years
Memory Storage: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 8064 readings
Communication: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. RS232 (compatible)
Temperature Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 55F to 95F
Element Type: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Microelectronic IC
Resolution: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 1C
Accuracy: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. +0.5C
Computer Requirements:
Enspector software is an application specific Windows based product for use with IBM compatible PCs.
It requires a 486 processor or better with 8MB of RAM running Windows 3.x or 95.
Item
Part #
Room Temperature Logger .............................................................................................................................................................. ZVE7001
Dimensional Drawing
80
POWER MONITORING
Run Time Logger

NEW!
Description
The Veris Enspector Run Time Logger provides a self-contained solution for
recording on/off times of electrical loads. Simply snap it on a conductor and it
monitors current flow to determine on/off status.
The Run Time logger monitors run times on critical loads such as chillers and large
fans to establish operating schedules for performance contracts. The logger enables
the user to profile run times of constant volume fans, evaluate lighting circuit run
times, and find run time deviations on critical loads under guaranteed energy
savings contracts.
Specifications
General:
Memory Storage: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 64512 readings
Amperage Range: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.75 to 200A
Temperature Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. -15F to 65F
Item
Part #
Run-Time Logger .............................................................................................................................................................................ZVE7002
POWER MONITORING
Power Logger
81
NEW!
Description
The Veris Enspector Power Logger provides an easy solution for obtaining true
power consumptioin (kWH) on 1 or 3 phase loads by recording the energy
consumption of the monitored load over time.
The Power Logger can be used to monitor building energy consumption on the
front end of a performance contract to develop accurate baselines. The logger
also enables the user to evaluate existing guaranteed savings contracts to ensure
that the baseline has not shifted, and monitor critical loads such as chillers and
large fans to establish an energy useage pattern.
Specifications
General:
Power Measurement: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... kWH (Consumption)
Battery Life: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 5 years
Memory Storage: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 16,128 readings
Current Transformer: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... safe 1.0V output
Voltage Ranges: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 208 to 480 VAC
Current Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0-2400 A
System Accuracy (includes CTs and meter): .......................................................................................... +1% true RMS from 10% to 100% of the rated current of the CT
Item
Part #
(3) 300A Split-Core CT, Including Carrying Case, Serial Cable, and S/W .............................................................................. ZVE6810-300
(3) 800A Split-Core CT, Including Carrying Case, Serial Cable, and S/W .............................................................................. ZVE6810-800
(3) 2400A Split-Core CT, Including Carrying Case, Serial Cable, and S/W .......................................................................... ZVE6810-2400
82
POWER MONITORING
Amps Logger
NEW!
Description
The Veris Enspector Amps Logger is a self-contained data acquisition tool for
trending motor loads. Clamp it on a conductor, and it will monitor and record the
current flow for a specified period of time.
The Logger will accurately monitor lighting loads making it possible to plot space
lighting profiles for multiple circuits to demonstrate the savings potential of a
lighting retrofit, and profile lighting loads to determine what lighting control
measures are required.
Specifications
General:
Memory Storage: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 8064 readings
Amperage Range: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1 to 200 A
Temperature Range: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. -15Fto 65C
Humidity Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0 to 95% non-condensing
Accuracy: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ +2%
Item
Part #
Amperage Logger ............................................................................................................................................................................ZVE7005
POWER MONITORING
Data Logger
83
NEW!
Description
The Veris Enspector Light Tracker monitors the on/off status of lighting loads.
Simply fasten it inside a lighting fixture using the attached magnet and it will
record the on/off status.
The Light Tracker monitors lighting loads to establish space energy consumption
profiles. It enables a user to determine the possible savings of installing occupancy
sensors in conference rooms and other locations where lighting is not required all
day.
Specifications
General:
Battery Life: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 5 years
Memory Storage: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 64,512 readings
Amperage Range: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1 to 200 A
Temperature Range: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. -15Fto 65F
Humidity Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0 to 95% non-condensing
Item
Part #
Lighting Tracker ............................................................................................................................................................................... ZVE7007
84
POWER MONITORING
Logger Accessories
Model Enspector Software
NEW!
Description
The Veris Enspector software is an application specific program that easily sets up projects, configures loggers, and retrieves the stored
information from them.
The integral database engine allows the user to view project and logger information in varying formats or easily export it to popular programs
such as Excel, to meet your analysis needs. This database gives the user the power to be creative and thorough.
To retrieve data, simply connect the logger to a PC with the serial cable and choose to retrieve. The software detects the logger com port and
uploads all of the stored information.
Specifications
Item
Part #
PC Software for Configuring Data Loggers ..................................................................................................................................ZVE7900.1
POWER MONITORING
85
Potential Transformers
Model PT Series
Description
The Veris PT Series of Indoor Potential Transformers reduce high voltages for
transducer compatibility. Available in 3ohm and 1ohm models, the units cores and
coils are encased and vacuum encapsulated.
Specifications
General:
Accuracy Class:
3, 3 fuse: ....................................................................................................................................................... 0.3WX, 0.6M, 1.2Y @ 100% rated voltage (ANSI burden)
1, 2 fuse: ....................................................................................................................................................... 0.3WX, 0.6M, 1.2Z @ 100% rated voltage (ANSI burden)
Frequency: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 60Hz
Thermal Rating:
3, 3 fuse: ................................................................ 500VA, (2.4 secondary A per phase, 60Hz @ 30C amb) 350VA, (1.7 secondary A per phase, 60Hz @ 55C amb)
1, 2 fuse: .............................................................................................................................................................................. 600VA, @ 30C amb.;350VA @ 55C amb.
Secondary Voltage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 120VAC
Insulation: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 5kV, BIL 60kV full wave
Dimensions:
3, 3 fuse: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 8.50W x 8.94L x 9.50H
1, 2 fuse: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5.63W x 6.82L x 6.03H
Certifications: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... CSA certified, UL recognized
Item
Part #
PT Series Indoor Potential Transformers, 3 Ohm; 3 Fuse; 2400:120V; 20:1 Ratio ............................................................... ZV3PT3-60-242
PT Series Indoor Potential Transformers, 3 Ohm; 3 Fuse; 4200:120V; 35:1 Ratio ............................................................... ZV3PT3-60-442
PT Series Indoor Potential Transformers,1 Ohm; 2 Fuse; 2400:120V; 20:1 Ratio ............................................................. ZVPT3-2-45-242F
PT Series Indoor Potential Transformers, 1 Ohm; 2 Fuse; 4200:120V; 35:1 Ratio ............................................................. ZVPT3-45-422FF
86
POWER MONITORING
Recommended Spacings
A = Unit to Unit = 0.75 min
B = HV to Ground in Air = 3.0 min
Two Brush Connection
3PT3 Connection
PRESSURE
87
High Pressure Transducers

Model PR-264
MAMAC Systems PR-264 high pressure transducer incorporates
sophisticated circuits and a new fused silicon monolithic cavity pressure sensor
to not only provide a high-level, fully-conditioned and temperature compensated
output, but also to offer up to three (3) field selectable pressure ranges in one
unit. The field selectable feature eliminates costly inefficiencies by providing
a single unit which can be configured to cover all the pressure ranges for a
particular application. For instance, 25.0, 50.0, and 100.0 psig in one unit. The
316L stainless steel monolithic pressure cavity not only provides media
compatibility for most of the applications, but also offers a leakproof solution
for todays environmentally conscious customers.
Two industry standard output versions are available, 4-20mA 2-wire loop or
field selectable 0-5 VDC/0-10 VDC. Wide 12-40 VDC or 12-35 VAC unregulated
supply voltage and a broad 0F - 180F (-18C-82C) compensated temperature
range ensure compatibility with most applications.
Rugged NEMA 4 (IP-65) enclosure, gasketed cover, external mounting bracket, fully temperature compensated NIST traceable accuracy, and a
liberal two year warranty are some of the features which make the PR-264 a reliable, rugged, and economical pressure transducer. All models
carry the Andover Controls logo.
Specifications
General:
Accuracy*: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... +1% FS
Overpressure: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 300%
Burst Pressure: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 500%
Supply Current: .................................................................................................................................................................. VDC Units - 10 mA max.; mA Units - 20 mA max.
Enclosure: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 18 Ga C.R. Steel NEMA 4 (IP-65)
Finish: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ Baked on enamel-PMS2GR88B
Conformance: ................................................................................................................................... EMC Standards EN50082-1(1992), EN55014(1993)/EN60730-1(1992)
Compensated Temp Range: ............................................................................................................................................................................... 0F to 180F (-18C to 82C)
T.C. Error: .................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................ +0.025%/F (.03%/C)
Media Compatibility: .......................................................................................................................................................... Liquid/gases compatible to 316L stainless steel
Port Connection: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1/8 NPT
Environmental: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 10-90%RH Non-Condensing
Wire Size: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 12 Ga max.
Load Impedance: ................................................................................................................. 3K ohms max. at 40 VDC (mA output units), 1K ohms min. (VDC output units)
Weight: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.0 lbs. (.45 kg)
* Includes non-linearity, hysteresis and non-repeatability
Item
Part #
0-25/50/100 psig, 4-20mA, 2-wire, 12-40 VDC .............................................................................................................. ZAPR-264-R1-MA
0-75/150/300 psig, 4-20mA, 2-wire, 12-40 VDC ............................................................................................................ ZAPR-264-R2-MA
0-125/250/500 psig, 4-20mA, 2-wire, 12-40 VDC .......................................................................................................... ZAPR-264-R3-MA
0-25/50/100 psig, 0-5/10 VDC, 12-35 VAC/VDC ........................................................................................................... ZAPR-264-R1-VDC
0-75/150/300 psig, 0-5/10 VDC, 12-35 VAC/VDC .......................................................................................................... ZAPR-264-R2-VDC
0-125/250/500 psig, 0-5/10 VDC, 12-35 VAC/VDC ........................................................................................................ ZAPR-264-R3-VDC
CAUTION: Do not use on oxygen service, in explosive/hazardous environment or with flammable/combustible media.
88
PRESSURE
Low Pressure Transducers

Model PR-274/275
MAMAC Systems PR-274/275 low pressure transducers incorporate a new
micro-machined glass-on-silicon (Gl-Si) capacitance sensor. This technology
revolutionizes very low pressure measurement. Temperature related zero drift,
calibration shift due to overpressure, non-repeatability, non-linearity, and
extremely low pressure sensitivity have been some of the problems which
have plagued the controls industry. The PR-274/275 with the new Gl-Si
technology not only addresses all of the above shortcomings, but for the first
time offers a reliable, accurate means to measure and control building/room
pressure, air flow, duct pressure, filter pressure drop, or any other extremely
low pressure application.
Up to six field selectable direct or compound ranges, two enclosure types,
field selectable outputs, fully temperature compensated NIST traceable
accuracy, non-interacting zero and span adjustments, short circuit and reverse
polarity protected output, and a liberal two year warranty are some of the
features which make the PR-274/275 a high performance, ultra-stable, low
pressure transducer. All models carry the Andover Controls logo.
Specifications
General:
Accuracy*: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... +1% FS
Overpressure: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 10 PSID
Supply Current: .................................................................................................................................................................. VDC Units - 10 mA max., mA Units - 20 mA max.
Enclosure: ............................................................................................................................................................ 18 Ga C.R. Steel NEMA 4 (IP-65) or Panel Mount Chassis
Compensated Temp Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 25F-150F (-4C-65C)
T.C. Error: .................................................................................................................... .............................................................................................. +0.0125%/F (.02%/C)
Operating Temp Range: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 0F-175F (-18C-80C)
Media Compatibility: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ Clean dry air or any inert gas
Wire Size: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 12 Ga max.
Load Impedance: .............................................................................................................. 1.6K ohms max. at 40 VDC (mA output units), 1K ohms min. (VDC output units)
Weight: .................................................................................................................................................................................. 1.0 lbs. (.45 kg), Panel Mount: 0.5 lbs. (.25 kg)
Item
Part #
PR-274 (Nema 4 Enclosure)
Ranges 0-.1/+-.05 wcd, 4-20 mA 2-wire, 12-40 VDC Supply......................................................................................... ZAPR-274-R1-MA
Ranges 0-.25/.50/1.0 wcd/ +-.125/.25/.50 wcd, 4-20 mA 2-wire, 12-40 VDC Supply .................................................. ZAPR-274-R2-MA
Ranges 0-1.25/2.50/5.00 wcd/ +-.625/1.25/2.50 wcd, 4-20 mA 2-wire, 12-40 VDC Supply ...................................... ZAPR-274-R3-MA
Ranges 0-7.5/15.0/30.0 wcd/+-3.75/7.50/15.0 wcd, 4-20 mA 2-wire, 12-40 VDC Supply ......................................... ZAPR-274-R4-MA
Ranges 0-.1/+-.05 wcd, 0-5/10 VDC, 12-35 VAC/VDC Supply ..................................................................................... ZAPR-274-R1-VDC
Ranges 0-.25/.50/1.0 wcd/ +-.125/.25/.50 wcd, 0-5/10 VDC, 12-35 VAC/VDC Supply ............................................... ZAPR-274-R2-VDC
Ranges 0-1.25/2.50/5.00 wcd/ +-.625/1.25/2.50 wcd, 0-5/10 VDC, 12-35 VAC/VDC Supply ................................... ZAPR-274-R3-VDC
Ranges 0-7.5/15.0/30.0 wcd/+-3.75/7.50/15.0 wcd, 0-5/10 VDC, 12-35 VAC/VDC Supply ...................................... ZAPR-274-R4-VDC
PRESSURE
89

Item
Part #
PR- 275 (Panel Enclosure)
Ranges 0-.1/+-.05 wcd, 4-20 mA 2-wire, 12-40 VDC Supply ......................................................................................... ZAPR-275-R1-MA
Ranges 0-.25/.50/1.0 wcd/ +-.125/.25/.50 wcd, 4-20 mA 2-wire, 12-40 VDC Supply .................................................. ZAPR-275-R2-MA
Ranges 0-1.25/2.50/5.00 wcd/ +-.625/1.25/2.50 wcd, 4-20 mA 2-wire, 12-40 VDC Supply ...................................... ZAPR-275-R3-MA
Ranges 0-7.5/15.0/30.0 wcd/+-3.75/7.50/15.0 wcd, 4-20 mA 2-wire, 12-40 VDC Supply ......................................... ZAPR-275-R4-MA
Ranges 0-.1/+-.05 wcd, 0-5/10 VDC, 12-35 VAC/VDC Supply ..................................................................................... ZAPR-275-R1-VDC
Ranges 0-.25/.50/1.0 wcd/ +-.125/.25/.50 wcd, 0-5/10 VDC, 12-35 VAC/VDC Supply ............................................... ZAPR-275-R2-VDC
Ranges 0-1.25/2.50/5.00 wcd/ +-.625/1.25/2.50 wcd, 0-5/10 VDC, 12-35 VAC/VDC Supply ................................... ZAPR-275-R3-VDC
Ranges 0-7.5/15.0/30.0 wcd/+-3.75/7.50/15.0 wcd, 0-5/10 VDC, 12-35 VAC/VDC Supply ...................................... ZAPR-275-R4-VDC
90
PRESSURE
Low Pressure Transducers

Model PR-276
Description
The MAMAC Systems PR-276 low pressure transducer incorporates
sophisticated integrated circuits and a new micro-machined glass-on-silicon
(Gl-Si) capacitance sensor to not only provide a high level, fully conditioned
and temperature compensated output, but also to offer up to three (3) field
selectable pressure ranges in one unit. The field selectable feature eliminates
costly inefficiencies by providing a single unit which can be configured to cover
all the pressure ranges for a particular application. For instance, 1.25, 2.50
and 5.00wc or 3.75, 7.50 and 15.00wc in one unit.
To substantially reduce installation cost and to eliminate costly control panels
the PR-276 incorporates a pressure sensor and a static pressure tip integrated
as one assembly.
field selectable 0-5 VDC/0-10 VDC. Wide 12-40 VDC or 12-35 VAC unregulated
supply voltage and a broad 25F-150F (4C-65C) compensated temperature
range ensures compatibility with most applications.
A rugged NEMA 4 (IP-65) enclosure, gasketed cover, external mounting bracket,
fully temperature compensated NIST traceable accuracy, and a liberal two year
warranty are some of the features which make the PR-276 a reliable, low
installed cost duct pressure transducer. All models carry the Andover Controls
logo.
Specifications
General:
Accuracy*: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... +1% FS
Overpressure: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 10 psid
Burst Pressure: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 500%
Supply Current: .................................................................................................................................................................. VDC Units - 10 mA max., mA Units - 20 mA max.
Enclosure: ............................................................................................................................................................ 18 Ga C.R. Steel NEMA 4 (IP-65), 6061T aluminum probe
Compensated Temp Range: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 25F-150F (4C-65C)
T.C. Error: .................................................................................................................... .............................................................................................. +0.0125%/F (.02%/C)
Operating Temp Range: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 0F-175F (-18C-80C)
Wire Size: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 12 Ga max.
Load Impedance: ................................................................................................................. 3K ohms max. at 40 VDC (mA output units), 1K ohms min. (VDC output units)
Weight: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.0 lbs. (.45 kg)
Item
Part #
0-1.25/2.50/5.00 wcd, 4-20 mA, 2-wire, 12-40 VDC .................................................................................................. ZAPR-276-R10-MA
0-3.75/7.50/15.00 wcd, 4-20 mA, 2-wire, 12-40 VDC ................................................................................................ ZAPR-276-R11-MA
0-1.25/2.50/5.00 wcd, 0-5/10 VDC, 12-35 VAC/VDC .................................................................................................... APR-276-R10-VD
0-3.75/7.50/15.00 wcd, 0-5/10 VDC, 12-35 VAC/VDC ................................................................................................ ZAPR-276-R11-VD
PRESSURE
91
Duct Static Pressure Probes

Model A-520
MAMAC Systems A-520 Static Pressure Probe is designed to pick up static
pressure in a duct, plenum, air handler or other HVAC equipment. The probe
has two orifices vertically opposite each other to cancel out any air flow induced
errors. If a bent tube with a single orifice at the end is used to pick up static
pressure in a duct, the air flowing across the probe may cause a small low
pressure within the probe. This low pressure acts against the duct static
pressure and hence induces an error which is exponentially proportional to the
air flow. As the air flow increases, this error will increase also and as the flow
decreases, the error decreases in an exponential relationship.
The A-520 is a unique design which incorporates two orifices diametrically
opposing each other in a vertical plain. When the air flows across an orifice, it
creates a suction towards that orifice. Similarly, when the same air flows
across the other orifice, it creates an opposing suction which cancels out the first pressure drop. Regardless of the velocity, the flow error is
constantly cancelled out and the A-520 provides an accurate, repeatable and stable static pressure value. All models carry the Andover
Controls logo.
The A-520 Static Pressure Probe is available in 6061T aluminum alloy for standard HVAC applications. Two probe lengths are available: 4 and
8.
Specifications
General:
Material: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 6061T-6 Aluminum Alloy
Port Connections: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1/4 brass hose barb
Gasket Material: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Neoprene
Maximum Pressure: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 10 psig
Maximum Temperature: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 482F (250C)
Maximum Air Flow: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Unlimited
Weight: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1.5 oz.
Item
Part #
4 Aluminum Duct Static Pressure Probe ............................................................................................................................ ZAA-520-1-A-1
8 Aluminum Duct Static Pressure Probe ............................................................................................................................ ZAA-520-2-A-1
92
PRESSURE
Wet/Wet High Pressure Differential Transducers

Model APR-283
MAMAC Systems APR-283 Wet/Wet High Pressure Differential Transducer
is a 100% solid state silicon strain gauge fused directly onto the 316L stainless
steel monolithic pressure cavity. The pressure cavity design incorporates novel
techniques to isolate the fused silicon sensing element from installation related
stress thereby ensuring zero integrity. The 316L stainless steel offers excellent
media compatibility to most of the industrial and commercial applications.
NEW!
PRELIMINARY
The APR-283 offers up to three field selectable pressure ranges in one unit.
The field selectable feature eliminates the costly inefficiencies by providing a
single unit which can be configured to cover all the pressure ranges for a
particular application.
field selectable 0-5 VDC/0-10 VDC. Wide 12-40 VDC or 12-35 VAC unregulated supply voltage and a broad 0F-180F compensated temperature
range ensures compatibility to most of the applications. Rugged NEMA 4 (IP-65) enclosure, gasketed cover, external mounting bracket, and
fully temperature compensated NIST traceable accuracy are some of the features which make the PR-283 a reliable, rugged, and economic
pressure transducer. All models carry the Andover Controls logo.
Specifications
General:
Accuracy*: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... +1% FS
Overpressure: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 300%
Burst Pressure: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 500%
Supply Current: .................................................................................................................................................................. VDC Units -10 mA max.; mA Units - 20 mA max.
Enclosure: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 18 Ga C.R. Steel NEMA 4 (IP-65)
Conformance: ................................................................................................................................ EMC Standards EN50082-1 (1992); EN55014 (1993)/EN60730-1 (1992)
Compensated Temp Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 0F-180F (-18C-82C)
T.C. Error: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... +0.025%/F
Media Compatibility: .......................................................................................................................................................... Liquid/gases compatible to 316L stainless steel
Port Connection: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1/8 NPT
Environmental: .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 10-90% RH Non-Condensing
Wire Size: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 12 Ga max.
Load Impedance: ................................................................................................................. 3K ohms max. at 40 VDC (mA output units); 1K ohms min. (VDC output units)
Weight: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.0 lbs. (.45 kg)
Item
Part #
Range 0 to 25/50/100 PSID, 0-5/10VDC ........................................................................................................................ ZAPR-283-R1-VDC
Range 0 to75/150/300 PSID, 0-5/10VDC ....................................................................................................................... ZAPR-283-R2-VDC
Range 0 to 125/250/500 PSID, 0-5/10VDC .................................................................................................................... ZAPR-283-R3-VDC
Range 0 to 25/50/100 PSID, 4-20 mA .............................................................................................................................. ZAPR-283-R1-MA
Range 0 to75/150/300 PSID, 4-20 mA............................................................................................................................. ZAPR-283-R2-MA
Range 0 to 125/250/500 PSID,4-20 mA........................................................................................................................... ZAPR-283-R3-MA
PRESSURE
93
Electro-Pneumatic Output Transducers

Model EP-311/313
Description
MAMAC Systems EP-311/313 electro-pneumatic transducer incorporates quiet
low-wattage poppet valves and a pressure sensor to measure and adjust the
branch line pressure proportional to the input. This unit has no air consumption
and is immune to mounting orientation or supply line pressure fluctuations. The
EP-313 incorporates a manual override switch and, in the manual mode, the
pressure can be increased or decreased with two push-button switches. This
feature is most desirable for check out/commissioning and manual operation in
case of controller failure.
Universal 24 VAC/24 VDC supply voltage and field selectable 4-20 mA, 0-5 VDC,
or 0-10 VDC inputs ensures single unit compatibility to most systems. A unique
steel chassis design substantially reduces the overall size of the unit and, at the
same time, provides for ease of installation in the control panel directly or with a
snap track. A precision gauge is provided for the branch line pressure.
A rugged aluminum manifold, brass barb fittings, floating poppet solenoid valves, silicon pressure sensor, high performance electronics, and a
liberal two year warranty are some of the features which make the EP-311/313 a high performance, reliable electropneumatic transducer. All
models carry the Andover Controls logo.
Specifications
General:
Accuracy*: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... +1% FS
Maximum Supply Pressure: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 40 psig
Pressure Differential: ........................................................................................................................................................................................... (Supply to Branch) 0.1 psig
Supply Voltage: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 18-28 VAC/VDC
Supply Current: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 150 mA
Enclosure: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 18 Ga C.R. Steel Chassis
Compensated Temp Range: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 25F-150F (4C-65C)
Conformance: ................................................................................................................................... EMC Standards EN50082-1(1992); EN55014(1993)/EN60730-1(1992)
T.C. Error: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... +0.025%/F (.03%/C)
Port Connection: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1/4OD poly tubing
Termination: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Screw terminal block
Wire Size: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 12 Ga max.
Load Impedance: ........................................................................................................................................................ 301 ohms (4-20 mA units); 10K ohms (0-5/0-10 VDC)
Weight: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1.0 lbs. (0.45 kg)
Item
Part #
Outputs 3-15 psig Pneumatic Air, 4-20 mA, 0-5/10 VDC Input, 24 VAC/VDC Supply ........................................................... ZAEP-311-315
Outputs 0-20 psig Pneumatic Air, 4-20 mA, 0-5/10 VDC Input, 24 VAC/VDC Supply ........................................................... ZAEP-311-020
Outputs 3-15 psig Pneumatic Air, w/Manual Override, 4-20 mA, 0-5/10 VDC Input, 24 VAC/VDC Supply ......................... ZAEP-313-315
Outputs 0-20 psig Pneumatic Air, w/Manual Override, 4-20 mA, 0-5/10 VDC Input, 24 VAC/VDC Supply ......................... ZAEP-313-020
Failsafe Module (Bleeds Branch Line Off On Power Failure) ........................................................................................................ ZAEP-350
94
PRESSURE
Low Air Differential Pressure Transmitters

Model T30
Description
The Modus Instruments T30 is a 2-wire pressure transmitter with 4-20mA
output. It operates on the capacitance principle and is capable of sensing very
low positive, negative, or differential pressures. In the capacitance cell, a very
lightweight, responsive diaphragm deflects a small amount when pressure is
applied. This deflection results in a change in capacitance which is then
detected and processed electronically. Reliability and long life are inherent
advantages of the solid-state design.
A wide selection of standard pressure ranges is available.
Specifications
General:
Accuracy: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. +1%
Zero & Span Adjustments: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... Non-interactive
Pressure:
Ranges: ....................................................................................................................................................... 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 5.0, 10.0 Water Column
Measures: ................................................................................................................................................... Diff., gauge pressure or vacuum; Suitable for air or inert gases
Max. Safe Momentary Overpressure: ................................................................................................................................................................................ 8x pressure range
Port Connections: ..................... 3/16 Dia. suitable for: 1/8 or 5/32 I.D. Tygon or polyurethane tubing,1/4 O.D. polyethylene tubing; Integral filters at both ports.
Electrical:
Operating Voltage: ................................................................................................................................................................ 10-35 VDC; protected against polarity reversal
Output Limits: .............................................................................................................................. 3.85 mA low end; 26 mA upper end; Optional 4.1 mA low limit available
Physical:
Dimensions: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3.W x 5.15L x 1.40H
Weight: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 190g (.42lb)
Case: .......................................................................................................................................................................................... Flame retardant, glass-reinforced NORYL
Environmental:
Operating Temperature Range: .................................................................................................................................................................................. 0C-52C (32F-125F)
Storage Temperature: ........................................................................................................................................................................................... -30C - 70C (-20F-160F)
Effect of Temperature: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... +.05%/C
Operating Humidity Range: .......................................................................................................................................................................... 20% - 90% RH non-condensing
Shock Resistance: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 10G (11ms)
Vibration Resistance: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5G to 50Hz
Item
Part #
Range = 0.1" WC; Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ................................................................................................................................. ZMT30-001
Range = 0.1" WC; Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ................................................................................................................................ZMT30-001A
Range = 0.1" WC; Zero Pressure @ 12 mA .............................................................................................................................. ZMT30-001B
Range = 0.2" WC; Zero Pressure @ 4 mA .................................................................................................................................. ZMT30-002
PRESSURE
95
96
PRESSURE
Low Air Differential Pressure Transmitters

Model T40
Description
The Modus Instruments T40 is a 4-wire pressure transmitter. Like the T30, it
operates on the capacitance principle and is capable of sensing very low
positive, negative or differential pressures. In the capacitance cell, a very
lightweight, responsive diaphragm deflects a small amount when pressure is
applied. This deflection results in a change in capacitance, which is then
detected and processed electronically.
The output of the T40 pressure transmitter is a 4-20mA current, transformer
isolated from the AC power unit. A wide selection of standard pressure ranges
(0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 5.0 and 10.0 Water Column) and
electrical ratings (24VAC or 120VAC) is available.
Specifications
General:
Accuracy: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. +1%
Zero & Span Adjustments: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... Non-interactive
Pressure:
Ranges: ....................................................................................................................................................... 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 5.0, 10.0 Water Column
Measures: ................................................................................................................................................. Diff., gauge pressure or vacuum; Suitable for air or inert gases
Max. Safe Momentary Overpressure: ................................................................................................................................................................................ 8x pressure range
Port Connections: ...................................................................................................... 3/16 Dia. suitable for: 1/8 or 5/32 I.D. Tygon or polyurethane tubing,1/4 O.D.
polyethylene tubing; Integral filters at both ports.
Electrical:
Operating Voltage: ................................................................................................................................................................ 11-32 VDC; protected against polarity reversal
Output Limits: ....................................................................................................................................... 3.85mA low end; 26mA upper end; Optional 4.1mA low limit avail.
Physical:
Dimensions: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3.W x 5.15L x 1.40H
Weight: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 190g (.42lb)
Case: .......................................................................................................................................................................................... Flame retardant, glass-reinforced NORYL
Environmental:
Operating Temperature Range: .......................................................................................................................................................................... 0C to 52C (32F to 125F)
Storage Temperature: ..................................................................................................................................................................................... -30C to 70C (-20F to 160F)
Effect of Temperature: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... +.05%/C
Operating Humidity Range: ........................................................................................................................................................................ 20% to 90% RH non-condensing
Shock Resistance: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 10G (11ms)
Vibration Resistance: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5G to 50Hz
Item
Range = 0.1" WC; Zero Pressure @
Part #
4 mA; 24 VAC Power Supply ......................................................................................... ZMT40-001C
4 mA; 120 VAC Power Supply .......................................................................................ZMT40-001D
8 mA ............................................................................................................................ ZMT40-001CA
8 mA ............................................................................................................................ ZMT40-001DA
12 mA .......................................................................................................................... ZMT40-001CB
12 mA .......................................................................................................................... ZMT40-001DB
4 mA ............................................................................................................................... ZMT40-002C
4 mA ...............................................................................................................................ZMT40-002D
8 mA ............................................................................................................................ ZMT40-002CA
8 mA ............................................................................................................................ ZMT40-002DA
12 mA .......................................................................................................................... ZMT40-002CB
12 mA .......................................................................................................................... ZMT40-002DB
PRESSURE
97

Item
Part #
Range = 0.3" WC; Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ............................................................................................................................... ZMT40-003C
Range = 0.3" WC; Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ...............................................................................................................................ZMT40-003D
Range = 0.3" WC; Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ............................................................................................................................ ZMT40-003CA
Range = 0.3" WC; Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ............................................................................................................................ ZMT40-003DA
Range = 0.3" WC; Zero Pressure @ 12 mA .......................................................................................................................... ZMT40-003CB
Range = 0.3" WC; Zero Pressure @ 12 mA .......................................................................................................................... ZMT40-003DB
Range = 10.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ............................................................................................................................. ZMT40-100C
Range = 10.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 4 mA .............................................................................................................................ZMT40-100D
Range = 10.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 8 mA .......................................................................................................................... ZMT40-100CA
Range = 10.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 8 mA .......................................................................................................................... ZMT40-100DA
Range = 10.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 12 mA ........................................................................................................................ ZMT40-100CB
Range = 10.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 12 mA ........................................................................................................................ ZMT40-100DB
98
PRESSURE
PRESSURE
99
Wet/Wet High Pressure Differential Transducers

Model W30
Description
The Modus Instruments W30 wet/wet pressure transmitter is designed to
measure differential pressure of liquids and gases.
The W30 is housed in a NEMA 4 cast aluminium case enclosure and the process
wetted surfaces are 316 stainless steel. The W30 is accurate to +0.5% of
differential pressure range (includes non-linearity and hysteresis), or +1% for
6psid (50 kPA) range. The W30 Series is a 4-20 mA, two-wire, loop powered
device which operates on nominal 24 VDC.
The W30 is an excellent choice for many HVAC process and automation
monitoring requirements. Typical applications include measurement of
differential pressure across flow elements, heat exchangers, pumps, filters,
and liquid level monitoring.
Specifications
General:
Accuracy: ........................................................................................................................................... +0.5% of differential pressure range; +1% for 6 psid (50 kPA) range;
+0.25% for static pressure change from 0 to 100%; or + 0.5% for 6 psid (50 kPA) range
Calibration: ................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................ (Traceable to N.I.S.T.)
Environmental:
Process wetted surfaces are 316 stainless steel
Operating Temp. Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................. 32F to 122F (0C to 50C)
Storage Temperature: ........................................................................................................... ...................................................................... -20F to 160F (-30C to 70C)
Effect of Temperature:
On zero: ....................................................................................................................................................................... +0.05%/C, or +0.1%C for 6 psid (50 kPA) range
On span: ...................................................................................................................................................................... +0.03%/C, or +0.6%C for 6 psid (50 kPA) range
Operating Humidity Range: .................................................................................................................................................................. 10% to 90% R.H. non-condensing
Shock Resistance: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 10G (11ms)
Vibration resistance: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 5G 3 to 50 Hz
Electrical Connectors:
Polarized Euro Plug/Connectors
Connections: ............................................ Pluggable terminal block for wire 14 to 26 AWG, Mating connector is supplied, Connection to enclosure ground is provided
Connector rating: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 10 amps/300 volts
Material: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Glass-filled polyester
General:
Dimensions: .................................................................................................................................................................................. 3.56 x 4/45 x 2/18 (90 x 115 x 55 mm)
Enclosure Material: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... Aluminum Alloy #A380
Cover Screws: ........................................................................................................................................................................................... M4 Stainless Steel, non-magnetic
Finish: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Black epoxy pain
Knockout: .................................. Choice of 1 or 2 holes. Hole sizes are offered in a choice of 1/2 conduit, or metric sizes of PG11 or PG1, 3Cable glands not included
Pressure Port Connections: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 1/8-28 female NPT
Weight: ........................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................ 1.2 lb (540g)
Item
0-6 PSID, 0-100 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, 1/2 Knockout .....................................................................................................
0-10 PSID, 0-100 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, 1/2 Knockout ...................................................................................................
0-100 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, 1/2 Knockout .................................................................................................
Part #
ZMW30-31E-1-R
ZMW30-32E-1-R
ZMW30-33E-1-R
ZMW30-34E-1-R
ZMW30-35E-1-R
ZMW30-36E-1-R
ZMW30-37E-1-R
ZMW30-38E-1-R
100
PRESSURE

Item
Part #
0-6 PSID, 0-100 PSI, 2-Hole Knockout, 1/2 Knockout ..................................................................................................... ZMW30-31E-2-R
0-10 PSID, 0-100 PSI, 2-Hole Knockout, 1/2 Knockout ................................................................................................... ZMW30-32E-2-R
0-100 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 2-Hole Knockout, 1/2 Knockout ................................................................................................. ZMW30-36E-2-R
0-6 PSID, 0-100 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, PG 11 Knockout ................................................................................................... ZMW30-31E-1-S
0-10 PSID, 0-100 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, PG 11 Knockout ................................................................................................. ZMW30-32E-1-S
0-100 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, PG 11 Knockout ............................................................................................... ZMW30-36E-1-S
0-6 PSID, 0-100 PSI, 2-Hole Knockout, PG 11 Knockout ................................................................................................... ZMW30-31E-2-S
0-6 PSID, 0-100 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, PG 13 Knockout .................................................................................................... ZMW30-31E-1-T
0-10 PSID, 0-100 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, PG 13 Knockout .................................................................................................. ZMW30-32E-1-T
0-100 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, PG 13 Knockout ................................................................................................ ZMW30-36E-1-T
0-6 PSID, 0-100 PSI, 2-Hole Knockout, PG 13 Knockout .................................................................................................... ZMW30-31E-2-T
PRESSURE
101
102
PRESSURE
Pressure Indication Devices

Model RPM-1
Description
The Modus Instruments RPM-1 room pressure monitor takes advantage of timeproven sensor technology to monitor, alarm and/or control critical room to room
differential pressures. The same instrument monitors either positive or negative
room pressures, with a resolution of up to 0.001 W.C.
A bright red and a bright green LED alert those approaching of the status of the
room. The pressure at which the lights change state can be adjusted from the
front panel. The RPM-1 comes standard with the SPDT relay (for supplemental
controls such as audible alarm or remote status indication) and 3 analog output
signals, 0-5VDC, 0-10VDC, and 4-20mA. These analog outputs are proportional
to the room pressure.
The RPM-1 is easily mounted on a wall and the installer has the choice of rear or bottom knockouts for electrical and pressure connections. A
selector switch allows field setup for either 120 VAC or 240 VAC 50/60Hz service. 24 VAC operation is optional.
Specifications
General:
Accuracy of Reading: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... +1% F.S.
Accuracy of Alarm Output: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... +1% of setpoint
Standard Range: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. +0.1 of water (or 0.1 Pascals)
Optional Ranges: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. +0.5, +1.0 of water
Resolution: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.001 of water (or 0.1 Pascals)
Panel Indicator Lights: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1 red & 1 green LED
Display: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... LCD, 3 digits, 0.5 digit height
Alarm Output: ................................................................................................................. SPDT relay, contacts rated at 5A at 30VDC or 120 VAC, 4A at 240 VAC, resistive
Deadband: ........................................................................................................................................................................... preset at 5% of range, field adjust from 1-20%
Analog Outputs: ........................................................................................................ 0-5VDC, 2.5V at zero pressure, 2mA max, -10VDC, 5V at zero pressure, 2mA max,
4-20mA sourcing, 12mA at zero pressure, max loop resistance is 580 Ohms
Electrical:
Power Requirements: .......................................................................................................................................... 95-135/190-270VAC, 50/60 Hz or 19.5-30VAC, 50/60 Hz
Max Power Consumption: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 5 Watts
Electrical Connections: ............................................................................................................................................................................ 3/4 terminal strip with #6 screws
Operating Medium: ......................................................................................................................................................................... air or non-corrosive, non -explosive gas
Max Momentary Pressure Limit: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... +6.0 w.c. (+1.5Pa)
Environmental:
Operating Temperature: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 0C-50C (32F-120F)
Storage Temperature: ........................................................................................................... .................................................................................. -30C-70C (-20F-160F)
Effect of Temp on Reading: ................................................................................................................................................................................. +0.05%/C +0.027% per F
Operating Humidity Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 10%-90% RH
Physical:
Physical Dimensions: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... see physical drawing
Weight: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.56lb (1160g)
Enclosure:
Color: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Light grey
Construction: ................................................................................................................................................ Glass filled polycarbonate, flammability rating of UL94 V-1
Cover: ....................................................................................................................................................................... Clear polycarbonate, flammability rating of UL94 V2
Knockouts: ................................................................................................................................................................. 0.85 (21mm) dia. on lower front & back enclosure
Hinges: ................................................................................................................................................................ Removable, allow hinging from either side, open 180
Mounting: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-point
PRESSURE
103
Item
Part #
120/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, Range = -0.1 to +0.1 WC (-25 to +25 PA), RES 0.001 (0.1 PA) ............................................... ZMRPM-1-A-01E
120/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, Range = -0.5 to +0.5 WC (-125 to +125 PA), RES 0.001 (1 PA) .............................................. ZMRPM-1-A-04E
120/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, Range = -1.0 to +1.0 WC (-250 to +250 PA), RES 0.01 (1 PA) ................................................ ZMRPM-1-A-05E
24 VAC, 50/60 Hz, Range = -0.1 to +0.1 WC (-25 to +25 PA), RES 0.001 (0.1 PA) ........................................................ ZMRPM-1-B-01E
24 VAC, 50/60 Hz, Range = -0.5 to +0.5 WC (-125 to +125 PA), RES 0.001 (1 PA) ....................................................... ZMRPM-1-B-04E
24 VAC, 50/60 Hz, Range = -1.0 to +1.0 WC (-250 to +250 PA), RES 0.01 (1 PA) ......................................................... ZMRPM-1-B-05E
104
PRESSURE
Pressure Indication Devices

Model AN-1
Description
The Modus Instruments AN-1 single-point annunciator provides a visual and
audible warning of an alarm condition occurring at a remote location. It operates,
either with the Room Pressure Monitor Model RPM-1 which supplies the necessary
power to the annunciator, or with any dry contact and an external power supply.
Under normal conditions, the green LED is STEADY ON. When an alarm condition
occurs, the green LED turns off, the red LED FLASHES ON and the audible alarm
PULSES ON. Momentarily pressing the acknowledge button silences the audible
alarm but the red LED stays FLASHING ON , as a reminder, until the alarm fault
is corrected. When the conditions are normal again, the annunciator resets itself.
The green LED returns to STEADY ON, and the red LED and audible alarm are
OFF.
Behind the front panel are two potentiometers. The first potentiometer adjusts the volume of the audible alarm, from a minimum level of 67dbA
to a maximum level of 73dbA at a distance of 12 inches (30 cm). The second potentiometer provides a variable time delay from the moment the
alarm is received by the annunciator, until it responds to the time delay. This delay may be adjusted between 5 and 45 seconds. The annunciator
will not change to the alarm mode if the alarm condition disappears before the end of the time delay. This eliminates nuisance alarms caused
by short transients. When the signal to the annunciator is a dry contact, this contact must be closed under normal conditions. The current
through the contacts is 1 mA. The external power supply to the annunciator can be between 7 and 30 Vdc. The maximum supply current is 13
mA. The annunciator is designed for flush installation in a wall. The front panel is the same size as the standard electrical wall plate (2-3/4 x 41/2). It is supplied with a standard plastic (PVC) switch box, 2-13/16 deep. This box includes four integral clamps, swing arms and ears. Other
boxes with a minimum depth of 1-1/4 may be substituted by the user.
A model is available with a programmable dry contact input from the override momentary switch (Model AN-2).
Specifications
General:
Audible Alarm Volume: ............................................................................................................................................................. Min 67dbA; max 73dbA distance 12 (30cm)
Variable Time Delay: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... Adjust. 5 - 45 seconds
Electrical:
When Used with Dry Contact:
Current: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 1mA
External Power Supply: ................................................................................................................................................................................................. Between 7-30VDC
Max Supply Current: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 13mA
Physical:
Dimensions:
Front Panel Size: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 2-3/4 x 4-1/2
PVC Switch Box: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 2-13/16 deep
Item
Part #
Single Point Annunciator................................................................................................................................................................. ZMAN-1
Single Point Annunciator w/2-position Switch .............................................................................................................................. ZMAN-2
PRESSURE
105
106
PRESSURE
RELAYS
Relays
RH & SH Series
107
NEW!
Description
IDEC RH Series General Purpose Midget Relays are available in contact
configurations of SPDT, DPDT, 3PDT and 4PDT driven by AC or DC coils. All are
available with an optional indicator light. All RH Series include compact midget
size, high switching capacity, choice of blade or PCB style terminals.
IDEC SH Series Sockets for DIN Rail Mount can be ordered separately or as a
complete kit (relay and socket).
Specifications
General (Relays):
Contact Material: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... Silver cadmium oxide
Contact Resistance: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 50m maximum (initial value)
Minimum Applicable Load: .................................................................................................................................................. 24V DC/30mA, 5V DC/100mA (reference value)
Operating Time:
SPDT (RH1), DPDT (RH2): .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 20ms maximum
3PDT (RH3), 4PDT (RH4): .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25ms maximum
Release Time:
SPDT (RH1), DPDT (RH2): .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 20ms maximum
3PDT (RH3), 4PDT (RH4): .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25ms maximum
Power Consumption:
SPDT (RH1): ................................................................................................................................................................................. DC: 0.8W; AC: 1.1VA (50Hz), 1VA (60Hz)
DPDT (RH2): .............................................................................................................................................................................. DC: 0.9W; AC: 1.4VA (50Hz), 1.2VA (60Hz)
3PDT (RH3): .................................................................................................................................................................................. DC: 1.5W; AC: 2VA (50Hz), 1.7VA (60Hz)
4DPT (RH4): .................................................................................................................................................................................. DC: 1.5W; AC: 2.5VA (50Hz), 2VA (60Hz)
Insulation Resistance: ....................................................................................................................................................... 100M min (measured with a 500V DC megger)
Dielectric Strength:
SPDT (RH1): ................................................................................................................................................................ Between live and dead parts: 2,000 AC, 1 minute;
Between contact circuit and operating coil: 2,000V AC, 1 minute;
Between contacts of the same pole: 1,000V AC, 1 minute
DPDT (RH2)/3PDT (RH3)/4PDT (RH4): ......................................................................................................................... Between live and dead parts: 2,000 AC, 1 minute;
Between contact circuit and operating coil: 2,000V AC, 1 minute;
Between contact circuits: 2,000V AC, 1 minute;
Between contacts of the same pole: 1,000V AC, 1 minute
Frequency Response:
1,800 operations/hour
Temperature Rise:
Coil: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 185F (85C) maximum
Contact: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 149F (65C) maximum
Vibration Resistance: ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 0 to 6G (55Hz maximum)
Shock Resistance:
SPDT/DPDT: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 200N (approximately 20G)
3PDT/4PDT: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 100N (approximately 10G)
Life Expectancy:
Electrical: ......................................... over 500,000 operations at 120V AC, 10A; (over 200,000 operations at 120V AC, 10A for SPDT [RH1], 3PDT [RH3], 4PDT [RH4])
Mechancial: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 50,000,000 operations
Operating Temperature: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ -22 to 158F (-30 to 70C)
Weight:
SPDT: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24g
DPDT: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 37g
3PDT: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 50g
4PDT: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 74g
108
RELAYS
Item
Part #
IDEC Relays
SPDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/24V A.C. Coil (IDEC RH1B-UAC24) ............................................................................................... ZL-ID435
SPDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/24V D.C. Coil (IDEC RH1B-UDC24) ............................................................................................... ZL-ID441
SPDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/120V A.C. Coil (IDEC RH1B-UAC120) ........................................................................................... ZL-ID432
DPDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/24V A.C. Coil (IDEC RH2B-UAC24) ............................................................................................... ZL-ID465
DPDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/24V A.C. Coil w/Indicator Light (IDEC RH2B-UAC24-L) .............................................................. ZL-ID468
DPDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/24V D.C. Coil (IDEC RH2B-UDC24) ............................................................................................... ZL-ID483
DPDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/120V A.C. Coil (IDEC RH2B-UAC120) ....................................................................................... ZL-ID45277
DPDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/120V A.C. Coil w/Indicator Light (IDEC RH2B-UAC120-L) ........................................................... ZL-ID456
3PDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/24V A.C. Coil (IDEC RH3B-UAC24) ............................................................................................... ZL-ID510
3PDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/24V A.C. Coil w/Indicator Light (IDEC RH3B-UAC24-L)................................................................ ZL-ID513
3PDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/120V A.C. Coil (IDEC RH3B-UAC120) ........................................................................................... ZL-ID504
3PDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/120V A.C. Coil w/Indicator Light (IDEC RH3B-UAC120-L) ........................................................... ZL-ID507
4PDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/24V A.C. Coil (IDEC RH4B-UAC24) ............................................................................................... ZL-ID546
4PDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/24V A.C. Coil w/Indicator Light (IDEC RH4B-UAC24-L).............................................................. ZL-ID5475
4PDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/120V A.C. Coil (IDEC RH4B-UAC120) ........................................................................................... ZL-ID552
4PDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/120V A.C. Coil w/Indicator Light (IDEC RH4B-UAC120-L) ......................................................... ZL-ID5535
IDEC Sockets
DIN Rail Mounted Socket for IDEC RH1B SPDT Relays (IDEC SH1B-05) ....................................................................................... ZL-IF803
DIN Rail Mounted Socket for IDEC RH2B DPDT Relays (IDEC SH2B-05) ................................................................................... ZL-IF80955
DIN Rail Mounted Socket for IDEC RH3B 3PDT Relays (IDEC SH3B-05) ........................................................................................ ZL-IF821
DIN Rail Mounted Socket for IDEC RH4B 4PDT Relays (IDEC SH4B-05) ........................................................................................ ZL-IF830
IDEC Complete Kits (Relays & Sockets)
SPDT 120V Relay and Base (IDEC RH1B-AC120-KIT) .................................................................................................................. ZL-ID4321
SPDT 24V Relay and Base (IDEC RH1B-AC24-KIT) ...................................................................................................................... ZL-ID5354
DPDT120V Relay and Base (IDEC RH2B-AC120-KIT) ................................................................................................................... ZL-ID4534
DPDT 24V Relay and Base (IDEC RH2B-AC24-KIT) ...................................................................................................................... ZL-ID4651
DPDT120V Relay w/Indicator Light and Base (IDEC RH2B-UAC120-L-KIT)............................................................................... ZL-ID45722
DPDT 24V Relay w/Indicator Light and Base (IDEC RH2B-UAC24-L-KIT) .................................................................................. ZL-ID46873
RELAYS
Relays
Model CVR-12C-0
109
NEW!
Description
Core Components CVR-12C-0 Relay has DPDT contacts up to 20 amps. The coil
drive for this relay is 24 volts AC or DC. The color coded wires make it easy to
wire. The case size is 4 x 4 x 1.8 (102 mm x 102 mm x 46 mm). The visible LED
indicates when the relay is activated.
Specifications
General:
Contact Ratings: ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 13 Amp Resistive @ 28VDC
20 Amp Resistive @ 15VDC
1HP 120VAC
1.5HP, 208/240VAC
1HP, 480/600VAC
660VA Pilot Duty, 120VAC
765VA Pilot Duty, 480/600VAC
B600 Pilot Duty
Coil Current: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 40mA @ 20VDC
50mA @ 24VDC
65mA @ 20VAC
75mA @ 24VAC
Item
Part #
1-DPDT Relay, Form 2C, 20A Contact Rating, 24 AC/DC (Core Components CVR-12C-0) ............................................................ ZL-LD951
110
RELAYS
Relays
Model CVR-11C-0
NEW!
Description
Core Components CVR-11C-0 Relay has a coil drive of 10-30 volts AC or DC,
also 120VAC. The SPDT relay is rated at 10 mps and up to 1/3 H.P. The colorcoded wires make it easy to wire. The case size is 1.5 x 2.8 x 1.5 (38 mm x 71
mm x 38 mm). The visible LED indicates when the relay is activated.
Specifications
General:
Contact Ratings: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 10 Amp Resistive, 277VAC, 28VDC
480VA, 240/277 VAC Pilot
480VA, 277VAC Ballast
600W Tungsten, 120VAC N/O
240W Tungsten, 120VAC N/C
TV-5, 120VAC N/O
TV-2, 120VAC N/C
1/3 HP, 120/240 VAC N/O
1/4 HP, 277 VAC N/O
1/6 HP, 120/240 VAC N/C
1/8 HP, 277 VAC N/C
28mA @ 12VDC
35mA @ 24VDC
37mA @ 30VDC
32mA @ 9VAC
40mA @ 12VAC
48mA @ 24VAC
55mA @ 30VAC
37mA @ 120VAC
Item
Part #
1-SPDT Relay, Form 1C, 10A Contact Rating, 10-30 AC/DC or 120 AC (Core Components CVR-11C-0) ...................................... ZL-LD962
RELAYS
Relays
Model CVR-21C-0
111
NEW!
Description
Core Components CVR-21C-0 Relay has a coil drive of 24 volts AC or DC, as well
as 120VAC. It has 2 SPDT relays with ratings of 10 amps and up to 1/3 H.P. The
color-coded wires make it easy to wire. The case size is 4 x 4 x 1.8 (102 mm x
102 mm x 46 mm). The visible LEDs indicate when the relays are activated.
Specifications
General:
TV-5, 120VAC N/O
TV-2, 120VAC N/C
1/3 HP, 120/240 VAC N/O
1/4 HP, 277 VAC N/O
1/6 HP, 120/240 VAC N/C
1/8 HP, 277 VAC N/C
28mA @ 12VDC
35mA @ 24VDC
37mA @ 30VDC
32mA @ 9VAC
40mA @ 12VAC
48mA @ 24VAC
55mA @ 30VAC
37mA @ 120VAC
Item
Part #
2-SPDT Relay, Form 1C, 10A Contact Rating, 10-30 AC/DC or 120 AC (Core Components CVR-21C-0) ...................................... ZL-LD972
112
RELAYS
Relays
Model CVR-11A-H
NEW!
Description
Core Components CVR-11A-H Relay has a coil drive of 10-30 volts AC or DC, as
well as 120VAC. The SPST relay is rated at 10 amps. The three-position rocker
switch is a true manual override on the contact side of the relay. The color-coded
wires make it easy to wire. The case size is 4 x 4 x 1.8 (102 mm x 102 mm x 46
mm). The visible LED indicates when the relay is activated.
Specifications
General:
Contact Ratings: ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 10 Amp Resistive, 125/250VAC
28mA @ 12VDC
35mA @ 24VDC
37mA @ 30VDC
32mA @ 9VAC
40mA @ 12VAC
48mA @ 24VAC
55mA @ 30VAC
37mA @ 120VAC
Item
Part #
1-SPST Relay w/HOA Switch, Form 1A, 10A Contact Rating, 10-30 AC/DC or 120 AC (Core Components CVR-11A-H) .......... ZL-LD9651
RELAYS
Relays
Model CVR-11C-V
113
NEW!
Description
Core Components CVR-11C-V Relay has a coil drive of 10-30 volts AC or DC, as
well as 208-277VAC. The SPDT relay is rated at 10 amps. The color-coded wires
make it easy to wire. The case size is 1.5 x 2.8 x 1.5 (38 mm x 71 mm x 38 mm).
The visible LED indicates when the relay is activated.
Specifications
General:
TV-5, 120VAC N/O
TV-2, 120VAC N/C
1/3 HP, 120/240 VAC N/O
1/4 HP, 277 VAC N/O
1/6 HP, 120/240 VAC N/C
1/8 HP, 277 VAC N/C
Coil Current: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 35mA @ 277VAC
Item
Part #
1-SPDT Relay Form 1C, 10A Contact Rating, 10-30 AC/DC or 208-277AC (Core Components CVR-11C-V) .............................. ZL-LD9615
114
RELAYS
Relays
Model CVR-11C-F
NEW!
Description
Core Components CVR-11C-F Relay has a coil drive of 24 volts AC or DC, as well
as 120VAC. The SPDT relay is rated at 10 amps. The color-coded wires make it
easy to wire. The case size is 1.5 x 2.8 x 1.5 (38 mm x 71 mm x 38 mm). The
visible LED indicates when the relay is activated.
Specifications
General:
TV-5, 120VAC N/O
TV-2, 120VAC N/C
1/3 HP, 120/240 VAC N/O
1/4 HP, 277 VAC N/O
1/6 HP, 120/240 VAC N/C
1/8 HP, 277 VAC N/C
28mA @ 12VDC
35mA @ 24VDC
37mA @ 30VDC
32mA @ 9VAC
40mA @ 12VAC
48mA @ 24VAC
55mA @ 30VAC
37mA @ 120VAC
Item
Part #
1-SPDT Relay Form 1C, 10A Contact Rating, 24 AC/DC or 120AC (Core Components CVR-11C-F) .........................................ZL-LD96125
RELAYS
Relays
Model CVR-21AIC-H
115
NEW!
Description
Core Components CVR-21AIC-H Relay has a coil drive of 10-30 volts AC or DC,
as well as 120VAC. With one SPST and one SPDT relay, the contact ratings are 10
amps. The three-position rocker switch is a true manual override on the contact
side of relay #1 (SPST). The color-coded wires make it easy to wire. The case size
is 4 x 4 x 1.8 (102 mm x 102 mm x 46 mm). The visible LED indicates when the
relay is activated.
Specifications
General:
Contact Ratings:
Relay #1: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 10 Amp Resistive, 250VAC, 60HZ
Relay #2: ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 10 Amp Resistive, 277VAC or 28VDC
480VA, 240VAC Pilot Duty
28mA @ 12VDC
35mA @ 24VDC
37mA @ 30VDC
32mA @ 9VAC
40mA @ 12VAC
48mA @ 24VAC
55mA @ 30VAC
37mA @ 120VAC
Item
Part #
1-SPST & 1-SPDT Relay w/HOA Switch, Form 1C & 1A, 10A Contact Rating, 10-30 AC/DC or 120 AC
(Core Components CVR-21A1C-H) ............................................................................................................................................... ZL-LD9707
116
RELAYS
TRANSFORMERS
Isolation Transformers
Model 024-024-040-TF
117
NEW!
Description
Core Components Isolation Transformer - 40VA Multi-Mount is directly interchangeable with most other type transformers. The transformer
is manufactured using quality materials including insulation systems, magnet wire, and cores. It meets the requirements of Underwriters
Laboratories, Inc. (UL) as well as other domestic and foreign certification agencies.
Specifications
General:
Input: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24VAC, 60Hz
Output: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 24VAC
Configuration: .................................................................................................................................................................................... Metal End Bells, Single Threaded Hub
Certification: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. UL Listed, CUL
Safety: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Circuit Breaker
Item
Part #
Isolation Transformer, 40 VA, 24:24 VAC, 1 Hub (Model 024-024-040-TF) ................................................................................... ZL-LE105
Dimensional Diagram
118
TRANSFORMERS
Control Transformers
Models 120-024-040-TF & 120-024-040-2TF
NEW!
Description
Core Components Control Transformers -40VA Multi-Mounts are directly interchangeable with most other type transformers. The transformers
are manufactured using quality materials including insulation systems, magnet wire, and cores. It meets the requirements of Underwriters
Specifications
General:
Input: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 120VAC, 60 Hz
Output: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 24VAC
Configuration: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Metal End Bells
Certification: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Class 2
Single Threaded Hub: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... UL Recognized
Dual Threaded Hub: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. UL Listed, CSA
Item
Part #
Class 2 Control Transformer, 40 VA, 120:24 VAC, 2 Hubs, UL Listed (Model 120-024-040-2TF) .................................................. ZL-LE112
Class 2 Control Transformer, 40 VA, 120:24 VAC, 1 Hub, UL Listed Rec. (Model 120-024-040-TF) .............................................. ZL-LE113
Dimensional Diagram
TRANSFORMERS
Models 120-024-050-TF & 120-024-050-2TF
119
NEW!
Description
Core Components Control Transformers -50VA Multi-Mounts are directly interchangeable with most other type transformers. The transformers
Specifications
General:
Input: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 120VAC, 60 Hz
Output: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 24VAC
Item
Part #
Class 2 Control Transformer, 50 VA, 120:24 VAC, 1 Hub, UL Rec. (Model 120-024-050-TF) ......................................................... ZL-LE117
Class 2 Control Transformer, 50 VA, 120:24 VAC, 2 Hubs, UL Listed (Model 120-024-050-2TF) ............................................... ZL-LE1175
Dimensional Diagram
120
TRANSFORMERS
Models 277-024-050-TF & 277-024-050-2TF
NEW!
Description
Core Components Control Transformers - 50VA Multi-Mounts are directly interchangeable with most other type transformers. The transformers
Specifications
General:
Input: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 277VAC, 50/60 Hz
Output: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 24VAC
Single Threaded Hub: ................................................................................................................................................................................................. UL Recognized, CSA
Dual Threaded Hub: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... UL Listed
Item
Part #
Class 2 Control Transformer, 50 VA, 277:24 VAC, 1 Hub, UL Rec. (Model 277-024-050-TF) ......................................................... ZL-LE131
Class 2 Control Transformer, 50 VA, 277:24VAC, 2 Hubs, UL Listed (Model 277-024-050-2TF) ................................................. ZL-LE1305
Dimensional Diagram
TRANSFORMERS
Models 120-024-075-TF-CB & 120-024-075-2TF-CB
121
NEW!
Description
Core Components Control Transformers - 75VA Multi-Mounts are directly interchangeable with most other type transformers. The transformers
Specifications
General:
Input: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 120VAC, 60 Hz
Output: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 24VAC
Item
Part #
Class 2 Control Transformer w/Man. Reset Circuit Breakers Single Primaries, 75 VA, 120:24 VAC, 2 Hubs, UL Listed (Model 120-024-075-2TF-CB) ............................................................... ZL-LE118
Class 2 Control Transformer w/Man. Reset Circuit Breakers Single Primaries, 75 VA, 120:24 VAC, 1 Hub, UL Rec.(Model 120-024-075-TF-CB) ...................................................................... ZL-LE119
Dimensional Diagram
122
TRANSFORMERS
Models 120-024-100-TF-CB & 120-024-100-2TF-CB
NEW!
Description
Core Components Transformer - 100VA Multi-Mount is directly interchangeable with most other type transformers. The transformer is
manufactured using quality materials including insulation systems, magnet wire, and cores. It meets the requirements of Underwriters
Specifications
General:
Input: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 120VAC, 60 Hz
Output: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 24VAC
Item
Part #
Class 2 Control Transformer w/Man. Reset Circuit Breakers Single Primaries, 96VA, 120:24 VAC, 2 Hubs, UL Listed (Model 120-024-100-2TF-CB) ............................................................... ZL-LE120
Class 2 Control Transformer w/Man. Reset Circuit Breakers Single Primaries, 96 VA, 120:24 VAC, 1 Hub, UL Rec.(Model 120-024-100-TF-CB) ...................................................................... ZL-LE121
Dimensional Diagram
TRANSFORMERS
Model 120-024-150-TF
123
NEW!
Description
Core Components Control Transformer - 150VA Multi-Mount is directly interchangeable with most other type transformers. The transformer
is manufactured using quality materials including insulation systems, magnet wire, and cores. It meets the requirements of Underwriters
Specifications
General:
Input: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 120VAC, 60 Hz
Output: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 24VAC
Item
Part #
Control Transformer w/Man. Reset Circuit Breakers Single Primaries, 150VA, 120:24 VAC, 1 Hub, UL Rec.(Model 120-024-150-TF) ........................................................................... ZL-LE124
Dimensional Diagram
124
TRANSFORMERS
MUA-024-075-TF-CB
NEW!
Description
Specifications
General:
Input: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 120, 208, 240, 480VAC, 50/60Hz
Output: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 24VAC
Certification: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. Class 2, UL Listed, CSA
Item
Part #
Class 2 Control Transformer w/Man. Reset Circuit Breakers Multiple Primaries, 75 VA, 120/208/240/480:24 VAC, 1 Hub, UL Listed.(Model MUA-024-075-TF-CB) .................................... ZL-LE1501
Dimensional Diagram
TRANSFORMERS
Model MUC-024-050-TF-CB
125
NEW!
Description
Specifications
Input: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 120, 240, 277, and 480V
Output: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24V
Item
Part #
Class 2 Control Transformer w/Man. Reset Circuit Breakers Multiple Primaries, 50VA, 120/240/277/480:24 VAC, 1 Hub, UL Listed (Model MUC-024-050-TF-CB) ....................................... ZL-LE160
Dimensional Diagram
126
TRANSFORMERS
MUC-024-100-TF-CB
NEW!
Description
Specifications
General:
Input: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 120, 240, 277, 480V
Output: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 22.7V
Item
Part #
Class 2 Control Transformer w/Man. Reset Circuit Breakers Single Primaries, 96VA, 120/240/277/480:24 VAC, 1 Hub, UL Listed (Model MUC-024-100-TF-CB) .......................................... ZL-LE170
Dimensional Diagram
POWER SUPPLIES
127
Power Supplies
Model PS-200
Description
MAMAC Systems PS-200 power supply accepts either 115 or 24 VAC input and
provides fully regulated, short circuit and thermal overload protected 5.0 to 25.0
VDC output. The PS-200 incorporates an in-line fuse and terminal strip for the
primary line voltage. Multi-position terminal strips are provided for the DC output.
Two unique chassis options are available. The PS-200 is a reliable, stable and
versatile power supply that requires a minimal amount of installation time.
Specifications
General:
Output Voltage Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5.0 VDC to 25.0 VDC
Line Regulation: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0.01%/V
Load Regulation: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.2% (no load to full load)
Current Limit: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 130% rated current
Output Ripple: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 2.0 mV pp maximum
Output Short Circuit: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Indefinite
Weight: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1.5 A+2.5 lbs.; 3.0 A+3.0 lbs.
Thermal Overload: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... Internally Protected
Inline Fuse: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3AG 1.0/2.0
Input Voltage: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 90-130 VAC/208-240 VAC/24-29 VAC
Operating Temperature: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... -40F to 120F
Humidity: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 90% non-condensing
Item
Part #
115 VAC Primary, 5-25 VDC Adjustable Output, 1.5 Amp, Low Height ............................................................................ ZAPS-200-1-A-1L
115 VAC Primary, 5-25 VDC Adjustable Output, 1.5 Amp, Narrow Width ...................................................................... ZAPS-200-1-A-1N
115 VAC Primary, 5-25 VDC Adjustable Output, 3.0 Amp, Low Height ............................................................................ ZAPS-200-1-B-1L
115 VAC Primary, 5-25 VDC Adjustable Output, 3.9 Amp, Narrow Width ...................................................................... ZAPS-200-1-B-1N
24 VAC Primary, 5-25 VDC Adjustable Output, 1.5 Amp, Low Height .............................................................................. ZAPS-200-1-A-3L
24 VAC Primary, 5-25 VDC Adjustable Output, 1.5 Amp, Narrow Width ........................................................................ ZAPS-200-1-A-3N
NOTE: All units factory calibrated to 24 VDC. If different voltage required specify Calibrate to XXXX VDC on order.
128
POWER SUPPLIES
TANK PROBES
129
Infinity RS-485 Tank Probe

Description
The Andover Controls Infinity RS-485 Tank Probe is highly accurate level and
temperature probe. It is used with the Andover Infinity Tank Monitoring System
(TMS) to provide in-tank monitoring for leak detection and inventory analysis of
underground storage tanks, in compliance with Federal EPA regulations. Multiple
probes can be used with the Infinity TMS to provide interstitial space monitoring,
vapor monitoring and sump monitoring of an underground storage tank installation.
The Infinity RS-485 Sensing Probe is composed of an aluminum housing coupled
with three concentric tubes. The outermost tube serves as a protective jacket for
the level and temperature sensing components. Up to five RTDs can be mounted
on the inner tube assembly inside the outer protective jacket. Each RTD is a 1000 ohm platinum film device, with an inherent accuracy of
+0.5F. The probe has a temperature measurement range of 0 to 110F (-18 to 43C).
The innermost tube comprises the waveguide, the key component in magnetrostrictive technology. Unique properties inherent to the waveguide
material allow for precision level measurement. The waveguide has a very small diameter and is made of a proprietary magnetrostrictive
material. Characteristics of this material enable the sensor to have excellent aging and temperative properties.
Standard probe lengths are 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, and 12.
Software tools for tank probe checkout and troubleshooting are available free of charge. These tools will enable you to setup, monitor and
communicate directly with the RS-485 tank probes. To use the software tools, you will need an IBM PC computer with DOS and a serial port.
You will also need three additional cable connectors. You may obtain your free set of software tools from the Andover Controls TSD Bulletin
Board along with information on cable requirements and setup.
Specifications
Performance:
Measured Variable: ..................................................................................................................................................................... Product level, interface level, temperature
Full Range: .................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................. 2 to 25ft. (0.6 to 7.62m)
Non-linearity: ................................................................................................................. ................................................................................ .025% F.S. or 1/32 (0.794mm)
Hysteresis: .................................................................................................................... .............................................. .001% F.S. or .005 (0.127mm) whichever is greatest
Repeatability: ................................................................................................................. ............................................ .001% F.S. or .001 (0.025mm) whichever is greatest
Time Constant: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1 second (typical)
Input Voltage Range: ........................................................................................................................... 24 to 26 VDC @ safety barrier input; 8.0V min. @ sensor terminals
Reverse Polarity Protection: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... Series diodes
Transient Protection: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ Single stage line to line
Safety Approval: .................................................................................................................................................................................... Factory Mutual (FM) Intrinsic Safety
approval for Class I, II, III, Division 1, Groups C, D, E, F, G hazardous areas
Calibration:
Zero Adjust Range: ............................................................................................................. Software selectable along entire sensor stroke; No field adjustment required
Environmental:
Sealing: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ O-ring sealed for outdoor use (NEMA 4)
Humidity: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0 to 100% RH
Operating Temperature: ............. -40 to 65C (-40 to 149F) = electronics; -34 to 71C (-30 to 160F) = waveguide; -34 to 149C (-30 to 300F) = waveguide (optional)
Temperature Sensitivity: .............................................................................................................................................................................. < .001% per C (.0005% per F)
Vessel Pressure: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.896 Mpa Max (275 PSIG)
Materials
Wetted: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 316 Stainless Steel
Non-wetted: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ Epoxy painted aluminum
Minimum Life Expectancy: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 10 years
Field Installation Requirements:

Length: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 2 to 25 ft. (0.6 to 7.62m) excluding housing
Housing Dimensions: ............................................................................................................................................................... 3.75 (9.53cm) diameter x 8.6 (21.8cm) long
Mounting: ............................................................................................................................. NPT adjustable fitting (optional); 2.5 (6.35mm) sanitary fitting (optional)
Wiring: .......................................................................................................... 4 wire connections of shielded cable to screw terminals through 0.5 NPT conduit opening
130
TANK PROBES
Item
Part #
INFINITY RS-485 Sensing Probes
2 ft. w/ 3 RTD .......................................................................................................................................................................... 01-0007-039
4 ft. w/ 3 RTD .......................................................................................................................................................................... 01-0007-033
6 ft. w/ 3 RTD .......................................................................................................................................................................... 01-0007-034
8 ft. w/ 3 RTD .......................................................................................................................................................................... 01-0007-035
10 ft. w/ 3 RTD ......................................................................................................................................................................... 01-0007-036
12 ft. w/ 3 RTD ......................................................................................................................................................................... 01-0007-037
Probe Accessories
Product Float, 1 per Probe, 1.5 Diameter ............................................................................................................................... 01-0007-077
Gasoline/Water Interface Float, 1.5 Diameter ....................................................................................................................... 01-0007-080
Diesel/Water Interface Float, 1.5 Diameter ........................................................................................................................... 01-0007-078
Product Float, 1 per Probe, 2 Diameter .................................................................................................................................. 01-0007-025
Gasoline/Water Interface Float, 2 Diameter .......................................................................................................................... 01-0007-027
Diesel/Water Interface Float, 2 Diameter .............................................................................................................................. 01-0007-026
Product Float, 1 per Probe, 3.75 Diameter ............................................................................................................................. 01-0007-011
Gasoline/Water Interface Float, 3.75 Diameter ..................................................................................................................... 01-0007-012
Diesel/Water Interface Float, 3.75 Diameter ......................................................................................................................... 01-0007-013
Probe Mounting Kit .................................................................................................................................................................. 01-0007-015
Tank Probe Manual ................................................................................................................................................................... 30-3001-427
Software Tools for Setup, Monitoring & Communication ............................................................................................. TSD Bulletin Board
NOTES:
Effective January 1, 1999, Standard lengths DO NOT include 2 floats. Product and Interface Floats must now be ordered separately.
MINIMUM ORDER SIZE IS $50.00.
Pricing for non-standard probe lengths, special liquids and special floats can be obtained from the Andover Controls Peripherals
Applications Engineer.
Overall length of probe is actually 5 inches longer than the above descriptions state so as to allow for clearance (e.g. 2 ft. probe = 29
inches).
CARDS & READERS 131

Classic Swipe Wiegand Reader
Description
The HID Wiegand Classic Swipe Reader is a pass-through reader. It is molded of rugged,
high impact plastic to resist vandals and epoxy potted to seal out moisture. The Classic
Swipe reader features a bi-color LED. It is immune to external magnetic fields and RF signals.
It can be back-mounted on a vertical surface and the slot may be oriented upward, downward,
or facing left or right. It performs well in medium-to-high volume installations and may be
exposed to sun, rain, or snow.
Specifications
General:
Colors: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Black, Beige
LED Type: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Red/Green
Termination: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 6 Cable or Terminal Strip
Slot Width: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.0062 to 0.069 (1.6 mm to 1.75 mm)
Features: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor; Single Piece
Output: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Wiegand
Current: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 40 mA typ.
Input Power: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 -12VDC
Card Type*: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... A, A1, D
Dimensions: ................................................................................................................................................... 2.3 H x 5.3 W x 1.7 D (5.8 cm H x 13.46 cm W x 4.3 cm D)
Weight: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 12.1 oz. (343 gm)
Material: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... Long-wearing polymeric plastic
Certifications: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. UL 294 listed, CE Mark approved
Cable Distance: .................................................................................................................................................................... 500 feet (150 m) using shielded 22 AWG cable
* A = code strip along long edge/right side
A1 = code strip along long edge/left side
D = code strip along short edge
Item
Part #
Classic Swipe Reader, Black, Terminal Strip ........................................................................................................................... 01-7000-001
Classic Swipe Reader, Black, 6 Cable ..................................................................................................................................... 01-7000-121
Classic Swipe Reader, Beige, Terminal Strip ........................................................................................................................... 01-7000-003
Classic Swipe Reader, Beige, 6 Cable .................................................................................................................................... 01-7000-122
Extra Label for Classic Swipe Reader, Black, ACC Logo .......................................................................................................... 01-3002-229
132
CARDS & READERS

Epic Wiegand Reader
Description
The HID Epic Wiegand Reader provides an ergonomically designed forward slanted card
slot for a more natural hand position when swiping a card. Contemporary styling makes the
Epic Wiegand reader a popular choice for both modern and traditional buildings.
The Epic Wiegand reader accepts from 5 to 12 volts input, permitting its use on virtually any
system. It is molded of rugged, high impact plastic to resist vandals and epoxy potted to
seal out moisture. The Epic Wiegand reader features a tri-color LED. It is immune to external
magnetic fields and RF signals.
Specifications
General:
Colors: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Black
LED Type: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... Tri-State, Red/Amber/Green
Termination: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 6 Cable
Operating Temperature: ..................................................................................................................................... -40 to 160F (-40 to 70C), 10 to 95% RH non-condensing
Output: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Wiegand
Current: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 40 mA typ.
Input Power: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 5 to 12 VDC
Card Type*: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... A, A1, D
Dimensions: ............................................................................................................................................. 2.66 H x 5.86 W x 1.50 D (6.76 cm H x 14.9 cm W x 3.0 cm D)
Material: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... Long-wearing Polymeric Plastic
Weight: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 12.6 oz. (357 gm)
Cable Distance: ......................................................................................................................................................................... 500 ft (150 m) using 22 GA foil shield cable
Certifications: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. UL 294 listed, CE mark approved
Item
Part #
Epic Reader, Black, 3 LED, 6 Cable .......................................................................................................................................... 01-7000-216
Extra Label for Epic Swipe Reader, ACC Logo ......................................................................................................................... 01-3002-235
CARDS & READERS 133

Wiegand Key Reader
Description
The HID Wiegand Key Reader is an insertion push-pull reader. The reader is typically
flush-mounted into an opening in a wall or a mounting plate, with the key slot oriented so
that the key is held in a horizontal plane. After the reader is mounted, it is covered by a black
snap-on escutcheon. The code is read as the key is withdrawn from the slot. The key reader
offers the advantage of its small size and the convenience of a key. It may be exposed to
sun, rain, or snow.
Specifications
General:
Colors: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Black
LED Type: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Red
Slot Width: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.100 (2.5 mm) min.
Output: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Wiegand
Current: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 40 mA typ.
Input Power: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 VDC
Card Type: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Wiegand Keys
Dimensions: ..................................................................................................................................................... 1.62 H x 1.5 W x 2.0 D (4.1 cm H x 3.8 cm W x 5.1 cm D)
Item
Part #
Key Reader, Black, 6 Cable (uses keys only) ........................................................................................................................... 01-7000-031
134
CARDS & READERS

Insertion Wiegand Reader
Description
The HID Wiegand Insertion Reader is a push-pull reader. It is usually flush-mounted into
an opening in a wall or mounting plate, with the card slot oriented so that the card is held in
a horizontal plane. The code is read as the card is withdrawn from the slot.
The Insertion Reader is ideal in settings where its unobtrusive appearance is an advantage
or where the cardholders arm motion is restricted. The Insertion Reader is molded of rugged,
high impact plastic to resist vandals and epoxy potted to seal out moisture. It features a bicolor LED. The Insertion Reader is immune to external magnetic fields and RF signals. The
reader may be exposed to sun, rain, or snow.
Specifications
General:
Colors: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Woodgrain, Aluminized
LED Type: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Bi-color LED, Red/Green
Termination: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 6 Cable or Terminal Strip
Output: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Wiegand
Current: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 40 mA typ.
Input Power: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5-12 VDC
Card Type*: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. A, A1
Dimensions: ................................................................................................................................................... 1.18 H x 3.18 W x 3.0 D (3.0 cm H x 8.1 cm W x 7.6 cm D)
Material: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... Long-wearing Polymeric Plastic
Weight: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 10.6 oz. (301 gm)
Cable Distance: .................................................................................................................................................................... 500 feet (150 m) using shielded 22 AWG cable
Certifications: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. Ul 294 listed, CE mark approved
Item
Part #
Insertion Reader, Woodgrain, HID Faceplate Label, Terminal Stripe ................................................................................... 01-7000-021
Insertion Reader, Woodgrain, HID Faceplate Label, 6 Cable .............................................................................................. 01-7000-123
Insertion Reader, Aluminized, HID Faceplate Label, Terminal Strip ..................................................................................... 01-7000-022
Insertion Reader, Aluminized, HID Faceplate Label, 6 Cable .............................................................................................. 01-7000-024
Insertion Reader, No Faceplate, 6 Cable ................................................................................................................................. 01-7000-165
CARDS & READERS 135

Turnstile Wiegand Reader
Description
The HID Wiegand Turnstile Reader is a pass-through reader. It mounts either horizontally or
vertically, making it ideal for high traffic applications. It is molded of rugged, high impact
aluminum allow to resist vandals and epoxy potted to seal out moisture. The Turnstile
reader features a bi-color LED. It is immune to external magnetic fields and RF signals.
Specifications
General:
Colors: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Blacked, Brushed Chrome
LED Type: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... Bi-color LED, Red or Red/Green
Slot Width: .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.62 to 0.069 (1.6 mm to 1.75 mm)
Output: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Wiegand
Current: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 40 mA typ.
Input Power: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 -12 VDC
Card Type*: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... A, A1, D
Dimensions: ............................................................................................................................................. 1.75 H x 7.0 W x 1.75 D (4.45 cm H x 17.8 cm W x 4.45 cm D)
Material: ........................................................................................................... Long-wearing Aluminum Alloy 6063 coated with either a black epoxy or chromium finish
Weight: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 20 oz. (567 gm)
Certifications: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. UL 294 listed, CE mark approved
Item
Part #
Turnstile Reader, Black, Dual LED, 6 Cable ............................................................................................................................. 01-7000-108
Turnstile Reader, Brushed Chrome, Dual LED, 6 Cable ........................................................................................................... 01-7000-109
Turnstile Reader, Black, Single LED, 6 Cable .......................................................................................................................... 01-7000-011
Turnstile Reader, Brushed Chrome, Single LED, 6 Cable ........................................................................................................ 01-7000-012
136
CARDS & READERS

SensorCard
Description
The HID SensorCard is a basic vinyl Wiegand encoded card. Available in several thicknesses
(.030, .037, and .047) and a wide range of options including high coercivity magnetic
stripe, slot punch, hot stamp, and a choice of artworks.
An embedded Wiegand code strip provides trillions of possible codes laminated under
pressure to create a solid vinyl card. Any attempt to reach the code strip destroys the card.
SensorCard cards are strong and flexible, resistant to breaking, and extremely reliable over
a broad range of temperature and humidity ranges.
Specifications
General:
Coding: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Standard Wiegand
Features: ........................................................................................................................... ACC Logo, Hot Stamp, Slot Punch, Zero Gap Seq. Numbering, Custom Artwork
Dimensions: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 3.375 x 2.125 (8.75 cm x 5.40 cm)
Thickness: .................................................................................................................... ISO: 0.030 (0.076 cm); Standard: 0.037 (0.094 cm); Ext. Wear: 0.047 (0.119 cm)
Surface: ............................................................................................................................................................................... Plain White Surface (front), HID Artwork (Back)
Bit Range Format: ................................................................................................................................................. Infinity Format (37 bit); AC4 Plus 4 Format (32 bit); 26 bit
Code Strip Layout Options*: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... A, A1, D
Card Construction: ............................................................................................................................. Standard vinyl with standard artwork in plain white, blue and black,
custom artwork and with a directional arrow on a side of a card with no other printing
Operating Temperature: .................................................................................................................................... -40 to 158F (-40 to 70C), 10 to 95% RH Non-condensing
Weight:
ISO: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... .17 oz. (4.9 gm)
Standard: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ .20 oz. (5.7 gm)
Extended Wear: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. .27 oz. (7.6 gm)
Options: ........................................................................................................................................... Slot Punch, Custom Graphics, External Card Numbering, Photo Pouch
*A=long edge/right side; A1=long edge/left side; D=short edge
Item
Part #
SensorCard, Standard, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, Label w/Pin, 37 Bit ....................................................................................... 01-7001-147
SensorCard, Standard, Orange, ACC Logo, Label w/Pin, 37 Bit .............................................................................................. 01-7001-039
SensorCard, Standard, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, w/Hot Stamp, 37 Bit .................................................................................... 01-7001-148
SensorCard, Standard, Orange, ACC Logo, w/Hot Stamp, 37 Bit ........................................................................................... 01-7001-061
SensorCard, Standard, Plain White, No Artwork, 37 Bit ......................................................................................................... 01-7001-046
SensorCard, Standard, Plain White, No Artwork, w/Hot Stamp, 37 Bit ................................................................................. 01-7001-064
SensorCard Extended Wear, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, 37 Bit ................................................................................................... 01-7001-149
SensorCard, Extended Wear, Orange ACC Logo, 37 Bit .......................................................................................................... 01-7001-041
SensorCard, Extended Wear, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, w/Hot Stamp, 37 Bit........................................................................... 01-7001-150
SensorCard, Extended Wear, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, x-reference, w/Hot Stamp, 37 Bit, Slot Top ....................................... 01-7001-185
SensorCard, Extended Wear, Orange ACC Logo, w/Hot Stamp, 37 Bit .................................................................................. 01-7001-063
SensorCard, Standard, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, Label w/Pin, 26 Bit ....................................................................................... 01-7001-229
SensorCard, Standard, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, w/Hot Stamp, 26 Bit .................................................................................... 01-7001-230
SensorCard, Standard, Plain White, No Artwork, 26 Bit ......................................................................................................... 01-7001-231
SensorCard, Standard, Plain White, No Artwork, w/Hot Stamp, 26 Bit ................................................................................. 01-7001-232
SensorCard, Extended Wear, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, 26 Bit .................................................................................................. 01-7001-233
SensorCard, Extended Wear, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, w/Hot Stamp, 26 Bit........................................................................... 01-7001-234
SensorCard, Extended Wear, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, X-Ref, w/Hot Stamp, Slot Top, 26 Bit ................................................ 01-7001-235
SensorCard, Standard, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, 32 Bit ............................................................................................................ 01-7001-153
SensorCard, Standard, Orange ACC Logo, 32 Bit .................................................................................................................... 01-7001-001
SensorCard, Standard, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, Hot Stamp, 32 Bit ......................................................................................... 01-7001-160
SensorCard, Extended Wear, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, 32 Bit .................................................................................................. 01-7001-154
SensorCard, Extended Wear, ACC Logo, 32 Bit ....................................................................................................................... 01-7001-036
SensorCard, Extended Wear, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, Hot Stamp, 32 Bit ............................................................................... 01-7001-156
CARDS & READERS 137

SensorCard II
Description
The HID SensorCard II is a Wiegand card with a magnetic stripe added to the back. The
SensorCard II provides a solution for companies desiring to use one card incorporating
Wiegand, magnetic stripe, and photo identification technologies for multiple applications.
The SensorCard II meets ISO standards for thickness so it can be used with all direct image
printers and magnetic strip readers.
Specifications
General:
Coding: ............................................................................................................................................................................................... Wiegand/Mag Stripe Dual Technology
Features: ........................................................................................................................... ACC Logo, Hot Stamp, Slot Punch, Zero Gap Seq. Numbering, Custom Artwork
Dimensions: ........................................................................................................................................................... 3.375 x 2.125 x 0.030 (8.75 cm x 5.40 cm x 0.076 cm)
Surface: ................................................................................................................................................... Plain White Surface (front), HID Artwork/Custom Artwork (back)
Bit Range Format: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. Infinity Format (37 bit); 26 bit
Code Strip Layout Options*: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... A, A1
Card Construction: ................................................................. Vinyl Dual Technology Card, concealed Wiegand code strip plus a high-coercivity magnetic stripe on back
Weight: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... .17 oz (4.9 gm)
Options: ..................................................................................... Slot Punch, Custom Graphics, External Card Numbering, Photo Pouch, Surface: Gloss, Satin or Brushed
*A=long edge/right side; A1=long edge/left side
Item
Part #
SensorCard II, Combo Wiegand & Mag Stripe, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, 37 bit ...................................................................... 01-7001-151
SensorCard II, Combo Wiegand & Mag Stripe, Orange ACC Logo, 37 Bit .............................................................................. 01-7001-051
SensorCard II, Blue & Gray ACC Logo w/Hot Stamp, 37 Bit ................................................................................................... 01-7001-152
SensorCard II, Orange ACC Logo, w/Hot Stamp, 37 Bit .......................................................................................................... 01-7001-065
SensorCard II, Combo Wiegand & Mag Stripe, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, 26 Bit ...................................................................... 01-7001-236
SensorCard II, Blue & Gray ACC Logo w/Hot Stamp, 26 Bit ................................................................................................... 01-7001-237
138
CARDS & READERS

Photo ID
Description
The HID Photo ID Wiegand Access Card combines Wiegand technology and photo
identification on a single card. The Photo ID card provides a solution for companies desiring
to use one card to take advantage of Wiegand technology supplemented by photo ID.
The Photo ID card accepts either Polaroid film prints or video image prints. It is available in
either credit card or badge sizes.
Specifications
General:
Coding: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ Photo ID for Type 681 & 669 Wet Film
Features: ............................................................................................................................................. Hot Stamp, Slot Punch, Zero Gap Seq. Numbering, Custom Artwork
Dimensions:
Credit Card: ......................................................................................................................................................... 3.375 x 2.125 x 0.055 (8.57 cm x 5.40 cm x 0.14 cm)
Badge Size: ............................................................................................................................................................. .3.25 x 2.33 x 0.055 (8.26 cm x 5.92 cm x 0.14 cm)
Surface: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Vinyl or Polyester/Vinyl
Code Strip Layout Options*: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... A, A1, D
Card Construction: ................................................................ Vinyl or polyester/vinyl card with a concealed Wiegand code strip and an aperture dimensioned to accept
Polaroid ID-3 photo identification prints or equivalent. Protective flaps are attached on one or both sides for user lamination.
Weight:
Credit Card: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... .21 oz. (6.0 gm)
Badge: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. .27 oz. (7.7 gm)
Options: ........................................................................................................................... Slot Punch, Custom Graphics, External Card Numbering, Front or Back Aperture
*A=long edge/right side; A1=long edge/left side; D=short edge
Item
Part #
Photo ID Card, Plain White, All Vinyl, for Polaroid Film, 37 Bit ............................................................................................... 01-7001-059
Photo ID Card, Plain White, All Vinyl, w/Hot Stamp, for Polaroid Film, 37 Bit ....................................................................... 01-7001-062
Photo ID Card, Plain White, All Vinyl, for Video Image, 37 Bit ................................................................................................ 01-7001-082
Photo ID Card, Plain White, All Vinyl, w/Hot Stamp, for Video Image, 37 Bit ........................................................................ 01-7001-083
Photo ID Card, Plain White, All Vinyl, for Polaroid Film, 26 Bit ............................................................................................... 01-7001-238
Photo ID Card, Plain White, All Vinyl, w/Hot Stamp, for Polaroid Film, 26 Bit ....................................................................... 01-7001-239
Photo ID Card, Plain White, All Vinyl, for Video Image, 26 Bit ................................................................................................ 01-7001-240
Photo ID Card, Plain White, All Vinyl, w/Hot Stamp, for Video Image, 26 Bit ........................................................................ 01-7001-241
Photo ID Card, Plain White, Polyester/Vinyl, for Polaroid Film, 32 Bit .................................................................................... 01-7001-013
CARDS & READERS 139

Graphics Quality Card
Description
The HID Graphics are directly printed on this card from a video image system using a dye
sublimation printer.
Specifications
General:
Coding: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Wiegand
Features: ........................................................................................................ Graphics Quality, Hot Stamp, Zero Gap Seq. Numbering, Custom Artwork, Magnetic Stripe
Dimensions: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 3.37 x 2.13 (85.6 cm x 54.0 cm)
Thickness: .................................................................................................................................................................. Thin ISO: .030 (0.76 mm); Standard: .037 (0.94 mm)
Surface: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Gloss or Satin
Item
Part #
Plain White, Thin (.030), Satin Front/Back, w/Hot Stamp, Mag Stripe, for use w/Direct-to-Vinyl Printer, 37 Bit ................ 01-7001-127
Plain White Card, Thin (.030), Glossy Front/Back, w/Hot Stamp, Mag Stripe, for use w/Direct-to-Vinyl Printer, 37 Bit ..... 01-7001-169
Plain White Card,Std. (.037), Glossy Front/Back, w/Hot Stamp, Mag Stripe,for use w/Direct-to-Vinyl Printer, 37 Bit ...... 01-7001-171
Plain White, Thin (.030), Satin Front/Back, w/Hot Stamp, Mag Stripe, for use w/Direct-to-Vinyl Printer, 26 Bit ................ 01-7001-245
Plain White Card, Thin (.030), Glossy Front/Back, w/Hot Stamp, Mag Stripe, for use w/Direct-to-Vinyl Printer, 26 Bit ..... 01-7001-246
Plain White Card,Std. (.037), Glossy Front/Back, w/Hot Stamp, Mag Stripe,for use w/Direct-to-Vinyl Printer, 26 Bit ...... 01-7001-247
Plain White, No Artwork, 32 Bit ............................................................................................................................................... 01-7001-069
Graphics Quality Card, Plain White, Satin Front/Back, w/Hot Stamp, 32 Bit ......................................................................... 01-7001-109
Photo ID Adhesive Backpack, for Polaroid Film ....................................................................................................................... 01-7001-070
Temperature Test Kit for Photo ID Laminator, 300F ................................................................................................................. 01-7001-057
Temperature Test Kit for Photo ID Laminator, 380F (All Vinyl Cards) ....................................................................................... 01-7001-058
140
CARDS & READERS

ProxCard Plus
Description
The HID ProxCard Plus is a combination card offering Proximity and Wiegand technologies
and an optional photo ID capability on a single card. The ProxCard Plus is the solution for
companies desiring to use one card incorporating a combination of Proximity, Wiegand, and
Photo ID technologies for multiple facilities, or for transitioning from a primarily Wiegand
technology system to an HID Proximity based system.
To meet any combination of card technology requirements, the ProxCard Plus can be combined
with bar code and magnetic stripe, too. The ProxCard Plus cards thickness is suitable for
use with all Wiegand readers and most direct image printers and magnetic stripe readers.
Specifications
General:
Coding: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. Standard Wiegand/Proximity
Features: .............................................................................................................................. Combo Prox/Wiegand technologies; Opt. Photo ID capabilities; Opt. bar code
and/or magnetic stripe, external card number, slot punch, custom artwork, zero gap seq. numbering
Surface: .................................................................................................................................................................................... Plain White Glossy Front, HID Artwork Back
Read Range: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ProxCard Plus
MiniProx: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 1.5 (4 cm)
ThinLine II: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ up to 1.5 (4 cm)
ProxPro: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 3.0 (7.5 cm)
NT MaxiProx: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. up to 9.0 (23 cm)
Code Strip Layout Options*: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... A, A1
Card Construction: ............ Thin vinyl laminate with an internal Wiegand code strip and proximity circuit. An external ABA standard, high coercivity mag stripe is opt.
Weight: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0.17 oz. (4.8 gm)
*A=long edge/right side; A1=long endge/left side
Item
Part #
ProxCard Plus, Combo Prox/Wiegand, Plain White, Glossy Front, No External Hot Stamp, 37 Bit ........................................ 01-7001-180
ProxCard Plus, Combo Prox/Wiegand, Plain White, Glossy Front, No External Hot Stamp, 26 Bit ........................................ 01-7001-243
CARDS & READERS 141

Sensor Key
Description
The HID Sensor Key is an encoded key for use with HIDs Key Reader.
Specifications
General:
Coding: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Wiegand Encoded Key
Features: .................................................................................................................................................................................... Zero Gap Seq. Numbering; Custom Artwork
Dimensions:
Overall Length: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3.29
Blade Length: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.375
Blade Width: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... .669
Head Width: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.0
Thickness:
Blade: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. .093
Head: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. .093
Surface: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Black
Item
Part #
Plain Black Key, 32 Bit .............................................................................................................................................................. 01-7001-012
Plain Black Key, Hot Stamp, 32 Bit ........................................................................................................................................... 01-7001-159
142
CARDS & READERS

MiniProx Proximity Card Reader
Description
The HID MiniProx Proximity Card Reader boasts a slim design that allows the reader to be
mounted indoors or out, even directly on metal with no change in read range performance.
The MiniProx accepts 5-16 volts and has a maximum read range of 4 to 5.5-inches. The
MiniProx reader is available with either Wiegand interface or clock-and-data magnetic stripe
interface. The 5-volt capability allows existing swipe-type access control installations to be
easily upgraded to proximity technology, simply by changing the existing reader heads and
cards. The clock-and-data magnetic stripe version reads all HID proximity cards and outputs
the card data in a Track II format. No rewiring or pulling of new cable is necessary.
The MiniProx reader offers high reliability, consistent read range characteristics, and low
power consumption in a single, easy-to-install package. Standard capabilities include
multicolor LED, compatibility with all standard access control systems, and internal or host
control of the LED and beeper. The MiniProx reader is designed for mounting directly on
metal with no change in read range performance.
Specifications
General:
Colors: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Gray, Beige
LED Type: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Tri-State; Red/Green
Features: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Indoor/Outdoor
Operating Temperature: ............................................................................................................................................. -22 to 150F (-30 to 66C); 0 to 95% non-condensing
Output: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Multiple Wiegand Formats
Current: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 50-60 mA typ.
Input Power: ........................................................................................................................................................ 4.75 to 16 VDC, Linear power supplies are recommended
Read Range: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... MiniProx
ProxCard II: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 5.5 (14 cm)
ISOProx II: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 4 (10 cm)
ProxKey II: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ up to 2 (5 cm)
ProxCard Plus: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 1.5 (4 cm)
Dimensions: ........................................................................................................................................................................... 6.0 x 1.7 x 1.0 (15.2 cm x 4.3 cm x 2.54 cm)
Material: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Polycarbonate UL 94
Weight:
With Terminal Strip: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 3.5 oz. (99 gm)
With Pigtail: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3.8 oz. (108 g.)
Transmit Frequency: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 125 kHz
Cable Distance:
Wiegand interface: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 500 feet (150 m)
Clock-and-data interface: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 50 feet (15 m)
Recommended cable is ALPHA 1295 (22 AWG) 5 conductor stranded with overall shield of equivalent.
Additional conductors may be required for LED or beeper control.
Certifications: ........................................................................................................... UL 294 listed FCC part 15, U.S. DTI (MPT 1337), UK CE Mark Approved BZT Pending
Item
Part #
MiniProx, 5-16 VDC, Gray, 4-5.5 Range, Indoor/Outdoor, Pigtail ......................................................................................... 01-7000-117
MiniProx, 5-16 VDC, Beige, 4-5.5 Range, Indoor/Outdoor, Pigtail ....................................................................................... 01-7000-118
CARDS & READERS 143

ThinLine II Proximity Card Reader
Description
The HID ThinLine II Proximity Card Reader provides the same performance and reliability as
the MiniProx Reader but with a low profile appearance. Housed in an industry-standard
switch plate, this reader will mount on a single-gang electrical box, and can be mounted
directly on metal with minimal impact on the read range performance.
The ThinLine II accepts 5-16 volts and has a maximum read range of 4 to 5.5-inches. The
ThinLine II provides high reliability, consistent read range characteristics, and low power
consumption in a single, easy-to-install package. Standard capabilities include multicolor
LED and internal control or host control of the LED and beeper.
The ThinLine II is available with either a Wiegand interface or a clock-and-data magnetic
stripe interface. The clock-and-data interface version reads HID proximity cards programmed
with magnetic stripe Track II data as well as standard Wiegand data.
Specifications
General:
Colors: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... White, Beige, Black, Gray
LED Type: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Tri State, Red/Green
Features: .......................................................................................................................................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor Housed in Switch Plate
Current: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 50-60 mA typ.
Input Power: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 4.75 to 16 VDC
Read Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ThinLine II
ProxCard II: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 5.5 (14 cm)
ProxKey II: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ up to 2 (5 cm)
ProxCard Plus: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 1.5 (4 cm)
Dimensions: ....................................................................................................................................................................... 4.70 x 3.00 x 0.68 (11.9 cm x 7.6 cm x 1.7 cm)
Weight: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3.3 oz. (94 g.)
Cable Distance:
Item
Part #
ThinLine II, 5-16 VDC, Beige, 4-5.5 Range, Indoor/Outdoor ................................................................................................. 01-7000-142
ThinLine II, 5-16 VDC, White, 4-5.5 Range, Indoor/Outdoor ................................................................................................ 01-7000-143
ThinLine II, 5-16 VDC, Black, 4-5.5 Range, Indoor/Outdoor ................................................................................................. 01-7000-144
ThinLine II, 5-16 VDC, Gray, 4-5.5 Range, Indoor/Outdoor ................................................................................................... 01-7000-204
144
CARDS & READERS

ProxPro Proximity Card Reader
Description
The HID ProxPro Proximity Card Reader combines all of the electronics usually found in two
separate packages into a single enclosure that mounts to a standard single-gang electrical
box.
It accepts 10-28 volts and has a maximum read range of 3 to 9-inches. Using advanced
surface-mount technology manufacturing techniques, the ProxPro offers high reliability,
consistent read range characteristics, and low power consumption. Standard capabilities
include multicolor LED, internal or host control of the LED and/or beeper, and a beeper off
switch for silent operation.
The ProxPro reader offers Wiegand protocol interface compatibility with all standard access control systems, plus optional RS232 and RS422
serial interfaces. It is the first proximity design available with an optional, integrated, weatherized keypad. The keypad interfaces with the
host system either by sending the keypad data over the data output lines or via a direct connection to the host keypad interface. This offers an
additional level of security by allowing the use of a personal identification number (PIN).
Specifications
General:
Colors: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Gray, Beige
LED Type: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Red/Green
Features: .......................................................................................................................................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor Opt. Integrated Keypad
Input/Card Format: ............................................................................................................................ ANSI (up to 14 digits) & EMPI (5 digits) coded magnetic stripe cards
Current: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 100 mA typ.
Read Range: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ ProxPro
ProxCard II: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ up to 9 (23 cm)
ProxKey II: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 3 (7.6 cm)
ProxCard Plus: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 3 (7.6 cm)
Dimensions: ......................................................................................................................................................................... 5.0 x 5.0 x 1.0 (12.7 cm x 12.7 cm x 2.54 cm)
Weight: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 12 oz. (336 g.)
Cable Distance:
Item
Part #
ProxPro, 10-28 VDC, Gray, 5-9 Range, Indoor/Outdoor ........................................................................................................ 01-7000-111
ProxPro, 10-28 VDC, Beige, 5-9 Range, Indoor/Outdoor ...................................................................................................... 01-7000-112
ProxPro, 10-28 VDC, w/3x4 Matrix Keypad, Gray, 5-9 Range, Indoor/Outdoor
(NOTE: For use with Infinity ACX 780 & ACX 781 Controllers) ................................................................................................ 01-7000-113
ProxPro, 10-28 VDC, w/3x4 Matrix Keypad, Beige, 5-9 Range, Indoor/Outdoor
(NOTE: For use with Infinity ACX 780 & ACX 781 Controllers) ................................................................................................ 01-7000-114
ProxPro, 10-28 VDC, w/8-Bit Burst Keypad, Gray, 5-9 Range, Indoor/Outdoor
(NOTE: For use with Continuum AC-1 Controller) .................................................................................................................... 01-7000-213
ProxPro, 10-28 VDC, w/8-Bit Burst Keypad, Beige, 5-9 Range, Indoor/Outdoor
NOTE: For use with Continuum AC-1 Controller) ..................................................................................................................... 01-7000-214
Extra Label for ProxPro, Gray, ACC Logo .................................................................................................................................. 01-3002-232
CARDS & READERS 145

ProxPro Plus Proximity Card Reader
Description
The new HID ProxPro Plus Proximity Card Reader combines the popular features of the
ProxPro Reader with a thin, low-profile housing and new mounting configurations. The
ProxPro Plus is equipped with your choice of mounting accessory kits for either glass and
mullion mounting or surface mounting applications. The reader is designed for both indoor
and outdoor use.
It accepts 10-28.5 VDC and has a maximum read range of 6 to 9 inches. Using advanced
technology manufacturing techniques, the ProxPro Plus offers high reliability, consistent read
range characteristics, and low power consumption in a single, easy-to-install package.
Standard capabilities include multicolor LED, internal or host control of LED and/or beeper,
and a beeper off switch for silent operation.
The ProxPro Plus offers Wiegand protocol interface compatibility with all standard access
control systems.
Specifications
General:
Color: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Gray
LED Type: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Tri-State, Red/Green
Features: ..................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor; 2 Mounting Options (sidemount for glass or mullion mounting; rearmount for surface mounting)
Current: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 100 mA average; 160 mA peak
Input Power: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 10 to 28.5 VDC
Read Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ ProxPro Plus
ProxCard II: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ up to 9 (23 cm)
ProxKey II: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 3 (7.6 cm)
ProxCard Plus: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 3 (7.6 cm)
Dimensions: ................................................................................................................................................................................. 7.5 x 7.5 x 0.9 (19 cm x 19 cm x 2.3 cm)
Weight: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 15 oz. (426 g.)
Cable Distance:
Certifications: ...................................................................................................................................... UL 294 pending FCC part 15, U.S., CE Mark Approved, BZT pending
Item
Part #
ProxPro Plus, Gray, Sidemount ................................................................................................................................................. 01-7000-186
ProxPro Plus, Gray, Rearmount ................................................................................................................................................. 01-7000-187
Extra Label for ProxPro, Gray, ACC Logo .................................................................................................................................. 01-3002-232
146
CARDS & READERS

Noise Tolerant MaxiProx Proximity Card Reader
Description
The HID Noise Tolerant (NT) MaxiProx Extended Range Proximity Card Reader provides a
significant improvement in long range reading consistency. New signal processing techniques
incorporated in this reader provide a high tolerance to burst and other transient types of
ambient RF interference. This makes the NT MaxiProx reader ideal for installations
incorporating parking control, or where special consideration is needed to facilitate access
for the physically challenged.
The NT MaxiProx reader packages all of the electronics in one rugged, attractive, and easyto-install housing. The broad selection of HID proximity readers allows the use of one card
for all your access control requirements.
Specifications
General:
Colors: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Gray
Features: ............................................................................................................................................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor Long Range Reading
Current (DC): ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1 A ave.
Input Power: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 24 VDC
Read Range: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... NT MaxiProx
ProxCard II: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 24 (61 cm)
ISOProx II: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 16 (40.5 cm)
ProxKey II: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 12 (30.5 cm)
ProxCard Plus: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 9 (23 cm)
Dimensions: ........................................................................................................................................................................... 11.8 x 11.8 x 1.0 (30 cm x 30 cm x 2.54 cm)
Weight: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 51 oz. (1.4 kgm.)
Cable Distance:
Certifications: ........................................................................................................ UL 294 listed, FCC part 15, U.S. DTI (MPT 1337), UK, CE Mark approved, BZT pending
Item
Part #
MaxiProx, 24 VDC, Gray, 18-24 Range, Indoor/Outdoor ...................................................................................................... 01-7000-119
CARDS & READERS 147

MultiProx Multi-Technology Proximity Card Reader
Description
The MultiProx Proximity Card Reader is a multi-technology reader that makes it possible to
replace an existing Schlage/Westinghouse card access control system with any Wiegand
protocol system without replacing existing Schlage/Westinghouse cards or the installed
wiring. Simply replace the existing sensor, Schlage 708/808 controller, and multiple switch
monitor (MSM) with the HID MultiProx Reader, controller and HID switch monitor (HSM).
The HID components are drop-in replacements for the old gear including the connectors
and mounting screw holes. The MultiProx Reader reads both HID proximity access cards
and one type of the Schlage/Westinghouse (1030/1040/1050) access cards.
The MultiProx Reader reads the HID or Schlage proximity card when the card is presented. The reader is a direct electrical and mechanical
replacement for the Schlage 2700 or 2800 series sensor. The reader features a multicolor LED and beeper for enhanced user feedback. Two
reader versions are available - side connection or rear connection.
The MultiProx Controller scans eight channels, which communicate with the installed readers and HSMs. Each channel has an input for the
coax cable from thee reader and/or HSM and a Wiegand Interface output port for its respective reader. When a valid card is read, the facility
code and card number are decoded by the controller and transmitted via the Wiegand output port to the new access control panel. The
controller includes a selectable DIP switch for transmission of either a 26-bit or 32-bit Wiegand message to the host system. Status changes
for inputs monitored by the HSM are transmitted via Form C relays to the new access control panel.
The MultiProx HSM replaces the Schlage MSM which contains four inputs for dry contacts. These inputs are typically used for door sensors,
request to exit (REX), or other alarm inputs. The HSM detects and transmits the status of the dry contacts to the controller. The controller has
four Form C relays for each channel that mimic the respective dry contacts.
Specifications
General:
MultiProx Reader:
Colors: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Gray
Features: ..................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor, 2 Mounting Options (sidemount for glass or mullion mounting; rearmount for surface mounting)
Temperature:
Operating: ............................................................................................................................................................... -40 to 150F (-40 to 66C); 5 to 95% non-condensing
Storage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. -40 to 185F (-40 to 85C)
Power Requirements: ............................................................................................................................................................. 50 mA @ 24 VDC (Powered by the controller)
Read Range: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ MultiProx Reader
ProxCard II: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 3 (7.5 cm)
ISO Prox II: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 2 (5 cm)
Schlage Card: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 2 (5 cm)
Dimensions: .................................................................................................................................................................................... 7.5 x 7.5 x 0.8 (19 cm x 19 cm x 2 cm)
Weight: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 15 oz. (426 g.)
MultiProx Controller:
Temperature:
Operating: .................................................................................................................................................................. 0 to 122F (-20 to 50C); 5 to 95% non-condensing
Storage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. -40 to 185F (-40 to 85C)
Power Requirements: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.0 Amp @ 24 VDC
Dimensions: ....................................................................................................................................................................... 18.0 x 10.0 x 1.8 (45.7 cm x 25.4 cm x 4.6 cm)
Enclosure Material: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Aluminum
Weight: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3 lbs 4.6 oz. (1,491 gm)
Cable Distance:
Coaxial cable: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 1,000 feet max. (300 m)
148
CARDS & READERS
General:
MultiProx HSM:
Temperature:
Operating: ............................................................................................................................................................... -40 to 150F (-40 to 65C); 5 to 95% non-condensing
Storage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. -40 to 185F (-40 to 85C)
Power Requirements: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ Powered by the controller
Dimensions: ........................................................................................................................................................................... 4.3 x 4.4 x 1.4 (10.9 cm x 11.2 cm x 3.6 cm)
Weight: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3 oz. (85 gm)
Item
Part #
MultiProx Controller, 8 Reader Inputs, 8 Wiegand Outputs, Max 32 Alarm Inputs w/HSM .................................................. 01-7000-163
MultiProx Reader, Side Mount ................................................................................................................................................. 01-7000-161
MultiProx Reader, Back Mount ................................................................................................................................................ 01-7000-162
HSM Interface, 4 Inputs ........................................................................................................................................................... 01-7000-164
CARDS & READERS 149
HID Proximity Cards

ISOProx II Proximity Access Card
Description
The HID RF programmable ISOProx II Proximity Access Card offers proximity technology and
photo identification on a single access control card.
The ISOProx II card provides a solution for companies desiring to use one card incorporating
proximity and photo identification technologies for multiple applications. The ISOProx II card
now accepts both horizontal and vertical slot punching, eliminating the need for badge holders.
The ISOProx II card meets ISO standards for thickness, for use with all direct image printers.
The photo, cut, paste, and lamination process becomes a thing of the past.
Specifications
General:
Features: .................................................................................................................................................................... Proximity and Photo ID on a single, ISO-std. thin card
Material: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. Thin, flexible PVC laminate
Weight: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0.24 oz. (6.8 gm)
Read Range: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ISOProx II
MiniProx: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 4 (10 cm)
ThinLine II: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 4 (10 cm)
ProxPro: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. up to 6 (15 cm)
NT MaxiProx: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 16 (40 cm)
Finish Front: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Plain White Glossy
Finish Back: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. HID Artwork
Options: .......................................................................... Card Finish for Direct Printing, External Card Numbering, Slot Punch (Horizontal or Vertical), Custom Graphics
Item
Part #
Plain White, Gloss Front/Back, Hot Stamp, No Slot, for Use w/Direct-to-Vinyl Printers, 37 Bit ............................................ 01-7001-140
Plain White, Gloss Front/Back, No Ext. Hot Stamp, No Slot, for Use w/Direct-to-Vinyl Printers, 37 Bit .............................. 01-7001-182
Plain White, Gloss Front/Back, Hot Stamp, No Slot, for Use w/Direct-to-Vinyl Printers, 26 Bit ............................................ 01-7001-141
Plain White, Gloss Front/Back, No Ext. Hot Stamp, No Slot, for Use w/Direct-to-Vinyl Printers, 26 Bit .............................. 01-7001-220
Custom Artwork Cards
Custom artwork can be added to any HID proximity card.
Minimum order quantity is 500.
One Time Artwork Setup Charges

One Time Tooling Charges, Per Color, Per Side
Contact the Andover Peripherals Department for more detailed information.
150
CARDS & READERS
HID Proximity Cards

DuoProx II Multiple Technology Proximity Card
Description
The HID RF Programmable DuoProx II Cards combine proximity technology, magnetic strip
technology and photo identification on a single card. By combining technologies on one
card, the DuoProx II card provides the benefits of proximity technology for access control
applications and meets the requirements for industry standard magnetic stripe applications.
It also offers the ability to print a photo ID directly on the DuoProx II card with the new
generation of photo imaging printers.
Specifications
General:
Coding: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. Wiegand ABA Track 2 Magnetic Stripe
Features: .................................................................................................................................................. ISO standard thin card; mag stripe and photo ID on a single card
Card Construction: ........................................................................................ Thin, flexible PVC laminate w/ABA std. high coercivity magnetic stripe rated 4000 Oerstad
Weight: ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... 0.24 oz. (6.8 gm)
Read Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... DuoProx II
MiniProx: ...................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................... up to 4 (10 cm)
ThinLine II: ................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................... up to 4 (10 cm)
ProxPro: ....................................................................................................................... ....................................................................................................... up to 6 (15 cm)
Finish Front: .................................................................................................................. .................................................................................................... Plain White Glossy
Finish Back: ................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................... HID Artwork
Options: .......................................................................... Card Finish for Direct Printing, External Card Numbering, Slot Punch (Horizontal or Vertical), Custom Graphics
Item
Part #
Plain White, Gloss Finish PVC Front/Back, Hot Stamp, No Slot, Mag Stripe, for Direct-to-Vinyl Printers, 37 Bit ................ 01-7001-142
Plain White, Gloss Finish PVC Front/Back, No Hot Stamp, No Slot, Mag Stripe, for Direct-to-Vinyl Printers, 37 Bit ........... 01-7001-207
Plain White, Gloss Finish PVC Front/Back, Hot Stamp, No Slot, Mag Stripe, for Direct-to-Vinyl Printers, 26 Bit ................ 01-7001-143
Plain White, Gloss Finish PVC Front/Back, No Hot Stamp, No Slot, Mag Stripe, for Direct-to-Vinyl Printers, 26 Bit ........... 01-7001-223
Custom artwork can be added to any HID proximity card. Minimum order quantity is 500.

CARDS & READERS 151
HID Proximity Cards

ProxCard II Proximity Access Card
Description
The HID RF programmable ProxCard II incorporates radio frequency identification electronics
into a thin, durable polycarbonate package the size of a standard credit card. Thin and
flexible enough to be carries in a wallet or on a strap clip, the ProxCard II cards replace the
thick, rigid cards previously associated with other proximity technologies.
ProxCard II cards are easily customized with multicolored graphics. With the application of
a self-adhesive photo pouch or PVC overlay, the ProxCard II card is compatible with most
photo ID systems.
Specifications
General:
Coding: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Wiegand
Features: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Thin card
Dimensions: ............................................................................................................................................................. 3.375 x 2.125 x 0.070 (8.57 cm x 5.40 cm x 0.18 cm)
Card Construction: ............................................................................................................................................ Slot punched, compatible w/most adhesive photo pouches
Read Range: .................................................................................................................... .............................................................................................................. ProxCard II
MiniProx: ...................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................. up to 5.5 (14 cm)
ThinLine II: ................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................... up to 5.5 (14 cm)
ProxPro: ....................................................................................................................... ....................................................................................................... up to 8 (20 cm)
Options: ....................................................................................................................... .......... Frequency (125 kHz or 400 kHz), External Card Numbering, Custom Graphics
Item
Part #
ProxCard II, w/HID Logo, Vertical Slot, 37 Bit .......................................................................................................................... 01-7001-071
ProxCard II, No Logo, Vertical Slot, Hot Stamp, 37 Bit ............................................................................................................ 01-7001-166
ProxCard II, w/HID Logo, Vertical Slot, 26 Bit .......................................................................................................................... 01-7001-202
ProxCard II, No Logo, Vertical Slot, Hot Stamp, 26 Bit ............................................................................................................ 01-7001-219

One Time Setup, Per Color, Per Side
152
CARDS & READERS
HID Proximity Cards

PhotoProx Photo ID Proximity Card
Description
The HID PhotoProx Photo ID Card is the first thin, flexible access card to combine proximity
technology and a user-laminated photo-ID flap on a single card.
The PhotoProx uses standard lamination card technology to provide a proximity card with an
integrated photo flap. Unlike other proximity cards, the PhotoProx can be laminated with a
photo ID in a standard photo laminator.
Specifications
General:
Coding: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Wiegand
Features: .............................................................................................................................................................. Proximity and Photo ID for Polaroid Film & Video Imaging
Dimensions: ............................................................................................................................................................ 3.375 x 2.125 x 0.050 (8.57 cm x 5.40 cm x 0.13 cm))
Card Construction: ................................................................................................................... Thin and flexible w/an integral photo flap bonded on one edge of the card
Read Range: .................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................ PhotoProx
MiniProx: ...................................................................................................................... ........................................................................................................ 3-5 (8-12 cm)
ProxPro: ....................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................... 5.5-7 (14-18 cm)
NT MaxiProx: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 18-24 (46-61 cm)
Options: ...................................................................... External Card Numbering, Slot Punch, Photo Laminate Type (Polaroid or Digital/Thermal Type), Custom Graphics
Item
Part #
PhotoProx, Plain White w/Photo ID Flap, for Polaroid Film, 37 Bit.......................................................................................... 01-7001-074
PhotoProx, Plain White w/Photo ID Flap, for Video Imaging Prints, 37 Bit ............................................................................ 01-7001-075
PhotoProx, Plain White w/Photo ID Flap, for Polaroid Film, 26 Bit.......................................................................................... 01-7001-179
PhotoProx, Plain White w/Photo ID Flap, for Video Imaging Prints, 26 Bit ............................................................................ 01-7001-222

One Time Setup, Per Color, Per Side
CARDS & READERS 153
HID Proximity Cards

ProxKey II Proximity Keyfob
Description
The RF Programmable ProxKey II Proximity Keyfob incorporates proximity technology into a
device approximately the size of an automobile key. HIDs advanced technology allows the
ProxKey II to be programmed with up to 37 bits of Wiegand formatted information for universal
compatibility with all Wiegand reader applications. Each ProxKey II is provided with an
external number for easy identification and control.
Specifications
General:
Coding: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Wiegand
Features: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Encoded Key
Dimensions: ..................................................................................................................................................................... 1.9 x 0.9 x 0.345 (4.83 cm x 2.29 cm x 0.88 cm)
Read Range: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ProxKey II
MiniProx: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. up to 2 (5 cm)
ThinLine II: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 2 (5 cm)
ProxPro: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. up to 3 (7.5 cm)
Options: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. External Card Numbering
Item
Part #
ProxKey II, Key Tag, Gray, 37 Bit .............................................................................................................................................. 01-7001-073
ProxKey II, Key Tag, Gray, 26 Bit .............................................................................................................................................. 01-7001-221
154
CARDS & READERS
Motorola Indala ASP Advantage Series Proximity Readers

ASR-500 ValueProx Proximity Reader
Description
The Motorola Indala ASR-500 ValueProx Proximity Reader offers basic features in a singlepiece, low-cost reader. The reader is the same size and shape as a U.S. Wiegand reader
(with the same mounting holes) which allows for easy system upgrade from Wiegand to
proximity. It operates from 4 to 16 VDC and, in most cases, can be powered directly from the
access control panel. The electronics are sealed in a UL-approved epoxy potting material,
making the reader both vandal proof and weather proof. Maximum read range is 4" (10 cm).
The ValueProx Proximity Reader can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic stripe formats, making it easy to upgrade
existing sites to proximity using the wiring already in place. Additionally, the ValueProx includes many of the advanced performance features
such as QuickFlash for immediate user feedback, SelfTest for installation assistance, WatchDog for higher security applications requiring
a supervised reader, and three-color status LED. All are field-configurable via the use of option cards.
Specifications
General:
Color: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Black
LED Indicator: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... Tri-color standard Red/Green/Amber
Output: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. Wiegand, ABA Track II Magnetic Stripe
Current Draw:
Off Metal: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 65 mA @ 12 VDC; 85 mA @ 5 VDC
On Metal: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 76 mA @ 12 VDC; 96 mA @ 5 VDC
Maximum: .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 88 mA @ 12 VDC; 100 mA @ 5 VDC
Reading Time (26 bit): ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 94 ms
Input Voltage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4 to 16 VDC at reader
Max. Read Range: .............................................................................................................................................................................. Up to 4 (10 cm) using ASC-121T card
Dimensions: ............................................................................................................................................. 2.3 H x 5.3 W x 0.83 T (5.84 cm H x 13.46 cm W x 2.11 cm T)
Weight: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 oz. (142 g.)
Transmit Frequency: .............................................................................................................................................................................. 125 kHz (excitation) 62.5 kHz (return)
Item
Part #
ValueProx Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16 VDC, Black, Up to 4 Range, 37 Bit (ASR-500) ....................................................... 01-7000-140
ValueProx Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16 VDC, Black, Up to 4 Range, 26 Bit (ASR-500) ....................................................... 01-7000-205
CARDS & READERS 155

ARK-501 PinProx Proximity Reader and Keypad
Description
The Motorola Indala ARK-501 PinProx Proximity Reader and Keypad is a proximity reader
and keypad combined in a small, attractive package. It is designed to mount on a wall box
(metal single gang electrical box) or a flat surface. It is ideal for high security applications
where both a personal identification number (PIN) and an access card are required.
The single-piece PinProx Proximity Reader and Keypad delivers read ranges up to 4 (10 cm)
and operates from 4 to 16 VDC allowing for flexibility in the use of power supplies. In most
cases, it can be powered directly from the access control panel. The electronics are sealed
in a UL-approved epoxy potting material to make the reader both vandal proof and weather
resistant.
The reader portion of the PinProx can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic stripe formats, making it easy to upgrade
existing sites to proximity using the wiring already in place. The keypad data is transmitted over Wiegand compatible data lines as Wiegand
data. Because the keypad data is transmitted over the same wires as the card data, less cable is required and both functions require only one
port on the door controller rather than the usual two.
Additionally, the PinProx includes many of the advanced performance features such as QuickFlash for immediate user feedback, SelfTest
for installation assistance, WatchDog for higher security applications requiring a supervised reader, and three-color status LED. All are fieldconfigurable via the use of option cards.
Specifications
General:
Colors: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Beige, Black
LED Type: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. Tri-color standard Red/Green/Amber
Current Draw: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 50 mA
On Metal: ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 89 mA @ 12 VDC; 100 mA @ 5 VDC
Max. Read Range: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 4 (10 cm) using ASC-121T
Dimensions: .......................................................................................................................................... 4.4 H x 2.82 W x 0.665 T (11.18 cm H x 7.16 cm W x 1.69 cm T)
Weight: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 6 oz. (167 g.)
Audio Tone: .................................................................................................................................................... Standard, independently controlled (not tied to LED function)
Item
Part #
PinProx Reader w/3x4 Matrix Keypad, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Beige, Up to 4 Range, 37 Bit (ARK-501) ....................... 01-7000-166
PinProx Reader w/3x4 Matrix Keypad, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Black, Up to 4 Range, 37 Bit (ARK-501) ........................ 01-7000-167
PinProx Reader w/3x4 Matrix Keypad, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Beige, Up to 4 Range, 26 Bit (ARK-501) ....................... 01-7000-228
PinProx Reader w/3x4 Matrix Keypad, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Black, Up to 4 Range, 26 Bit (ARK-501) ........................ 01-7000-197
NOTE: 8-bit Burst KeypadsDO NOT USE WITH 780 & 781 CONTROLLERS
PinProx Reader w/8-bit Burst Keypad, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Beige, Up to 4 Range, 37 Bit (ARK-501) ........................ 01-7000-211
PinProx Reader w/8-bit Burst Keypad, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Black, Up to 4 Range, 37 Bit (ARK-501) ........................ 01-7000-212
PinProx Reader w/8-bit Burst Keypad, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Beige, Up to 4 Range, 26 Bit (ARK-501) ........................ 01-7000-233
PinProx Reader w/8-bit Burst Keypad, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Black, Up to 4 Range, 26 Bit (ARK-501) ........................ 01-7000-234
156
CARDS & READERS

ASR-503 SlimLine Proximity Reader
Description
The Motorola Indala ASR-503 SlimLine Proximity Reader is designed to mount on metal
door frames (mullions) and is suitable for any location that requires a small reader.
The single-piece SlimLine delivers read ranges up to 4 (10 cm) and operates from 4 to 16
VDC allowing for flexibility in the use of power supplies. In most cases, it can be powered
directly from the access control panel. The electronics are sealed in a UL-approved epoxy
potting material, making the reader both vandal proof and weather resistant.
The SlimLine can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic stripe formats,
making it easy to upgrade existing sites to proximity using the wiring already in place.
Additionally, the SlimLine includes many of the advanced performance features such as
QuickFlash for immediate user feedback, SelfTest for installation assistance, WatchDog
for higher security applications requiring a supervised reader, and three-color status LED.
All are field-configurable via the use of option cards.
Specifications
General:
Colors: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Black
Operating Temperature: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... -31 to 149F (-35to 65C)
Current Draw:
Dimensions: ..................................................................................................................................................... 5.5 H x 1.65 W x 0.75 T (14 cm H x 4.2 cm W x 1.9 cm T)
Weight: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 oz. (142 g.)
Item
Part #
SlimLine Door Frame Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Black, Up to 4 Range, 37 Bit (ASR-503) ...................................... 01-7000-100
SlimLine Door Frame Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Black, Up to 4 Range, 26 Bit (ASR-503) ...................................... 01-7000-176
CARDS & READERS 157

ASR-505 WallSwitch Proximity Reader
Description
The Motorola Indala ASR-505 WallSwitch Proximity Reader is designed to be mounted on
a single-gang electrical junction box on any flat surface. It is suitable for any location that
requires a small reader.
The single-piece WallSwitch delivers read ranges up to 4 (10 cm) and operates from 4 to 16
VDC allowing for flexibility in the use of power supplies. In most cases, it can be powered
directly from the access control panel. The electronics are sealed in a UL-approved epoxy
potting material, making the reader both vandal proof and weather resistant.
The WallSwitch can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic stripe formats, making it easy to upgrade existing sites to
proximity using the wiring already in place. Additionally, the WallSwitch includes many of the advanced performance features such as
QuickFlash for immediate user feedback, SelfTest for installation assistance, WatchDog for higher security applications requiring a
supervised reader, and three-color status LED. All are field-configurable via the use of option cards.
Specifications
General:
Current Draw:
Off Metal: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 70mA @ 12 VDC; 90 mA @ 5 VDC
Dimensions: ..................................................................................................................................................... 4.7 H x 3 W x 0.65 T (11.8 cm H x 7.6 cm W x 1.65 cm T)
Weight: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4 oz. (114 g.)
Item
Part #
WallSwitch Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Beige, Up to 4 Range, 37 Bit (ASR-505) .................................................... 01-7000-101
WallSwitch Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Black, Up to 4 Range, 37 Bit (ASR-505) ..................................................... 01-7000-102
WallSwitch Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Beige, Up to 4 Range, 26 Bit (ASR-505) .................................................... 01-7000-217
WallSwitch Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Black, Up to 4 Range, 26 Bit (ASR-505) ..................................................... 01-7000-203
158
CARDS & READERS

ASR-110 Standard Proximity Reader
Description
The Motorola Indala ASR-110 Standard Proximity Reader is designed to mount on any
surface, including metal.
The single-piece Standard Proximity Reader delivers read ranges up to 7 (18 cm) and operates
from 4 to 16 VDC allowing for flexibility in the use of power supplies. In most cases, it can
be powered directly from the access control panel. The electronics are sealed in a ULapproved epoxy potting material, making the reader both vandal proof and weather resistant.
The Standard Proximity Reader can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic stripe formats, making it easy to upgrade
existing sites to proximity using the wiring already in place. Additionally, the Standard reader includes many of the advanced performance
features such as QuickFlash for immediate user feedback, SelfTest for installation assistance, WatchDog for higher security applications
requiring a supervised reader and three-color status LED. All are field-configurable via the use of option cards.
Specifications
General:
Current Draw (RS-232/422 formats):
Off Metal: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 157 mA @ 12 VDC
On Metal: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 157 mA @ 12 VDC
Maximum: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 181 mA @ 12 VDC
Input Voltage: .................................................. 4 to 16 VDC at reader for Wiegand and Mag stripe formats; 10.5 to 14 VDC at reader for RS-232,422, and 485 formats
Dimensions: .................................................................................................................................................... 4.6 H x 5.6 W x 1.4 T (11.7 cm H x 14.2 cm W x 3.5 cm T)
Weight: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 12.2oz. (347 g.)
Item
Part #
Standard Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Beige, Up to 6 Range, 37 Bit (ASR-110) ......................................................... 01-7000-070
Standard Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Black, Up to 6 Range, 37 Bit (ASR-110) ......................................................... 01-7000-141
Standard Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Beige, Up to 6 Range, 26 Bit (ASR-110) ......................................................... 01-7000-225
Standard Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Black, Up to 6 Range, 26 Bit (ASR-110) ......................................................... 01-7000-226
Extra Label for ASR-110, ASR-120, Beige, ACC Logo ............................................................................................................. 01-3001-230
Extra Label for ASR-110, ASR-120, Black, ACC Logo .............................................................................................................. 01-3002-231
CARDS & READERS 159

ASR-120 Medium Range Proximity Reader
Description
The Motorola Indala ASR-120 Medium Range Proximity Reader is designed for any location
requiring a longer read range (up to 16") without space for a large antenna. The longer range
is suitable for applications such as parking lots, use by handicapped persons (ADA
requirement), locations where it is impossible to mount a reader immediately adjacent to
the door, or concealment behind or embedded in extra thick building materials. Furthermore,
since the reader reads bidirectionally, it is ideally suited for use at locations where it is
desirable to use a single reader for both access and egress.
The two-piece Medium Range Reader (ASR-120 Reader and ARE-142 Remote Electronics) operates from 10.5 to 14 VDC and provides read
ranges up to 16 (40 cm). Available in beige or black, the antenna is sealed and separated from the remote electronics, making the reader both
vandal proof and weather resistant.
The Medium Range Reader can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic stripe formats, making it easy to upgrade existing
sites to proximity using the wiring already in place. Additionally, the Medium Range Reader includes many of the advanced performance
features such as QuickFlash for immediate user feedback, SelfTest for installation assistance, audio tone, and three-color status LED. All
are field-configurable via the use of option cards.
Specifications
General:
ARE-142 Remote Electronics: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... Sand Beige
ARE-142 Remote Electronics: .............................................................................................................................................................................. -32 to 122F (-0 to 50C)
Output: .................................................................................................................................................................. Wiegand, ABA Track II Magnetic Stripe, RS-232, RS-422
Current Draw:
Nominal: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 263 mA @ 12 VDC
Maximum: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 263 mA @ 12 VDC
Input Voltage: .................................................................................................................................................................................. 12 VDC nom. (10.5 to 14 VDC) at reader
Max. Read Range: .................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 16 (40 cm) using ASC-121T
Dimensions: .................................................................................................................................................... 8.7 H x 8.7 W x 1.1 T (22.1 cm H x 22.1 cm W x 2.8 cm T)
ARE-142 Remote Electronics: ..................................................................................................................... 4.5 H x 5.6 W x 1.8 T (11.6 cm H x 14.0 cm W x 4.6 cm T)
Weight: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 22.9 oz. (647 g.)
ARE-142 Remote Electronics:: ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 11.1 oz. (315 g.)
Item
Part #
Med. Range Bidirectional Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 10.5-14VDC, Beige, Up to 16 Range, 37 Bit (ASR-120) ....................... 01-7000-072
Med. Range Bidirectional Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 10.5-14VDC, Black, Up to 16 Range, 37 Bit (ASR-120) ........................ 01-7000-073
Med. Range Bidirectional Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 10.5-14VDC, Beige, Up to 16 Range, 26 Bit (ASR-120) ....................... 01-7000-227
Med. Range Bidirectional Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 10.5-14VDC, Black, Up to 16 Range, 26 Bit (ASR-120) ........................ 01-7000-202
Extra Label for ASR-110, ASR-120, Beige, ACC Logo ............................................................................................................. 01-3001-230
Extra Label for ASR-110, ASR-120, Black, ACC Logo .............................................................................................................. 01-3002-231
160
CARDS & READERS

ASR-124 & ASR-136 Extended Range Proximity Readers
Description
The Motorola Indala ASR-124 and ASR-136 Extended Range Proximity Readers are
designed for applications where a longer read range adds to the convenience of the system.
They are ideal for parking lot, handicap (ADA requirement) and hands free access. Other
applications, such as concealment behind or imbedding in thick building materials, take
advantage of their bidirectional (equally from both sides) read capability, providing both
access and egress from a single reader.
The two-piece Extended Range Readers (ASR-124 or ASR 136 Reader and ARE-142 Remote
Electronics) operate from 24 to 28 VDC and deliver read ranges up to 28 (70 cm) for the
ASR-136 and up to 24 for the ASR-124. The gray antenna is sealed and separated from the
remote electronics, making the reader both vandal and weather resistant.
The Extended Range Readers can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic stripe formats, making it easy to upgrade
existing sites to proximity using the wiring already in place. Additionally, the Extended Range Readers include many of the advanced performance
features such as QuickFlash for immediate user feedback, SelfTest for installation assistance, audio tone and three-color status LED; all
are field-configurable via the use of option cards.
Specifications
General:
Color:
ASR-124/ASR-136: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ Gray w/Black Trim
ARE-142 Remote Electronics: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... Sand Beige
Operating Temperature:
ASR-124/ASR-136: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ -22 to 149F (-30 to 65C)
ARE-142 Remote Electronics: .............................................................................................................................................................................. -32 to 122F (-0 to 50C)
Output: ........................................................................................................................ .......................................... Wiegand, ABA Track II Magnetic Stripe, RS-232, RS-422
Current Draw:
Nominal: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 264 mA @ 28 VDC
Maximum: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 266 mA @ 28 VDC
Input Voltage: ................................................................................................................................................................................... +24 VDC nom. (24 to 28 VDC) at reader
Max. Read Range:
ASR-124: ............................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 24 (60 cm) using ASC-121T
ASR-136: ............................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 28 (70 cm) using ASC-121T
Dimensions:
ASR-124: ......................................................................................................................................................... 36 H x 8 W x 1.5 T (91.4 cm H x 20.3 cm W x 3.8 cm T)
ASR-136: ....................................................................................................................................................... 36 H x 16 W x 1.5 T (91.4 cm H x 40.6 cm W x 3.8 cm T)
ARE-142 Remote Electronics: ..................................................................................................................... 4.5 H x 5.6 W x 1.8 T (11.6 cm H x 14.0 cm W x 4.6 cm T)
Weight:
ASR-124: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4.33 oz. (1.96 kg.)
ASR-136: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 7.6 oz. (3.5 kg.)
ARE-142 Remote Electronics:: ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 11.1 oz. (315 g.)
Item
Ext. Range Bidirectional Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 24VDC, Gray w/Blk Trim, Up to 24 Range, 37 Bit (ASR-124)
Part #
................. 01-7000-095
................. 01-7000-096
................. 01-7000-229
................. 01-7000-230
CARDS & READERS 161
Motorola Indala ASP+ Advantage Series Proximity Readers

ASR-603 SecureProx I Proximity Reader
Description
The Motorola Indala ASR-603 SecureProx I Reader is the next generation of ASP Readers.
Smaller than its predecessors, the SecureProx I Reader offers a sleek and contemporary
styling.
The SecureProx I provides a read range up to 5 (12.7 cm) and is designed to mount on metal
door frames (mullions). The readers electronics module is completely enclosed in a UL
approved epoxy potting, making it both vandal proof and weather resistant. The SecureProx
I shares the same potted electronics module with the SecureProx II (wall switch), allowing
the bezels to be snapped on interchangeably.
The SecureProx I can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic stripe
formats, making it easy to upgrade existing sites to proximity using the wiring already in place. Additionally, the SecureProx I includes many of
the advanced performance features such as QuickFlash for immediate user feedback, SelfTest for installation assistance, WatchDog for
higher security applications requiring a supervised reader, and three-color status LED. All are field-configurable via the use of option cards.
Specifications
General:
Current Draw:
Max. Read Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 5 (12.7 cm) using ASC-121T
Dimensions:
Bezel: .................................................................................................................................................. 4.5 H x 1.70 W x 0.85 T (11.42 cm H x 4.37 cm W x 2.16 cm T)
Electronics Module: .................................................................................................................................. 4.27 H x 1.51 W x .72 T (10.8 cm H x 3.8 cm W x 1.8 cm T)
Weight: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 oz. (142 g.)
Compatibility: ..................................................................................................................................................................................... Supports both ASP and ASP+ formats
Item
Part #
SecureProx I Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, Door Frame, 4-16 VDC, Beige, Up to 5 Read Range, 37 Bit (ASR-603) .................... 01-7000-171
SecureProx I Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, Door Frame, 4-16 VDC, Black, Up to 5 Read Range, 37 Bit (ASR-603) ..................... 01-7000-172
SecureProx I Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, Door Frame, 4-16 VDC, Beige, Up to 5 Read Range, 26 Bit (ASR-603) .................... 01-7000-231
SecureProx I Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, Door Frame, 4-16 VDC, Black, Up to 5 Read Range, 26 Bit (ASR-603) ..................... 01-7000-232
162
CARDS & READERS

ASR-605 SecureProx II Proximity Reader
Description
The Motorola Indala ASR-605 SecureProx II Reader is the next generation of
ASP Readers. The SecureProx II offers a sleek and contemporary styling.
The SecureProx II provides a read range up to 5 (12.7 cm) and is designed to
mount on a wall (wall switch). The readers electronics module is completely
enclosed in a UL approved epoxy potting, making it both vandal proof and weather
resistant. The SecureProx II shares the same potted electronics module with the
SecureProx I (mullion), allowing the bezels to be snapped on interchangeably.
The SecureProx II can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic
stripe formats, making it easy to upgrade existing sites to proximity using the
wiring already in place. Additionally, the SecureProx II includes many of the advanced performance features such as QuickFlash for immediate
user feedback, SelfTest for installation assistance, WatchDog for higher security applications requiring a supervised reader, and threecolor status LED. All are field-configurable via the use of option cards.
Specifications
General:
Output: ............................................................................................................................................................................... Wiegand, ABA Track II Magnetic Stripe, RS-232
Current Draw:
Max. Read Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 5 (12.7 cm) using ASC-121T
Dimensions:
Bezel: ................................................................................................................................................ 4.5 H x 2.99 W x 0.85 T (11.42 cm H x 7.597 cm W x 2.16 cm T)
Electronics Module: .................................................................................................................................. 4.27 H x 1.51 W x .72 T (10.8 cm H x 3.8 cm W x 1.8 cm T)
Weight: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 oz. (142 g.)
Item
Part #
SecureProx II Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, Door Frame, 4-16 VDC, Beige, Up to 5 Read Range, 37 Bit (ASR-605) ................... 01-7000-173
SecureProx II Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, Door Frame, 4-16 VDC, Black, Up to 5 Read Range, 37 Bit (ASR-605) .................... 01-7000-174
SecureProx II Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, Door Frame, 4-16 VDC, Beige, Up to 5 Read Range, 26 Bit (ASR-605) ................... 01-7000-219
SecureProx II Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, Door Frame, 4-16 VDC, Black, Up to 5 Read Range, 26 Bit (ASR-605) .................... 01-7000-235
CARDS & READERS 163

ASR-610 MasterProx Proximity Reader
Description
The Motorola Indala ASR-610 MasterProx Proximity Reader is the next generation
of ASP Readers.
The MasterProx provides a read range up to 12 (30.5 cm) and is designed to
mount on a single or double metal gang junction box, as well as any flat surface
(including metal). The readers electronics are completely enclosed in a UL approved
epoxy potting, making it both vandal proof and weather resistant.
The MasterProx can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic stripe formats, making it easy to upgrade existing sites to
proximity using the wiring already in place. Additionally, the MasterProx includes many of the advanced performance features such as
Specifications
General:
Output: ............................................................................................................................................................................... Wiegand, ABA Track II Magnetic Stripe, RS-232
Current Draw:
Off Metal: .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 117 mA @ 12 VDC; 70 mA @ 5 VDC
Max. Read Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................. up to 12 (30.5 cm) using ASC-121T
Dimensions: .............................................................................................................................................. 5.1 H x 6.1 W x 1.1 T (12.95 cm H x 15.49 cm W x 2.54 cm T)
Weight: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 12.6oz. (352.8 g.)
Cable Length: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 18 (45.72 cm)
Item
Part #
Masterprox Reader, In/Outdoor, 4-14VDC, Black, Max. 12 Range, 37 Bit (ASR-610) ........................................................... 01-7000-200
Masterprox Reader, In/Outdoor, 4-14VDC, Beige, Max 12 Range, 37 Bit (ASR-610) ............................................................ 01-7000-201
Masterprox Reader, In/Outdoor, 4-14VDC, Black, Max. 12 Range, 26 Bit (ASR-610) ........................................................... 01-7000-220
Masterprox Reader, In/Outdoor, 4-14VDC, Beige, Max 12 Range, 26 Bit (ASR-610) ............................................................ 01-7000-218
164
CARDS & READERS

ASR-620 PowerProx Proximity Reader
NEW!
Description
The Motorola Indala ASR-620 PowerProx Proximity Reader is the next generation
of ASP Readers. Designed for applications where maximum read range contributes
to the convenience of the system, the PowerProx is ideal for parking lot and
physically challenged (ADA requirement) access applications. Other applications,
such as concealment behind or within thick building materials, take advantage of
the PowerProxs bidirectional (equally from both sides) read capability, providing
both access and egress from a single reader.
The single piece PowerProx provides a read range up to 28 (71 cm). The readers
electronics are completely enclosed in a UL approved epoxy potting, making it
both vandal proof and weather resistant.
The PowerProx can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic stripe formats, making it easy to upgrade existing sites to
proximity using the wiring already in place. Additionally, the MasterProx includes many of the advanced performance features such as
Specifications
General:
Colors: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Black
LED Type: .............................................................................................................................................................................. Oversize, Tri-color standard Red/Green/Amber
Current Draw:
Nominal/Maximum at 12 VDC: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.0A/1.2A
Nominal/Maximum at 24 VDC: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 750 mA/900 mA
Input Voltage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 12 to 24 VDC
Max. Read Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. up to 28 (71 cm)
Dimensions: ................................................................................................................................................ 11.2 H x 11.2 W x 1.8 T (28.4 cm H x 28.4 cm W x 4.6 cm T)
Weight: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 3.2 lbs. (1.45 kg)
Transmit Frequency: ......................................................................................................................................... 117 kHz, 125 kHz, 133 kHz (excitation), manually selectable
Item
Part #
PowerProx Reader, In/Outdoor, Black, Max 28 Range, 37 Bit (ASR-620) .............................................................................. 01-7000-223
PowerProx Reader, In/Outdoor, Black, Max 28 Range, 26 Bit (ASR-620) .............................................................................. 01-7000-224
CARDS & READERS 165
Motorola Indala ASP Advantage Series Proximity Cards

ASC-121T LifeTime Proximity Card
Description
The Motorola Indala ASC-121T LifeTime Proximity Card is made of a durable
plastic, and is designed to withstand the rigors of the access control environment.
The ASC-121T is credit card size, features beveled edges, and a thickness of
.065" (1.8 mm), making it one of the thinnest proximity cards of its kind available.
Flexible and light enough to be carried in a purse or wallet, the card offers an
optional horizontal slot punch making it easy to wear with a badge clip on clothing or a necklace. The card can accept custom color graphics and
can be printed with the actual encoded ID number or a random serial number. The card can also accept photo flap and direct print adhesivebacked ID badge overlays.
The ASC-121T can be encoded with Wiegand, magnetic stripe, and serial data formats. It can be used interchangeably with other Indala ASP
credentials on most systems and can be ordered with specified facility codes and ID numbers. As standard, Indala delivers the number
sequence ordered with no gaps and with no under or over-runs.
Specifications
General:
Coding: ............................................................................... Wiegand, ABA Track II Magnetic Stripe, exact facility code and ID numbers standard, no gaps, no over-runs
Dimensions: ....................................................................................................................................................................... 3.38 x 2.13 x 0.065 (86 mm x 54 mm x 1.8 mm)
Weight: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.4 oz. (12 g)
Read Range: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ASC-121T
ASR-603: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 5 (12.7 cm)
ASR-605: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 5 (12.7 cm)
ASR-610: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 12 (30.5 cm)
ASR-503: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 4 (10.2 cm)
ARK-500: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 4 (10.2 cm)
ASR-505: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 4 (10.2 cm)
ARK-501: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 4 (10.2 cm)
ASR-110: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 7 (17.8 cm)
ASR-120: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 16 (40.6 cm)
ASR-136: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 28 (71 cm)
Temperature: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... -22 to 149F (-30 to 65C)
Card Construction: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... ABS Plastic, Light Gray
Graphics: ................................................................................................................ Custom color graphics option available on ASC-121T with customer-supplied artwork
ID Marking: ................................................................................................................. Cards are permanently marked with encoded, offset or random numbers (optional)
Slot Punch: ........................................................................................................................................................................................... Vertical standard, horizontal optional
Item
Part #
ASC-121T LifeTime Proximity Card Light Gray, Vertical Slot, 37 Bit...................................................................................... 01-7001-092*
ASC-121TH LifeTime Proximity Card, Light Gray, Horizontal Slot, 37 Bit ................................................................................ 01-7001-134
ASC-121T LifeTime Proximity Card Light Gray, Vertical Slot, 26 Bit........................................................................................ 01-7001-135
ASC-121TH LifeTime Proximity Card, Light Gray, Horizontal Slot, 26 Bit ................................................................................ 01-7001-136
Photo ID Adhesive Back Pack w/Photo Flap for Sony Video Printers, w/Vertical Slot (for ASC-121T Cards) ........................ 01-7001-100
Minimum order quantity for custom artwork cards is 500. Customer must provide CAMERA READY artwork, including PMS color(s) selection,
prepared by a commercial graphic artist. Call Order Entry for instructions and mechanical card specifications. Allow an additional 3-4 weeks for
delivery.
One Color ASC-121T Card (w/Horizontal slot)

Two Color ASC-121T Card (w/Horizontal slot)
NOTE: With Motorola Indala products, the bit format of the cards and the reader must be identical.
166
CARDS & READERS

ASK-116T ProxTag Proximity Key Tag
Description
The Motorola Indala ASK-116T ProxTag Proximity Key Tag is designed to be carried with a
users keys. The ASK-116T is molded of durable plastic designed to withstand the rigors of
the access control environment.
With an ergonomic shape, the ASK-116T is a light gray color that supports the printing of ID
numbers or logos, as well as the attachment of adhesive stickers, in two locations. The
ASK-116Ts unique design allows it to be carried with the users keys, making building access
fast and convenient. The tag contains a hole with a brass eyelet for attachment to any key
ring or chain.
The ProxTag can be encoded with Wiegand, magnetic stripe, and serial data formats. It can
be used interchangeably with other Indala ASP credentials on most systems and can be
ordered with specified facility codes and ID numbers. As standard, Indala delivers the number
sequence ordered with no gaps and with no under- or over-runs.
Specifications
General:
Dimensions: ................................................................................................................................................................................ 2.2 x 1.2 x 0.26 (56 mm x 32 mm x 7 mm)
Weight: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.36 oz. (9.9 g)
Read Range: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ASK-116T
ASR-603: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Up to 2.5 (6.4 cm)
ASR-605: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Up to 2.5 (6.4 cm)
ASR-610: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 6 (15.2 cm)
ASR-503: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 2 (5.1 cm)
ARK-500: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 2 (5.1 cm)
ASR-505: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 2 (5.1 cm)
ARK-501: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 2 (5.1 cm)
ASR-110: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 4 (10.2 cm)
ASR-120: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 8 (20.4 cm)
ASR-136: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 14 (35.5 cm)
Temperature: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... -22 to 149F (-30 to 65C)
Card Construction: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... ABS Plastic, Light Gray
ID Marking: ................................................................................................................. Cards are permanently marked with encoded, offset or random numbers (optional)
Item
Part #
ASK-116T Proximity Key Tag, Light Gray, 37 Bit ...................................................................................................................... 01-7001-094
ASK-116T Proximity Key Tag, Light Gray, 26 Bit ...................................................................................................................... 01-7001-224
CARDS & READERS 167

ISO-30+ Image30 Proximity Card
Description
The Motorola Indala ASP ISO-30+ Proximity Card is a credit card thin access credential,
that is ISO 7813 compliant with a nominal thickness of 0.03 (0.76 mm).
The ISO-30 card is small enough to carry in a wallet. It can also be slot-punched either
vertically or horizontally, making it easy to wear as a standard photo ID. Its ability to contain
multiple ID technologies in a single credential makes the ISO-30 one of the most versatile
proximity cards on the market today. In addition to functioning as a proximity card for access
control, its available with a magnetic stripe for use with other systems such as cafeteria
vending, copy machines, and fuel dispensing. The ISO-30 card also allows a customer who
is using magnetic stripe at multiple sites to upgrade to proximity and still use a single card.
Digital photographs and graphics can be printed directly over the IS0-30s entire front surface by using a dye-sublimation printer. Bar codes can
be imaged onto the card for systems tracking time- and-attendance or job costing.
The ISO-30 card can be programmed in the factory with Wiegand, magnetic stripe, and serial data formats. It can be used interchangeably with
other ASP or ASP+ credentials on most systems and can be ordered with specified facility codes and ID numbers. When ordered from the
factory, the cards are delivered in the number sequence ordered with no gaps and with no under- or over-runs.
Specifications
General:
Dimensions: ....................................................................................................................................................................... 3.38 x 2.12 x 0.03 (86 mm x 54 mm x 0.76 mm)
Weight: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.20 oz. (6 g)
Read Range: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ISO-30
ASR-603: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 5 (12.7 cm)
ASR-605: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 5 (12.7 cm)
ASR-610: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 12 (30.5 cm)
ASR-503: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 4 (10.2 cm)
ARK-500: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 4 (10.2 cm)
ASR-505: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 4 (10.2 cm)
ARK-501: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 4 (10.2 cm)
ASR-110: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 7 (17.8 cm)
ASR-120: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 16 (40.6 cm)
ASR-136: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 28 (71 cm)
Material: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... PVC
Slot Punch: ................................................................................................................................. Optional vertical and/or horizontal. Locations indicated on card standard
Magnetic Stripe: ....................................................................................................................................................................... Embedded 3-track high coercivity (2,750 oe)
Finish Front: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ White glossy front standard
Finish Back: .............................................................................................................................................................. White glossy back with slot-punch indicators standard
Custom Graphics: ......................................................................................................................... Available on both front and back sides with customer supplied artwork
Permanent Marking: ........................................................................................................................ Includes P/N code, date code, and ID numbering matching internal ID
Coding: ........................................................................................................... Wiegand, ABA Track II Magnetic Stripe. Exact coding standard, with no gaps or over-runs
168
CARDS & READERS
Item
Part #
ISO-30 ProxCard, Glossy Front & Back, Indala Logo, Hot Stamp, No Slot (for Video Imaging), 37 Bit ................................... 01-7001-188
ISO-30 ProxCard, Glossy Front & Back, Indala Logo, Hot Stamp, No Slot, Mag Stripe (for Video Imaging), 37 Bit ............... 01-7001-189
ISO-30 ProxCard, Glossy Front & Back, No Logo, Hot Stamp, No Slot (for Video Imaging), 37 Bit ........................................ 01-7001-167
ISO-30 ProxCard, Glossy Front & Back, No Logo, Hot Stamp, No Slot, Mag Stripe (for Video Imaging), 37 Bit .................... 01-7001-168
ISO-30 ProxCard, Glossy Front & Back, Indala Logo, Hot Stamp, No Slot (for Video Imaging), 26 Bit ................................... 01-7001-191
ISO- 30 ProxCard, Glossy Front & Back, Indala Logo, Hot Stamp, No Slot, Mag Stripe (for Video Imaging), 26 Bit .............. 01-7001-225
ISO-30 ProxCard, Glossy Front & Back, No Logo, Hot Stamp, No Slot (for Video Imaging), 26 Bit ........................................ 01-7001-226
ISO-30 ProxCard, Glossy Front & Back, No Logo, Hot Stamp, No Slot, Mag Stripe (for Video Imaging), 26 Bit .................... 01-7001-227
Minimum order quantity for custom artwork cards is 500. Customer must provide CAMERA READY artwork, including PMS color(s) selection,
prepared by a commercial graphic artist. Call Order Entry for instructions and mechanical card specifications. Allow an additional 3-4 weeks for
delivery.
One Color ISO-30 Card (w/Horizontal slot)

Two Color ISO-30 Card (w/Horizontal slot)
NOTE: With Motorola Indala products, the bit format of the cards and the reader must be identical.
CARDS & READERS 169

P-300 Cascade Reader
NEW!
Description
Keri Systems P-300 may be the worlds smallest single piece proximity reader at
only 3.0 long x 1.5 wide x 0.49 thick (76 mm x 38 mm x 12 mm). It is designed
to be mounted on a standard metal door or window frame (mullion) and can be
mounted on any metal or non-metal surface without loss of read range. Read
range is up to 4 (102 mm).
Specifications
General:
Colors: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Off-White, Black
LED Type: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Red/Green/Amber
Current Draw: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 80 mA typ.
Input Voltage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 to 14 VDC
Max. Read Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4 (102 mm)
Dimensions: ...................................................................................................................................................... 3.0 H x 1.5 W x 0.49 T (76 mm H x 38 mm W x 12 mm T)
Weight: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.6 oz. (74 g.)
Transmit Frequency: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 125 kHz (excitation)
Audio Tone: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Standard
Warranty: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Lifetime
Item
Part #
P-300 Cascade Proximity Reader, Single Piece, Mullion Mount, Black ..................................................................................... ZP-P-300-B
P-300 Cascade Proximity Reader, Single Piece, Mullion Mount, Off-White ............................................................................ ZP-P-300-W
170
CARDS & READERS

P-500 Alps Reader
NEW!
Description
Keri Systems P-500 is a single piece proximity reader that can be mounted on a
flat surface or affixed to a standard U.S. single gang electrical box. Its size is 4.5
long x 3.0 wide x 0.38 thick (114 mm x 76 mm x 10 mm). Its thin, sleek profile
makes it a much more attractive device to install in the workplace than other
readers. The P-500 is designed to be mounted on a standard metal door or window
frame (mullion) and can be mounted on any metal or non-metal surface without
loss of read range. Read range is up to 5 (127 mm) when mounted at least 0.5
(13 mm) off metal. A 0.5 (13 mm) stand off is standard with each reader.
Specifications
General:
Colors: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Off-White, Black
LED Type: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Red/Green/Amber
Current Draw: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 80 mA typ.
Input Voltage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 to 14 VDC
Max. Read Range: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 (127 mm)
Dimensions: .................................................................................................................................................... 4.5 H x 3.0 W x 0.38 T (114 mm H x 76 mm W x 10 mm T)
Weight: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3.2 oz. (91 g.)
Transmit Frequency: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 125 kHz (excitation)
Audio Tone: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Standard
Item
Part #
P-500 Alps Proximity Reader, Single Piece, Wall Switch, Black ................................................................................................ ZP-P-500-B
P-500 Alps Proximity Reader, Single Piece, Wall Switch, Off-White ....................................................................................... ZP-P-500-W
CARDS & READERS 171

PSC-1 Standard Light Proximity Card
NEW!
Description
Keri Systems PSC-1 Standard Light Proximity Card provides maximum read range
performance in a package considerably thinner than other clamshell proximity
cards. It can be easily carried in a wallet or purse or worn on clothing with a clip
or necklace. The PSC-1 cards are for use with Keris new Pyramid Series Proximity
Readers. They are manufactured with a vertical hanging slot punch.
The cards are sequentially encoded, and can be programmed in any custom
Wiegand format as well as standard 26 bit, all with exact number sequences.
Card ID numbers are permanently marked on the card. They can be used
interchangeably with Keris MultiTechnology Cards or Key Ring Tags on the same
system without worry about ID code duplication or format matching of readers. It
can accept standard imageable PVC labels from a multitude of vendors for graphics customization and photo ID. Unless the user requires the
combination of mag stripe and proximity, the Standard Card is recommended over the MultiTechnology Card whenever possible because of its
lower cost and lifetime warranty.
Specifications
General:
Colors: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Off-White
Read Range: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... PSC-1
P-300: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. up to 4 (102 mm)
P-500: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. up to 5 (127 mm)
Dimensions: ............................................................................................................................................ 3.375 L x 2.150 W x 0.059 T (86 mm L x 55 mm W x 1.5 mm T)
Weight: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.31 oz. (8.8 g.)
Material: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ABS
Frequency: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 125 kHz Excitation
Humidity: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0 to 95%, non-condensing
Dye Sublimation Printing: ...................................................................................................................................................................... Use PVC-9 Dye Sublimation Overlay
Formats: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ Infinity Format (37 bit), 26 bit
Item
Part #
PSC-1 Standard Light Proximity Card, 37 bit ......................................................................................................................... ZP-PSC-1-37B
PSC-1 Standard Light Proximity Card, 26 bit ......................................................................................................................... ZP-PSC-1-26B
PVC-9 PVC Adhesive Overlay, Dye Sublimation Printable (for use w/PSC-1 Card) ....................................................................... ZP-PVC-9
172
CARDS & READERS
CARDS & READERS 173

PSM-2 MultiTechnology Card
NEW!
Description
Keri Systems PSM-2 MultiTechnology Card allows the user to combine several
identification technologies in a single, credit card thin credential. The cards can
be ordered with or without a high coercivity magnetic stripe, which is useful if
there are other types of systems in use that are mag stripe-based, such as cafeteria
vending. They are also useful for customers who may have a proximity-based
access control system at one site and a mag stripe-based system at other locations,
allowing the user to carry a single card. They are for use with Keris new Pyramid
Series Proximity Readers.
The PSM-2 can accept a direct print video image, typically a photograph, bar code,
and other user graphics, from most industry standard dye sublimation printers, to
create a custom access credential. The PSM-2 cards are sequentially encoded, and can be programmed in any custom format as well as
standard 26 bit. Each card is marked with the ID number and a date code. They can be used interchangeably with Keris Light Proximity Cards
and Key Tags on the same system without worry about ID code duplication or format matching.
To ensure the best quality print, Keri systems has tested its cards with most printer manufacturers products and has compiled the below listing
of recommended printers.
Ultra Electronics Magicard Systems .......................... Models 300, 300Plus, Turbo

Datacard Corporation ................................................. Image Express, Image III
Atlantek ...................................................................... Model 85
Sandia Imaging Systems ............................................ All Models
Specifications
General:
Colors: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... White
Read Range: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... PSM-2
P-300: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ up to 3 (76 mm)
P-500: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. up to 4 (102 mm)
Dimensions: ............................................................................................................................................ 3.375 L x 2.150 W x 0.031 T (86 mm L x 55 mm W x 0.8 mm T)
Weight: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.19 oz. (5.5 g.)
Material: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... PVC with a printable matte finish
Warranty: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... One Year
Item
Part #
PSM-2P Multi-Technology Proximity Card, ISO Thin, Dye Sublimation Printable, 37 Bit .................................................. ZP-PSM-2P-37B
PSM-2S Multi-Technology Proximity Card, ISO Thin, Dye Sublimation Printable, 3-Track Mag Stripe, 37 Bit ................. ZP-PSM-2S-37B
PSM-2P Multi-Technology Proximity Card, ISO Thin, Dye Sublimation Printable, 26 Bit .................................................. ZP-PSM-2P-26B
PSM-2S Multi-Technology Proximity Card, ISO Thin, Dye Sublimation Printable, 3-Track Mag Stripe, 26 Bit ................. ZP-PSM-2S-26B
174
CARDS & READERS
CARDS & READERS 175

PSK-3 Proximity Key Ring Tag
NEW!
Description
Keri Systems PSK-3 Proximity Key Ring Tag provides user convenience in a small,
ergonomic, and extremely durable package. The tag is equipped with a brass
eyelet for attachment to a key ring that ensures the neck of the tag will not break
during the life of the system. They are for use with Keris Pyramid Series Proximity
Readers.
The PSK-3 Key Tags are sequentially encoded, and can be programmed in any
custom Wiegand format as well as standard 26 bit. Each tag is marked with the
ID number and a date code. They can be used interchangeably with Keris Proximity
Cards on the same system without worry about ID code duplication or format
matching.
Specifications
General:
Colors: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Gray
Read Range: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... PSK-3
P-300: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ up to 2 (51 mm)
P-500: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ up to 3 (76 mm)
Dimensions: ................................................................................................................................................... 1.51 L x 1.15 W x 0.196 T (38 mm L x 29 mm W x 5 mm T)
Weight: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.16 oz. (4.5 g.)
Material: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... ABS, includes brass eyelet
Humidity: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 0 to 100%, non-condensing
Item
Part #
PSK-3 Proximity Key Ring Tag, Includes Brass Eyelet, 37 Bit ................................................................................................ ZP-PSK-3-37B
PSK-3 Proximity Key Ring Tag, Includes Brass Eyelet, 26 Bit ................................................................................................ ZP-PSK-3-26B
176
CARDS & READERS
CARDS & READERS 177

644 & WP 644 Pass-Through Readers
Description
The Dorado Systems 644 Pass-Through Readers combine ease-of-use with installation
flexibility. The readers mount simply on a wall or on a door mullion, and are available with
a black or white case. One simple motion through the card slot reads a card. A bi-color LED
winks to confirm that a card has been read, then changes color when the door unlocks.
Specifications
General:
Card Format: ........................................................................................................................................................................... ANSI and EMPI coded magnetic stripe cards
Data Tracks: ................................................................................................................................................................................. Track 1 and Track 2; high or low coercivity
Digits Read: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ ANSI - up to 37 digits; EMPI - 5 digits
Card Size: ................................................................................................................................................................................. .030 + .003 thick (.762 mm + .07 mm thick)
Card Speed: .................................................................................................................... ........................................................................................ 8 to 50 inches per second
Output Format: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 26/34 bit Wiegand, clock and data
Data Rate: ..................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................. 1ms per bit
Approvals:
644: ................................................................................................................................................................................ FCC Part 15, Class A; CE; UL 294 Access Control
WP644: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... FCC Part 15, Class B; CE; UL 294 Pending
Dimensions: ...................................................................................................................................................................... 6.00 x 1.75 x 1.49 (152 mm x 38 mm x 43 mm)
w/Adaptor Plate: .......................................................................................................................................................... 7.00 x 2.75 x 1.69 (178 mm x 70 mm x 43 mm)
Connections:
644: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... Plug-in with 8 pig-tail cable
WP644: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 8 pig-tail cable
Cable: ........................................................................................................................ 200 (60 m) on five #22 unshielded wires; 500 (150 m) on five #18 unshielded wires
Power: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 35 mA @ +5.5 volts (regulated 4.75 to 5.75v)
Mounting: ............................................................................................................................................................ Single-width handy box, door mullion, or vertical surface
Lifetime: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 250,000 wear cycles; MTBF 22,000 hours
Error Rate: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. .05 false reject; 2 x 10-6 false accept
Static Discharge: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... Withstands 20,000 volts
LED: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... Red/Green; Amber and flashing red as options
Material: ..................................................................................................................................................................................... GE Lexan (polycarbonate) in white or black
Temperature: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... -31 to 150F (-35 to 66C) operating
Environment:
644: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Indoor only
WP644: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor
Item
Part #
Pass-Through Magnetic Stripe Card Reader, White, Indoor w/Pigtail (Model 644) ............................................................... 01-7000-064
Pass-Through Magnetic Stripe Card Reader, Black, Indoor w/Pigtail (Model 644) ................................................................ 01-7000-065
Pass-Through Reader, White, Indoor, w/Connector,Terminal Blocks (Model 644) .................................................................. 01-7000-184
Pass-Through Reader, Black, Indoor, w/Connector, Terminal Blocks (Model 644) .................................................................. 01-7000-185
Weatherized Pass-Through Reader, White, Indoor/Outdoor (Model WP644) ....................................................................... 01-7000-177
Weatherized Pass-Through Reader, Black, Indoor/Outdoor (Model WP644) .......................................................................... 01-7000-178
Weatherized Pass-Through Reader,White, Indoor/Outdoor, w/Heater Bar Option (Model WP644) ...................................... 01-7000-179
Weatherized Pass-Through Reader, Black, Indoor/Outdoor, w/Heater Bar Option (Model WP644) ...................................... 01-7000-180
Read Head Replacement Kit for Pass-Through Reader (Model 644) ...................................................................................... 01-7000-137
Model WP644 Heater Bar (Unistalled, for use w/Dorado Weatherproof Readers) ................................................................ 01-7000-181
178
CARDS & READERS

544 Insertion Card Reader
Description
The Dorado 544 Insertion Card Reader combines high reading performance with low cost of
ownership. Available with a black or white case, the reader is designed to be inconspicuous
and blend in with any indoor decor or outdoor environment. Cards insert upward at the
bottom of the reader, keeping rain and snow out and discouraging vandalism. A bi-color
LED winks to confirm that a card has been read, then changes color when the door unlocks.
Specifications
General:
Data Tracks: .......................................................................................................................................................................................... Track 1, 2 & 3; high or low coercivity
Card Size: ................................................................................................................................. .2.125 x 3.375 x .030 + .003 (54.0 mm x 85.7 mm x .762 mm + .07 mm)
Card Speed: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 5 to 30 inches per second
Data Rate: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1ms per bit
Approvals: .......................................................................................................................................................................... FCC Part 15, Class A; CE; UL 294 Access Control
Connections: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... Plug-in with 8 pig-tail cable
Mounting: ............................................................................................................................................................ Single-width handy box, door mullion, or vertical surface
LED: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... Red/Green; Amber and flashing red as options
Material: ..................................................................................................................................................................................... GE Lexan (polycarbonate) in white or black
Environment: ........................................................................................................................................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor, Fully weatherproof
Item
Part #
Insertion Magnetic Stripe Card Reader, White, Indoor/Outdoor (Model 544) ........................................................................ 01-7000-062
Insertion Magnetic Stripe Card Reader, Black, Indoor/Outdoor (Model 544) ......................................................................... 01-7000-063
Read Head Replacement Kit for Insert Reader (Model 544) ................................................................................................... 01-7000-138
CARDS & READERS 179

570 Elevator Card Reader
Description
The Dorado 570 Elevator Card Reader combines high reading performance with a variety of
mounting options. The reader mounts flexibly behind an elevator cab faceplate, in a gooseneck
stand for vehicle entry or in many other custom enclosures. Cards insert horizontally into the
reader for simple operation. The card slot arrangement eliminates rain and snow problems
while providing outdoor capabilities.
Specifications
General:
Data Tracks: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... Track 2; high or low coercivity
Card Size: ................................................................................................................................. .2.125 x 3.375 x .030 + .003 (54.0 mm x 85.7 mm x .762 mm + .07 mm)
Card Speed: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 5 to 30 inches per second
Data Rate: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1ms per bit
Approvals: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. FCC Part 15, Class A; CE
Connections: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... Plug-in with 8 pig-tail cable
Mounting: ........................................................................................................................................................................... On rear of vertical surface with mounting studs
LED: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... None displayed
Material: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ Zinc plated steel and glass filled nylon
Environment: ........................................................................................................................................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor, Fully weatherproof
Item
Part #
Elevator Magnetic Stripe Card Reader, No Faceplate, Indoor/Outdoor (Model 570) ............................................................. 01-7000-120
180
CARDS & READERS

740 & 780 Ruggedized Pass-Through Readers
Description
The Dorado 740 & 780 Ruggedized Pass-Through Card Readers combine ease-of-use with
increased durability. The readers mount indoors or outdoors on a double-gang handy box,
shrugging off exposure to the elements. Their cast metal case resists vandalism and abuse,
yet one simple motion through the card slot reads a card. An LED winks to confirm that a
card has been read. Three LEDS are provided to clearly indicate status.
The 780 Ruggedized Pass-Through Card Reader is available with a keypad. This unit combines
ease-of-use, increased durability, and a PIN keypad for increased security.
Specifications
General:
Card Format: .................................................................................................................................................................... ANSI/ISO and EMPI coded magnetic stripe cards
Data Tracks: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. Track 1 & 2; high or low coercivity
Digits Read: .............................................................................................................................................................. ANSI/ISO - up to 37 digits; EMPI - 5 or 6-digit user ID
Card Size: ................................................................................................................................................................................ ..030 + .003 thick (.762 mm + .07 mm thick)
Card Speed: .................................................................................................................... ........................................................................................ 8 to 50 inches per second
Output Format: ..................................................................................................................................................... 26/34 bit Wiegand, clock and data, at 5 volt signal levels
Data Rate: ..................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................. 1ms per bit
Approvals: ..................................................................................................................... ..................................................... FCC Part 15, Class A; CE; UL 294 Access Control
Dimensions: .................................................................................................................... .............................................. 5.125 x 6.75 x 3.00 (130 mm x 171 mm x 76 mm)
Connections: ................................................................................................................... .................................................................................. Plug-in with 8 pig-tail cable
Cable: ........................................................................................................................ 2 00 (60 m) on five #22 unshielded wires; 500 (150 m) on five #18 unshielded wires
Power: ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 35 mA @ +5.5 volts (regulated 10.5 to 13.0 v)
Mounting: ........................................................................................................................................... Single-width handy box, double width handy box or vertical surface
LED: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... One each: Red/Green/Amber
Material: ............................................................................................................................................................................ Black GE Lexan (polycarbonate), aluminum base
Environment: ........................................................................................................................................ Indoor/Outdoor weather resistant, when shielded from ice buildup
Item
Part #
Ruggedized Pass-Through Magnetic Stripe Card Reader, Black, Indoor/Outdoor (Model 740) ............................................. 01-7000-129
Ruggedized Pass-Through Magnetic Stripe Card Reader w/Keypad, Black, Indoor/Outdoor (Model 780) ........................... 01-7000-136
Model 740/780 Read Head Replacement Kit .......................................................................................................................... 01-7000-139
CARDS & READERS 181
Dorado Magnetic Stripe Access Cards

Description
The Dorado Magnetic Stripe Cards are credit card width, allowing their use in all of Dorados
insertion, pass-through and horizontal insertion readers. Cards are designed and fabricated
to ISO standards for size and thickness. Polyester cards may be provided with a hot stamped
ID number or ID label. Custom artwork on cards is available.
Standard Mezzotint Magnetic Stripe Card

Dorados Standard Mezzotint Card is made of a durable polyester material, providing
unmatched wear resistance. High coercivity magnetic stripe material is used to avoid
accidental erasure.
Plain White Photo ID Magnetic Stripe Card

Dorados Plain White Photo ID Card is also made of a durable polyester material with a high coercivity magnetic stripe.
Specifications
General:
Dimensions: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2.125 x 3.375
Thickness: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0.030
Card Construction: ........................................................................................................................................................... PVC/Polyester composite for direct (DTV) printing
Stripe Material: ............................................................................................................................................................................................... High Coercivity, 4000 Oersted
Encoding (optional): ........................................................................ Dorado EMPI I, EMPI II, or ANSI/ISO on ISO track location 1, 2, or 3 (specify which); 75 bits per inch
Marking (optional): ....................................................................................................................................................................................... Hot Stamp or adhesive labeling
Item
Part #
Standard Mezzotint Card ......................................................................................................................................................... 01-7001-030
Plain White Photo ID Card ........................................................................................................................................................ 01-7001-028
EMPI Encoding MUST SPECIFY SITE CODE ............................................................................................................................. 01-7001-249
Hot Stamp ................................................................................................................................................................................. 01-7001-250
Adhesive Label ......................................................................................................................................................................... 01-7001-251
Slot Punch MUST SPECIFY LOCATION ..................................................................................................................................... 01-7001-252
Embossing ................................................................................................................................................................................ 01-7001-253
Custom Card, One-time Set-up Charge
182
CARDS & READERS
Dorado Magnetic Stripe Encoding Systems

Models 415 & 418
Description
The Dorado Magnetic Stripe Encoding Systems allow OEMs, dealers, and even end users
to code cards at their own facility. The first system is a self-contained desktop encoder
intended for on-site Track 2 encoding of EMPI I format magnetic stripe cards. It accepts both
CR-80 and CR-60 size cards in its pass-through slot. The second encoding system interfaces
with an IBM-compatible personal computer and can be used to encode both EMPI I format
and ANSI/ISO format cards on Track 1 and/or Track 2.
Specifications
General:
Dimensions: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 8.75 W x 12.75 L x 4.75 H
Functions: ......................................................................................... Reads a card (on same Job Code); Writes and verifies a card keypad input; Reports a reading error
Input Encoded (along with job code):
415: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... User/sequence number 1-65,535
418: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... User/sequence number 1-1,-48,575
Card Format: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... EMPI I or EMPI II on ANSI/ISO Track 2
Card Style: ............................................................................................................................................................... Per ANSI//ISO card, stripe dimensions, high coercivity
Duct Cycle: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 400 cards per hour
Ambient Temperature: ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 32 to 90F, indoors only
Operating Power: .................................................................................................................................................................................... 105 to 125 VAC, 50/60 Hz standard
Options Available: ...................................................................................................................................................... Track 1 encoding/reading; 220 VAC - 240 VAC power
Item
Part #
Magnetic Stripe Encoder, EMPI Format (Model 415) .............................................................................................................. 01-7000-066
Magnetic Stripe On-Line Encoder, ABA Format (Model 450) .................................................................................................. 01-7000-160
CARDS & READERS 183
Essex Electronics Keypads

Indoor/Outdoor Security Keypad
Description
The Essex Electronics Indoor/Outdoor Security Keypad provides a rugged, durable means
of entering a security PIN (personal identification number) into an Andover Infinity Security
Management System. The solid stainless steel keypad wires into the Andover ACX 700
and ACX 780 Access Controllers (only), with no other interface modules required. Up to
2 keypads may be connected to the ACX700; up to 8 to the ACX 780.
Each door in an ACX 700 or ACX 780 may be configured through software to grant access
based on access card only, PIN only, or a combination of card and PIN. These access modes
can be made constant, or can be changed based on a schedule or other system event. A
silent duress can be triggered through a slight variation in the PIN entry, also configurable
through software.
This keypad is designed for both indoor and outdoor use, and can be mounted flush or
directly onto a single-gang electrical handy box. Wiring distance is 500 feet (152 meters)
maximum from the keypad to the controller, using 10 conductor, 18 gauge wire. Two LEDs
are provided for power and go/no go indication.
Specifications
Electrical:
Power Requirements: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 VDC, 10 mA
Mechanical:
Operating Environment: ........................................................................................................................................................... -40F to 160F (-40C to 70C), 0 - 100% RH
Dimensions: .................................................................................................................... ................................................ 5 1/8" x 3 3/8" (Keypad protrudes 7/16" from wall)
Color: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Stainless steel
Wiring Information:
Wiring Distance: .................................................................................... 500 ft. maximum (152 meters) to controller, using 18 gauge wire. 200 ft. maximum (61 meters)
to controller, using 22 gauge wire
Wiring Terminations: ................................................................................................................................................................... 12-pin, with connector and leads supplied
Keypad Input:
ACX700/780: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Keypad
C1: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... gray
C2: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... violet
C3: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... orange
R1: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... brown
R2: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... blue
R3: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... green
R4: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... yellow
Reader Input:
+5: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... red (5VDC Power)
LED: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. white (green LED, off if no go)
Gnd: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... black, pink (red LED, power indication)
General:
Keypad: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 3 x 4 matrix output, 0 - 9, *, #
Unit Life: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... Tested to over 1 billion cycles
Item
Part #
Essex Touch Pad ....................................................................................................................................................................... 01-7000-127
Extra Label for Essex Touch Pad ............................................................................................................................................... 01-3002-234
184
CARDS & READERS
Indoor/Outdoor Security Keypad 8-Bit Burst
NEW!
Description
The Essex Electronics Indoor/Outdoor Security Keypad 8-bit burst version provides a
rugged, durable means of entering a security PIN (personal identification number) into an
Andover Continuum Security Management System. The solid stainless steel keypad wires
into the Andover Continuum AC-1 controller (only), with no other interface modules
required. Up to 2 keypads may be connected to the AC-1.
The Essex KTP-103, is an 8-bit burst version of Andovers existing Essex Indoor/Outdoor
Security Keypad. It features the same 12-button keypad (3 x 4 matrix) and can be mounted
flush or directly ontoa single-gang electrical handibox. Two LEDs are provided for power
and go/no go indication. The keypad is available with field selectable input voltages of 5 or
12 VDC. The KTP-103 has a stainless steel finish and ships with an Andover Controls label
that can be easily affixed to the keypad.
The Essex KTP-102, is a 12-button keypad (2 x 6 matrix). The KTP-102 is waterproof and its
narrow style makes it ideally suited for mullion mount. Like the KTP-103, it offers 8-bit burst output, a stainless steel finish, and field selectable
input voltages of 5 VDC or 12 VDC.
Specifications
Electrical:
Power Requirements: ............................................................................................................................................................................. 5 VDC or 12 VDC jumper selectable
Mechanical:
Operating Environment: ........................................................................................................................................................... -40F to 160F (-40C to 70C), 0 - 100% RH
Dimensions: .................................................................................................................... ............................................................ 2" x 6" (Keypad protrudes 7/16" from wall)
Color: ......................................................................................................................... ............................................................................. Black (2 x 6); Stainless steel (3 x 4)
Wiring Information
Wiring Distance: .................................................................................... 500 ft. maximum (152 meters) to controller, using 18 gauge wire. 200 ft. maximum (61 meters)
to controller, using 22 gauge wire
Wiring Terminations: ................................................................................................................................................................... 12-pin, with connector and leads supplied
AC-1 Keypad Input:

AC-1: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Keypad
CLK/0 [Terminal 4]: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. green
DATA/1 [Terminal 3]: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... white
+5 or 12 VDC Powr + V [Terminal 1]: .................................................................................................................................................................... red (5 or 12 VDC Power)
LED [Terminal 5]: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... Brown (green LED, off if no gap)
GND [Terminal 2]: ....................................................................................................................................................................... black/yellow (red LED, power indication)
General:
Keypad: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 3 x 4 and 2 x 6 matrix output, 0 - 9, *, #
Unit Life: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... Tested to over 1 billion cycles
Item
Part #
Essex KTP-103 Keypad, 12-button, 3x4 Matrix Keypad, Stainless Steel, Weatherproof, 8-bit Burst .................................... 01-7000-221
Essex KTP-102 Keypad, 12-button, 2x6 Matrix Keypad, Stainless Steel, Weatherproof, 8-bit Burst .................................... 01-7000-222
CARDS & READERS 185
EMX34/CK34 Cardkey Interface Board

Description
The Andover Controls EMX34/CK34 Cardkey Interface Board is designed to convert signals from up to four Cardkey Model #L47 readers (or
two Model #L40-6 readers, which draw more current) into Wiegand format, which can be read by the Andover Controls ACX 700/780 family of
controllers.
The EMX34 is designed to be mounted to a DIN rail within an enclosure. It must be connected to an Andover Controls ACX 700/780 family
controller, to an AC power source and to a Cardkey reader. The EMX34 printed circuit board has four inputs (P2, P4, P6, P8) and four outputs (P3,
P5, P7, P9). The inputs from the Cardkey reader are wired on the right-hand side of the physical board, and the outputs on the left-hand side.
The EMX34 Cardkey Interface Board comes complete with the EMX34 printed circuit board, two plastic PCB mounting brackets and two plastic
DIN rail mounting brackets. Additional items required include an Andover Controls ACX 700 or 780 family controller, Cardkey readers, one extra
cable and female molex connector per reader, a AC power cable, output wires, two end clamps, a DIN rail and an enclosure.
Specifications
General:
Power: ............ Receive power from ACX 700/780 controller; Addtl 24VAC (+/- 20%) required to power LEDs (EMX34 board converts power to 9VDC output for LEDs)
Wiring: ........................................................................................................................................................................... Each Cardkey input on the EMX34 requires 6 wires
Environmental: ............................................................................................................................................. Operates in same environment as Andover Infinity controllers
Dimensions:: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 6.125 x 3.625 (160mm x 92 mm)
Item
Part #
EMX34/CK34 Cardkey Interface Board .................................................................................................................................... 01-0008-755
186
CARDS & READERS
DAMPER ACTUATORS
187
Spring Return Electric Damper Actuators

AF Series
Description
The Belimo AF Series actuators are designed for on-off, fail-safe and proportional control of dampers
in HVAC systems. They offer a minimum 133 in-lb torque for damper areas up to 35 sq-ft and provide
true spring return operation for reliable fail-safe application and positive close-off on air-tight dampers.
The spring return system provides consistent torque to the damper with, and without, power applied
to the actuator.
The AF Series provides 95 of rotation with a graduated position indicator showing -5 to 90 and a
unique manual positioning mechanism which allows the setting of any damper position within the
actuators 95 of rotation. The actuator is shipped in the zero position (5 from full fail-safe) to provide
automatic compression against damper gaskets for tight shut-off. When power is applied, the manual
mechanism is released and the actuator drives toward the full fail-safe position. The manual override
can also be released physically by the use of a crank supplied with the actuator.
Specifications
General:
Torque: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 133 in-lb [15 Nm]
Running Time: ........................................................................................................................................................ 150 sec. independent of load (control); <20 sec. (spring)
Angle of Rotation: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 95
Fits Shaft Diameter: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3/8 to 3/4 (standard)
Manual Override: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Hex crank
Control Direction: .......................................................................................................................................................... Left/right external switch (proportional types only)
Spring Direction: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... Left or right mounting
Dimensions: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 10.59 x 3.86 x 3.10
Electrical Connection: .......................................................................................................................................................... 3ft, 18 GA appliance cable, 1/2 conduit fitting
Auxiliary Switches: ..................................................................................................................................................................... SPDT. One 5 fixed; one 25 to 85 adjust.
Housing: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... NEMA 2/IP54
Ambient Temperature: .................................................................................................................................................................................... -22F to 122F (-30C to 50C)
Agencies: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. UL 873 listed, CSA 4813 02 certified
Specific Models:
AF24: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... On/Off Control, 24 VAC/DC power
AF24-S: ............................................................................................................................................................. On/Off Control, 24 VAC/DC power, 2 Built-in aux. switches
AF120: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... On/Off Control, 120 VAC power
AF120-S: ............................................................................................................................................................... On/Off Control, 120 VAC power, 2 Built-in aux. switches
AF230: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ On/Off Control, 230VAC power
AF230-S: .................................................................................................................................................................. On/Off Control, 230VAC power, 2 Built-in ax. switches
AF24-3: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... Floating Control, 24VAC/DC power
AF24-SR: ...................... Proportional Control, 24VAC/DC power; 2-10 VDC, 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor), or 0-10V phasecut control signal, 2-10VDC feedback signal
AF24-SR-S: .................................................................................................... Proportional Control, 24VAC/DC power, 2-10 VDC, 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor), or 0-10V
phasecut control signal, 2-10VDC feedback signal, 2 Built-in aux. switches
AF24-SR95: ......................................................................................... Proportional Control, 24VAC/DC power, Honeywell electronic series 90 or 140 ohm control signal
AF24-PWM: ................................................................................. Proportional Control, AC power only, Pulse width modulating control signal, 2-10VDC feedback signal
Item
Part #
133 in-lb, 24V, Proportional ................................................................................................................................................ ZBAF24-SR-AV
AF24-SR w/2 Built-In Aux. Switches ................................................................................................................................ ZBAF24-SR-S-AV
133 in-lb, 24V, On/Off ................................................................................................................................................................. ZBAF24-AV
AF24 w/2 Built-In Aux. Switches ............................................................................................................................................ ZBAF24-S-AV
133 in-lb, 120V, On/Off ............................................................................................................................................................. ZBAF120-AV
AF120 w/2 Built-In Aux. Switches ........................................................................................................................................ ZBAF120-S-AV
133 in-lb, 230VAC, On/Off .............................................................................................................................................................. ZBAF230
AF230 w/2 Built-In Aux. Switches .............................................................................................................................................. ZBAF230-S
133 in-lb, 24VAC/DC, Proportional, Honeywell Elect. Series 90/140 ohm .......................................................................... ZBAF24-SR95
133 in-lb, 24VAC/DC, Floating ...................................................................................................................................................... ZBAF24-3
133 in-lb, 24V, PWM, AC Power Only .................................................................................................................................... ZBAF24-PWM
NOTE: -AV denotes that the unit carries the Andover Controls logo.
188
DAMPER ACTUATORS
Dimensional Drawings (all numbers in brackets are metric)
* Based on 4 in-lb/ft2 damper torque loading. Parallel blade. No edge seals.
DAMPER ACTUATORS
189

NF Series
Description
The Belimo NF Series actuators are designed for on-off, fail safe and proportional control of dampers
in HVAC systems. They offer a minimum 60 in-lb torque for damper areas up to 15 sq-ft.
The NF Series provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-safe application and positive closeoff on air tight dampers. The spring return system provides consistent torque to the damper with, and
without, power applied to the actuator. The NF series provides 95 of rotation with a graduated
position indicator showing 0 to 95. The actuator may be stalled anywhere in its normal rotation
without the need of mechanical end switches.
Specifications
General:
Torque: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 60 in-lb [7 Nm]
Running Time: ............................................................................................................................ <75 sec. (on/off control); 150 sec. (proportional control); <60 sec. (spring)
Angle of Rotation: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 95, adjustable
Fits Shaft Diameter: ................................................................................................................................ 3/8 to 3/4 (standard); 3/4 to 1.05 (w/ K4-1 clamp accessory)
Control Direction: ............................................................................................................................................................... Left/right external switch (proportional models)
Spring Direction: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... Left or right mounting
Dimensions: .................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................. 10.59 x 3.86 x 3.10
Electrical Connection: ............................................................................................................................. 3 ft, 18 GA double insulated appliance cable, 1/2 conduit fitting
Auxiliary Switches: ........................................................................................................................................................................ SPDT. One 25 to 85 adjust. (-S models)
Housing: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... NEMA 2/IP54
Specific Models:
NF24: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ On/Off Control, 24 VAC/DC power
NF24-S: .................................................................................................................................................................... On/Off Control, 24 VAC/DC power, Built-in aux. switch
NF120: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... On/Off Control, 120 VAC power
NF120-S: ...................................................................................................................................................................... On/Off Control, 120 VAC power, Built-in aux. switch
NF24-SR: .................................................. Proportional Control, 24VAC/DC power, 2-10 VDC or 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor) control signal, 2-10VDC feedback signal
Item
Part #
60 in-lb, 24V, Proportional .................................................................................................................................................... ZBNF24-SR-AV
60 in-lb, 24V, On/Off ................................................................................................................................................................... ZBNF24-AV
NF24 w/ Aux. Switch .............................................................................................................................................................. ZBNF24-S-AV
60 in-lb, 120V, On/Off ............................................................................................................................................................... ZBNF120-AV
NF120 w/Aux. Switch ........................................................................................................................................................... ZBNF120-S-AV
190
DAMPER ACTUATORS
* Based on 4 in-lb/ft2 damper torque loading. Parallel blade. No edge seals.
DAMPER ACTUATORS
191

LF Series
Description
The Belimo LF Series actuators are designed for modulating, on-off and proportional control of dampers
The LF Series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable, fail-safe application and
positive close off on air tight dampers. The spring return system provides consistent torque to the
damper with, and without, power applied to the actuator. The LF Series provides 95 of rotation and
is provided with a graduated position indicator showing 0 to 90. The actuator may be stalled anywhere
in its normal rotation without the need of mechanical end switches. Power consumption is reduced in
holding mode.
Specifications
General:
Torque: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 35 in-lb [4 Nm]
Running Time: ..................................................................................................................................................... Motor < 75 sec. Motor 150 sec. constant Spring < 25 sec.
Power Supply: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 24 VAC/DC, 120 VAC, 230 VAC
Rotation Direction: ................................................................................................................................................................................................. Left/right external switch
Electrical Connection: ......................................................................................................................................................... 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable, 1/2 conduit fitting
Housing: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... NEMA 2/IP54
Agencies: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ UL 873 listed, CSA 4813 02 certified, CE
Specific Models:
LF24: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... On/Off, 24VAC/DC power
LF24-S: ................................................................................................................................................................................... On/Off, 24VAC/DC power, Built-in aux. switch
LF24-3: ...................................................................................................................................... On/Off, Floating Point Control, 24VAC/DC power, External rotation switch
LF24-S: ..................................................................................................... On/Off, Floating Point Control, 24VAC/DC power, External rotation switch, Built-in aux. switch
LF120: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... On/Off, 120VAC
LF120-S: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ On/Off, 120VAC, Built-in aux. switch
LF230: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... On/Off, 230VAC
LF230-S: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ On/Off, 230VAC, Built-in aux. switch
LF24-SR: ................................................................................................... Proportional, 24V, 2-10VDC Control signal, 2-10VDC feedback signal, Extrernal rotation switch
LF24-SR-S: ........................................................................................................ Proportional, 24V, 2-10VDC control signal, 2-10VDC feedback signal, Built-in aux. switch
Item
Part #
35 in-lb, 24V, On/Off Control ............................................................................................................................................................. ZBLF24
35 in-lb, 24V, On/Off Control, Built-In Aux. Switch ........................................................................................................................ ZBLF24-S
35 in-lb, 24V, Floating Point Control, Rotation Switch ................................................................................................................... ZBLF24-3
35 in-lb, 24V, Floating Point Control, Rotation Switch, Built-In Aux. Switch ............................................................................ ZBLF24-3-S
35 in-lb, 120V, On-Off Control ......................................................................................................................................................... ZBLF120
35 in-lb, 120V, On/Off Control, Built-In Aux. Switch .................................................................................................................... ZBLF120-S
35 in-lb, 230V, On/Off Control ......................................................................................................................................................... ZBLF230
35 in-lb, 230V, On/Off Control, Built-In Aux. Switch .................................................................................................................... ZBLF230-S
35 in-lb, 24V, Prop. Control, 2-10VDC, Rotation Switch ............................................................................................................. ZBLF24-SR
35 in-lb, 24V, Prop. Control, 2-10VDC, Rotation Switch, Built-In Aux. Switch ........................................................................ ZBLF24-SR-S
192
DAMPER ACTUATORS
DAMPER ACTUATORS
193
194
DAMPER ACTUATORS
DAMPER ACTUATORS
195
Non-Spring Return Electric Damper Actuators

AM Series
Description
The Belimo AM Series actuators are designed for control of dampers in HVAC systems. They offer a
minimum 160 in-lb torque for damper areas up to 40 sq-ft.
The AM Series anti-rotation strap will prevent lateral movement of the actuator. The angle of rotation
is mechanically limited to 95. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuator
automatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged by simply pressing down the springloaded button on the actuator cover. The actuator mounts directly to a damper shaft up to 3/4 diameter
by means of its universal clamp, or up to a 1.05 jackshaft with the optional K4-1 clamp. The AM24S us is constructed to meet the requirements for double insulated devices.
Specifications
General:
Torque: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 160 in-lb [18 Nm]
Running Time: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 100 to 150 sec. for 0 to 160 in-lb.
Power Supply: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 24 VAC/DC
Power Consumption: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 2.5W
Transformer Sizing: .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 4.5 VA (Class 2 power source)
Overload Protection: ......................................................................................................................................................................... Electronic throughout 0 to 95 rotation
Position Indication: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... Clip-on indicator
Manual Override: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... External push button
Humidity: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 to 95% RH, noncondensing
Rotation Direction: .............................................................. CW/CCW external switch. Proportional: CW=CW with decrease signal; CCW=CCW with decrease signal
Housing: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... NEMA 2/IP54
Weight: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.8 lbs. (1.3 kg)
Agencies: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ UL 873 listed, CSA 4813 02 certified, CE
Item
Part #
160 in-lb, 24V, On/Off, Floating Point Control ................................................................................................................................. ZBAM24
160 in-lb, 24V, On/Off, Floating Point Control, Aux. Switch ....................................................................................................... ZBAM24-S
160 in-lb, 24V, Prop. Control, 2-10 VDC or 4-20 mA (w/500 Ohm Resistor) ............................................................................. ZBAM24-SR
160 in-lb, 24V, Prop. Control, 4-7 VDC, Adj Span ................................................................................................................ ZBAM24-SRS-A
160 in-lb, 24V, Prop. Control, 6-9 VDC, Adj Span ................................................................................................................ ZBAM24-SRS-B
160 in-lb, 24V, Prop. Control, 10.5-13.5 VDC, Adj Span ...................................................................................................... ZBAM24-SRS-C
160 in-lb, 24V, Prop. Control, Pulse Width Mod (0.02-5.0 sec) ........................................................................................ ZBAM24-PWM-A
160 in-lb, 24V, Prop. Control, Pulse Width Mod (0.1-25.5 sec) ........................................................................................ ZBAM24-PWM-B
160 in-lb, 24V, Prop. Control, Pulse Width Mod (0.59-2.93 sec) ...................................................................................... ZBAM24-PWM-C
196
DAMPER ACTUATORS
Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.
Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC
For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc.,

AM24-S us incorporates two built-in auxiliary switches: 2 x SPDT,
6A (1.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL listed, adjustable between 0 and 95.
Meets UL and CSA requirements without the need of an electrical
ground connection.
DAMPER ACTUATORS
197

GM Series
Description
The Belimo GM Series actuators are designed for modulating, on-off or proportional control of dampers
The GM Series anti-rotation strap will prevent lateral movement of the actuator. The angle of rotation
is mechanically limited to 95. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the gears can be
manually disengaged by simply pressing down the spring-loaded button on the actuator cover. When
this button is pressed down, the damper blades can be adjusted by hand. The position of the actuator
is indicated by means of a scale reading 0 to 1.
Specifications
General:
Torque: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 266 in-lb [30 Nm]
Running Time: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 135 sec. independent of load
Fits Shaft Diameters: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 15/32 to 3/4
Manual Override: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Push button
Rotation Direction: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... A/B external switch
Dimensions: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 9.49 x 4.88 x 3.15
Housing: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... NEMA 2/IP54
Specific Models:
GM24: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... On/Off, Floating Control, 24VAC/DC power
GM24-SR: ..................... Proportional Control, 24VAC/DC power, 2-10VDC, 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor), or 0-10V phasecut control signal, 2-10VDC feedback signal
Item
Part #
266 in-lb, 24V On/Off, Floating Control..................................................................................................................................... ZBGM24-AV
266 in-lb, 24V, Proportional ................................................................................................................................................. ZBGM24-SR-AV
198
DAMPER ACTUATORS
DAMPER ACTUATORS
199

SM Series
Description
The Belimo SM Series actuators are designed for modulating, on-off and proportional control of
dampers in HVAC systems. They offer a minimum 133 in-lb torque for damper areas up to 35 sq-ft.
The SM Series actuators are, by means of a special clamp, directly mounted onto the damper shaft.
The universal mounting bracket supplied with the actuator will prevent lateral movement of the actuator.
The damper actuator is not provided with and does not require any limiting switches, but is protected
against overloading. The angle of rotation is mechanically limited to 95. When reaching the damper
or actuator end position, the motor stops automatically. The gears can be manually disengaged by
simply pressing down the spring loaded button on the actuator cover. When the button is pressed
down, the damper blades can be adjusted by hand. The position of the actuator is indicated by means
of a scale reading 0...10.
Specifications
General:
Torque: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 133 in-lb (standard running time)
Running Time: .................................................................................... 90 to 150 sec. for 0 to 133 in-lb (on/off and floating); 100 to 200 sec. for 0-133 in-lb (proportional)
Fits Shaft Diameter: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3/8 to 3/4
Rotation Direction: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... A/B external switch
Housing: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... NEMA 2/IP54
Specific Models:
SM24: ......................................................................................................... On/Off, Floating Control, 24VAC/DC power, Running time of 90 to 150 sec. for 0 to 133 in-lb
SMC24: .......................................................................... On/Off, Floating Control, 24VAC/DC power, Torque 88 in-lb, Fast running time of 45 to 85 sec. for 0 to 88 in-lb
SM24-S: ...................................................................................... On/Off Control, 24VAC/DC power, Aux. switch 10 and 85 (SPST, 24V), Running time of 16 to 19 sec.
SM24-SR: ..................... Proportional Control, 24VAC/DC Power, 2-10VDC, 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor), or 0-10V phasecut control signal, 2-10VDC feedback signal
SM24-SRS: .......... Proportional Control, AC power only, 2-10VDC or 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor) control signal, Start point adj. 2 to 8.4VDC, Span adj. 1.6 to 8VDC
SMC24-SR: ................................................................................................................... Proportional Control, 24VAC/DC power, 2-10VDC, 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor),
or 0-10V phasecut control signal, 2-10VDC feedback signal, Torque 88 in-lb, Fast running time of 55 to 110 sec. for 0 to 88 in-lb
Item
Part #
133 in-lb, 24V On/Off, Floating Control..................................................................................................................................... ZBSM24-AV
133 in-lb, 24V, Proportional ................................................................................................................................................. ZBSM24-SR-AV
133 in-lb, 24V, On/Off, Floating Control, Fast Running Time ....................................................................................................... ZBSMC24
133 in-lb, 24V, Proportional Control, Fast Running Time ........................................................................................................ ZBSMC24-SR
133 in-lb, 24V, On/Off, Fast Running Time, Built-In Aux. Switch ................................................................................................ ZBSM24-S
133 in-lb, 24V, Proportional Control, AC Power Only .............................................................................................................. ZBSM24-SRS
200
DAMPER ACTUATORS
DAMPER ACTUATORS
201

NM Series
Description
The Belimo NM Series actuators are designed for modulating, on-off and proportional control of
The universal mounting bracket supplied with the NM actuator will prevent lateral movement of the
actuator. The damper actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is
protected against overloading. The angle of the rotation is mechanically limited to 95. When reaching
the damper or actuator end position, the motor stops automatically. The gears can be manually
disengaged by simply pressing down the spring loaded button on the actuator cover. When this button
is pressed down, the damper blades can be adjusted by hand. The position of the actuator is indicated
by a visual pointer. Auxiliary switches are easily fastened directly onto the actuator body for signaling
and switching functions.
Specifications
General:
Torque: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 75 in-lb [8 Nm]
Running Time: ........................................................................................... 150 sec. independent of load (proportional models); 75 to 150 sec for 0 to 75 in-lb (NM24 AV)
Transformer Sizing: .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 3.5 VA (Class 2 power source)
Position Indication: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ clip-on indicator
Housing: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... NEMA 2/IP54
Housing Material: ........................................................................................................................................................................................... UL 94-5V (flammability rating)
Ambient Temperature: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... -4F to 122F (-20C to 50C)
Noise Level: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Less than 35 dBA
Weight: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.8 lbs (0.8 kg)
Specific Models:
NM24: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... On/Off, Floating Control, 24VAC/DC power
NM24-SR: ........................................................................ Proportional Control, 24VAC/DC power, 2-10VDC or 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor), 2-10VDC feedback signal
NM24-SRS: ...................................................................................................................... Proportional Control, AC power only, 2-29VDC or 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor)
control signal, Start point adj. 0-5VDC, Span adj. 2 -14VDC, 2-10VDC feedback signal
NM24-PWM: ........................................................................................................... Proportional Control, AC power only, Pulse width modulating (externally selectable),
operating ranges of 0.59 sec. to 2.93 sec./0.02 sec. to 5.0 sec./0.02 sec. to 6.0 sec./0.1 sec. to 25.5 sec., 2-10VDC feedback signal
Item
Part #
75 in-lb, 24V, On/Off, Floating Control ..................................................................................................................................... ZBNM24-AV
NM24 Bulk Packaging, 32 Count .......................................................................................................................................... ZBNM24.1-AV
75 in-lb, 24V, Proportional ................................................................................................................................................... ZBNM24-SR-AV
75 in-lb, 24V, Proportional, AC Power Only ............................................................................................................................ ZBNM24-SRS
NM24-SRS Bulk Packing, 24-Count .................................................................................................................................... ZBNM24-SRS.1
75 in-lb, 24V, PWM, AC Power Only .................................................................................................................................... ZBNM24-PWM
ZBNM24-PWM Bulk Packaging, 24-Count ....................................................................................................................... ZBNM24-PWM.1
202
DAMPER ACTUATORS
DAMPER ACTUATORS
203

LM Series
Description
The Belimo LM Series actuators are designed for on-off, floating point and proportional control of
The LM actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is electronically
protected against overload. The angle of rotation is mechanically limited to 95. When reaching the
damper or actuator end position, the actuator automatically stops. The gears can be manually
disengaged with a button on the actuator cover. The position of the actuator is indicated by a visual
pointer. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the actuator will prevent lateral movement.
Specifications
General:
Torque: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 35 in-lb [4 Nm]
Running Time: ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 80 to 110 sec. for 0 to 35 in-lb [4 Nm]
Power Consumption: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2 W
Fits Shaft Diameter: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 5/16 to 23/32
Dimensions: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4.53 x 2.32 x 2.56
Electrical Connection: ..................................................................................................................................... 3 ft, 18 GA plenum rated cable; terminal strips on -T models
Housing: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. NEMA 2/IP54 (-T models are NEMA 1)
Specific Models:
LM24: .......................................................................................................................................................................................... On/Off, Floating Control, 24VAC/DC power
LM24-S: ............................................................................................................................................ On/Off, Floating Control, 24VAC/DC power, 1 Adj. SPDT Aux. Switch
LM24-T: ............................................................................................................................................................... On/Off, Floating Control, 24VAC/DC power, Terminal strip
LM24-10P: .......................................................................................................................... On/Off, Floating Control, 24VAC/DC power, 10K ohm feedback potentiometer
LM24-5PO-T: .......................................... On/Off, Floating Control, 24VAC/DC power, Terminal strip, 5K ohm feedback potentiometer (w/out rotation direction switch)
LM24SR: ............................................................................................ Proportional Control, 24VAC/DC power, 2-10 VDC or 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor) control signal,
2-10VDC feedback signal, angle of rotation electronically adj./no mechanical end stops
LM24SR-T: ......................................................................................... Proportional Control, 24VAC/DC power, 2-10 VDC or 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor) control signal,
w/out feedback and electronic angle of rotation adj.
Item
Part #
35 in-lb, 24V, On/Off, Floating Control ............................................................................................................................................ ZBLM24
LM24 Bulk Packaging, 32-Count .................................................................................................................................................. ZBLM24.1
LM24 w/Terminal Strip ................................................................................................................................................................ ZBLM24-T
LM24-T Bulk Packaging, 48-Count ............................................................................................................................................ ZBLM24-T.1
LM24 w/Aux. Switch .................................................................................................................................................................... ZBLM24-S
LM24 w/10K ohm Feedback Pot. ............................................................................................................................................. ZBLM24-10P
35 in-lb, 24V, Proportional ........................................................................................................................................................... ZBLM24SR
LM24SR Bulk Packaging, 32-Count.......................................................................................................................................... ZBLM24SR.1
LM24SR w/Terminal Strip ....................................................................................................................................................... ZBLM24SR-T
LM24SR-T Bulk Packaging, 48-Count ................................................................................................................................... ZBLM24SR-T.1
LM24 w/Terminal Strip, 5K ohm Feedback Pot ................................................................................................................... ZBLM24-5PO-T
LM24-5PO-T Bulk Packaging, 48-Count ............................................................................................................................. ZBLM24-5PO-T.1
204
DAMPER ACTUATORS
DAMPER ACTUATORS
205
206
DAMPER ACTUATORS
Spring Return Electronic Damper Actuators

Open Air GCA Series
NEW!
Description
Siemens Building Technologies OpenAir GCA Series Spring Return Electric Damper
Actuator is designed for control of building HVAC dampers. The GCA Series are available in 0 to 10
Vdc or 4 to 20 mA modulating, three-position (floating) and two-position (on/off) control models. The
GCA Series are ideal for Constant and Variable Air Volume installations for the control of return air,
mixed air, exhaust, and face and bypass dampers that require up to 142 lb.-in. (16 Nm) torque.
Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. D-3 through D-4) for specification details
and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-173P25 and 155-174P25.
Specifications
General:
Operating Voltage (G-G0): .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24 Vac +20%
Frequency: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 50 to 60 Hz
Span: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 2 to 30 Vdc
Factory Setting: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 10 V
Torque: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 142 lb.-in. (16 Nm)
Running Torque: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 142 lb.-in. (16 Nm)
Spring Return Torque: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 142 lb.-in. (16 Nm)
Max. Torque: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ <360 lb.-in. (40 Nm)
Runtime for 90 Operating with Motor: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 90 seconds
Closing (on power loss) w/Spring Return: ................................................................................................................................................................................ 15 seconds
Nominal Angle of Rotation: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 90
Max. Angular Rotation: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 95
Ambient Temperature:
Operation: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ -25 to 130F (32 to 55C)
Storage and Transport: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 25 to 158F (32 to 70C)
Ambient Humidity: .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 95% RH, non-condensing
Shaft Size: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3/8 to 1 (8 to 25 mm) diameter
1/4 to 5/82 (6 to 18 mm2)
Min. Shaft Length: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3/4 (20 mm)
Cable Length: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3 (0.9 m)
Dimensions: .................................................................................................................... ............................ 12 H x 4.75 W x 2.88 D (305 mm H x 121 mm W x 73 mm D)
Shipping Weight: ............................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................... 4.85 lb. (2.2 kg)
Item
Part #
SR, 24V, 144INLB, 2P, Plenum Cable .........................................................................................................................................ZGCA121.1P
SR, 24V, 144INLB, 2P, Universal Cable ..................................................................................................................................... ZGCA121.1U
SR, 24V, 144INLB, 2P, Aux Switch, Plenum Cable .................................................................................................................... ZGCA126.1P
SR, 24V, 144INLB, 2P, Aux Switch, Universal Cable ................................................................................................................ ZGCA126.1U
SR, 24V, 144INLB, 3P, Aux Switch, FDBK Potentiometer, Universal Cable .............................................................................. ZGCA135.1U
SR, 24V, 144INLB, 4-20mA, Plenum Cable ................................................................................................................................ ZGCA151.1P
SR, 24V, 144INLB, 4-20mA, Universal Cable ........................................................................................................................... ZGCA151.1U
SR, 24V, 144INLB, 4-20mA, Aux Switch, Plenum Cable ...........................................................................................................ZGCA156.1P
SR, 24V, 144INLB, 4-20mA, Aux Switch, Universal Cable ....................................................................................................... ZGCA156.1U
SR, 24V, 144INLB, 0-10V, Plenum Cable ...................................................................................................................................ZGCA161.1P
SR, 24V, 144INLB, 0-10V, Universal Cable ............................................................................................................................... ZGCA161.1U
SR, 24V, 144INLB, 0-10V, Span Adj., Plenum Cable .................................................................................................................ZGCA163.1P
SR, 24V, 144INLB, 0-10V, Span Adj., Universal Cable ............................................................................................................. ZGCA163.1U
SR, 24V, 144INLB, 0-10V, Aux Switch, Span Adj., Plenum Cable ............................................................................................. ZGCA164.1P
SR, 24V, 144INLB, 0-10V, Aux Switch, Span Ajd., Universal Cable ......................................................................................... ZGCA164.1U
SR, 24V, 144INLB, 0-10V, Aux Switch, Plenum Cable ............................................................................................................... ZGCA166.1P
SR, 24V, 144INLB, 0-10V, Aux Switch, Universal Cable ........................................................................................................... ZGCA166.1U
SR, 24V, 144INLB, 2P, Aux Switch, Universal Cable ................................................................................................................ ZGCA226.1U
DAMPER ACTUATORS
Non-Spring Return Electronic Damper Actuators

OpenAir GDE Series
207
NEW!
Description
Siemens Building Technologies OpenAir GDE Series Non-Spring Return Electric Damper
Actuator is designed for 0 to 10 Vdc or three-position (floating) control of building HVAC dampers.
The GDE Series are used in Constant and Variable Air Volume installations for the control requiring up
to 44 lb.-in. (5 Nm) torque. Models are available with either a universal cable for wiring in conduit or
a plenum-rated cable for applications where conduit is not required.
Specifications
General:
Operating Voltage: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 24 Vac
Frequency: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 50 to 60 Hz
Control Signal Adjustment:
Offset (Start Point): ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... Between 0 to 5 Vdc
Factory Setting: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0 V
Span: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... between 2 to 30 Vdc
Function:
Torque: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 44 lb.-in. (5 Nm)
at 50 Hz: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 108 sec.
at 60 Hz: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 90 sec.
Nominal Angle of Rotation: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 90
Max. Angular Rotation: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 95
Ambient Conditions:
Operation: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... -25 to 130F (32 to 55C)
Storage and Transport: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... -25 to 140F (32 to 60C)
Ambient Humidity: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 95% RH, non-condensing
Mounting:
Shaft Size: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 3/8 to 5/8 (8 to 16 mm) diameter
1/4 to 1/22 (6 to 13 mm2)
Min. Shaft Length: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 3/4 (20 mm)
Cable Length: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3 (0.9 m)
Dimensions: .................................................................................................................... ................................. 5.4 H x 2.6 W x 2.3 D (137 mm H x 68 mm W x 60 mm D)
Shipping Weight: ............................................................................................................... ................................................................................................... 1.06 lb. (0.45 kg)
Item
Part #
NSR, 24V, 44 IN LB, 3PT, Plenum Cable .................................................................................................................................... ZGDE131.1P
NSR, 24V, 44 IN LB, 3PT, Universal Cable ................................................................................................................................ ZGDE131.1U
NSR, 24V, 44 IN LB, 3PT, FDBK Potentiometer, Plenum Cable ................................................................................................. ZGDE132.1P
NSR, 24V, 44 IN LB, 3PT, Aux Switch, Plenum Cable ................................................................................................................ ZGDE136.1P
NSR, 24V, 44 IN LB, 0-10V, Plenum Cable................................................................................................................................. ZGDE161.1P
NSR, 24V, 44 IN LB, 0-10V, Span Adj., Plenum Cable ............................................................................................................... ZGDE163.1P
NSR, 24V, 44 IN LB, 0-10V, Aux Switch, Span Adj., Plenum Cable .......................................................................................... ZGDE164.1P
NSR, 24V, 44 IN LB, 0-10V, Aux Switch, Plenum Cable ............................................................................................................ ZGDE166.1P
208
DAMPER ACTUATORS
Non-Spring Return Electronic Damper Actuators

OpenAir GBB Series
NEW!
Description
Siemens Building Technologies OpenAir GBB Series Non-Spring Return Electric Damper
Actuator is designed for control of building HVAC dampers. The GBB Series are available in 0 to 10
Vdc, 4 to 20 mA, and three-position (floating) control. The GBB Series are used in Constant or Variable
Air Volume installations for the control of return air, mixed air, exhaust, and face and bypass dampers
that require up to 177 lb.-in. (20 Nm) torque.
Specifications
General:
Operating Voltage: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24 Vac +20%, -15%
Frequency: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 50 to 60 Hz
Power Consumption: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4 VA
Equipment Rating for Operating Voltage: ........................................................................................................................................................................................... Class 2
Runtime for 90 Opening or Closing: ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 150 sec.
Max. Angular Rotation: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 95
Feedback Potentiometer: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 0 to 1000 Ohm, Max. 1 mA
Torque: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 177 lb.-in. (20 Nm)
Ambient Humidity: .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 95% RH, non-condensing
Operation: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ -25 to 130F (32 to 55C)
Storage and Transport: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ -25 to 158F (32 to 70C)
Shaft Size: ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 3/8 to 1 (8 to 25.4 mm) diameter
1/4 to 5/82 (6 to 18 mm2)
Min. Shaft Length: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3/4 (20 mm)
Housing Enclosure: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ NEMA 1
Material: ...................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................. Die-cast aluminum alloy
Cable Length: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3 (0.9 m)
Dimensions: .................................................................................................................... ............................ 12 H x 4.75 W x 2.88 D (305 mm H x 121 mm W x 73 mm D)
Shipping Weight: ............................................................................................................... .......................................................................................................... 4.4 lb. (2 kg)
Item
Part #
NSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 4-20mA, Plenum Cable ........................................................................................................................... ZGBB151.1P
NSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 4-20mA, Universal Cable ....................................................................................................................... ZGBB151.1U
NSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 4-20mA, Aux Switch, Plenum Cable ...................................................................................................... ZGBB156.1P
NSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 4-20mA, Aux Switch, Universal Cable .................................................................................................. ZGBB156.1U
NSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 0-10V, Plenum Cable............................................................................................................................... ZGBB161.1P
NSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 0-10V, Universal Cable .......................................................................................................................... ZGBB161.1U
NSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 0-10V, Span Adj., Plenum Cable ............................................................................................................. ZGBB163.1P
NSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 0-10V, Span Adj., Universal Cable ......................................................................................................... ZGBB163.1U
NSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 0-10V, Aux Switch, Span Adj., Plenum Cable ........................................................................................ ZGBB164.1P
NSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 0-10V, Aux Switch, Span Adj., Universal Cable .................................................................................... ZGBB164.1U
NSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 0-10V, Aux Switch, Plenum Cable .......................................................................................................... ZGBB166.1P
NSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 0-10V, Aux Switch, Universal Cable ...................................................................................................... ZGBB166.1U
NSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 3PT, Med, Plenum Cable ........................................................................................................................ ZGBB171.1P
NSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 3PT, Med, Universal Cable .................................................................................................................... ZGBB171.1U
NSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 3PT, FDBK Potentiometer, Plenum Cable ............................................................................................... ZGBB175.1P
NSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 3PT, FDBK Potentiometer, Universal Cable ........................................................................................... ZGBB175.1U
DAMPER ACTUATORS
Non-Spring Electronic Damper Actuators

OpenAir GIB Series
209
NEW!
Description
Siemens Building Technologies OpenAir GIB Series Non-Spring Return Electric Damper
Actuator is designed for modulating control of building HVAC dampers. The GIB Series are used in
Constant and Variable Air Volume installations for the control of return air, mixed air, exhaust, and face
and bypass dampers requiring up to 310 lb.-in. (35 Nm) torque.
Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. D-9 through D-11) for specification
details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-176P25.
Specifications
General:
Operating Voltage (G-G0): ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 24 Vac +20%, -15%
Frequency: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 50 to 60 Hz
Offset (Start Point): ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... Between 0 to 5 Vdc
Factory Setting: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0 V
Span: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... between 2 to 30 Vdc
Function:
Torque: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 310 lb.-in. (35 Nm)
Runtime for 90 Opening or Closing: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 150 sec.
Nominal Angle of Rotation: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 90
Max. Angular Rotation: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 95
Noise Level: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... <45 dBA
Ambient Conditions:
Operation: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... -25 to 130F (32 to 55C)
Storage and Transport: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... -25 to 158F (32 to 70C)
Ambient Humidity: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 95% RH, non-condensing
Mounting:
Shaft Size: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 3/8 to 1 (8 to 26 mm) diameter
1/4 to 5/82 (6 to 18 mm2)
Min. Shaft Length: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 3/4 (20 mm)
Cable Length: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3 (0.9 m)
Dimensions: .................................................................................................................... ............................. 12 H x 4.75 W x 2.88 D (305 mm H x 121 mm W x 73 mm D)
Shipping Weight: ............................................................................................................... .......................................................................................................... 4.4 lb. (2 kg)
Item
Part #
NSR, 24V, 310 IN LB, MOD(I), HT, Plenum Cable ....................................................................................................................... ZGIB151.1P
NSR, 24V, 310 IN LB, MOD(I), HT, Universal Cable .................................................................................................................... ZGIB151.1U
NSR, 24V, 310 IN LB, MOD(I), HT, Aux Switch, Plenum Cable ................................................................................................... ZGIB156.1P
NSR, 24V, 310 IN LB, MOD(I), HT, Aux Switch, Universal Cable ...............................................................................................ZGIB156.1U
NSR, 24V, 310 IN LB, MOD(V), HT, Plenum Cable ...................................................................................................................... ZGIB161.1P
NSR, 24V, 310 IN LB, MOD(V), HT, Universal Cable ................................................................................................................... ZGIB161.1U
NSR, 24V, 310 IN LB, MOD(V), HT, Span Adj., Plenum Cable .................................................................................................... ZGIB163.1P
NSR, 24V, 310 IN LB, MOD(V), HT, Span Adj., Universal Cable ................................................................................................. ZGIB163.1U
NSR, 24V, 310 IN LB, MOD(V), HT, Span Adj., Aux Switch, Plenum Cable................................................................................ ZGIB164.1P
NSR, 24V, 310 IN LB, MOD(V), HT, Span Adj., Aux Switch, Universal Cable ............................................................................ZGIB164.1U
NSR, 24V, 310 IN LB, MOD(V), HT, Aux Switch, Plenum Cable ................................................................................................. ZGIB166.1P
NSR, 24V, 310 IN LB, MOD(V), HT, Aux Switch, Universal Cable ..............................................................................................ZGIB166.1U
210
DAMPER ACTUATORS
Electronic Damper Actuators

349 Series
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 349 Non-Spring Return Rotary Electric Damper Actuator is
designed for use in Constant or Variable Air Volume, unit conditioners and heat pump HVAC installations
for the operation of return air, mixed air, exhaust, and face and by-pass dampers.
Specifications
General:
Operating Voltage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 24 Vac +20%, -30%, Class 2
Frequency: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 50 to 60 Hz
Power Consumption: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2.2 VA
Runtime for 90 Rotation:
60 Hz: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 90 sec.
50 Hz: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 108 sec.
Small Torque:
Min.: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 45 lb.-in. (5.0 Nm)
Max.: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 60 lb.-in. (6.8 Nm)
Torque Rating: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 35 lb.-in. (4.0 Nm)
Ambient Humidity: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 5% to 95% RH, non-condensing
Operation: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 32 to 125F (0 to 52C)
Storage and Transport: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... -20 to 120F (29 to 49C)
Mounting:
Min. damper shaft length: .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-1/2 (38 mm)
Suitable damper shaft: ........................................................................................................................................................... Square or round, 3/8 to 1/2 (10 to 13 mm)
Shipping Weight: ............................................................................................................... ....................................................................................................... 1.3 lb. (0.6 kg)
Item
Part #
EA349 Electric Damper Actuator w/Shaft Adapter, 35 IN LB ....................................................................................................... Z3490100
DAMPER ACTUATORS
211

349 Series
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 349 Spring Return Rotary Electric Damper Actuator is
designed for three-position or modulating control of building HVAC dampers. The 349 Damper Actuator
is ideal for Constant or Variable Air Volume installations in unit ventilators, control dampers, ventilation
flaps, and louvers requiring up to 50 lb.-in. (6 Nm) torque.
details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-178P25 and 155-179P25.
Specifications
General:
Operating Voltage: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24 Vac +20%
Frequency: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 50 to 60 Hz
Three-position (floating) input signal:
Position input and output signal:
Voltage: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2 to 10 Vdc
Current: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1 mA
Function:
Running Stall Torque Max.: .................................................................................................................................................................................. 130 lb.-in. (15 Nm) max.
Spring Return Stall Torque Min.: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 50 lb.-in. (6 Nm)
Nominal Angle of Rotation: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 95 +2
Ambient Conditions:
Ambient Temperature: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... -30 to 140F (-35 to 60C)
Storage Temperature: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ -30 to 150F (-35 to 65C)
Humidity Range: .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 to 90% RH, non-condensing
Mounting:
Enclosure: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... NEMA 1
Shaft Size: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 1/2 (13 mm) square or diameter
1/4 to 1/22 (6 to 13 mm2)
Min. Shaft Length: ............................................................................................................................. 3-1/2 (76 mm) >5/8 to 3-1/2 (16 to 76 mm) by reversing the hub
Cable Length: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 3.3 (1 m)
Conduit opening: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1/2 (13 mm)
Shipping Weight: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4 lb. (1.8 kg)
Item
Part #
50 IN LB, Spring Return, 24 VAC, 3 Position Control .................................................................................................................... Z3490101
50 IN LB, Spring Return, 24 VAC, Modulating Control ................................................................................................................. Z3490102
212
DAMPER ACTUATORS

338 Series
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 338 Electronic Damper Actuator is used with frame or floor
mount linkage kits to operate dampers in HVAC installations and accept a modulating 0 to 10 Vdc or
two-position SPST signal input from an electronic controller. Spring Return and Non-Spring Return
models are available. The 338 Actuators are used for HVAC dampers requiring up to 300 lb.-in. (34
Nm) or torque for operation on dampers at ambient temperatures between 0 and 120F (-18 to 49C).
Specifications
General:
Operating Voltage: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24 Vac +10%
Frequency: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 50 to 60 Hz
Power Consumption: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 20 VA
Nominal Angular Rotation:
Modulating: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ Factory set at m in. stroke 80
Field Adjustable: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 80 to 160
Two-Position: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Factory set at 160
Field Adjustable: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 80 to 160
Position Resolution (Modulating 160 stroke): ............................................................................................................................................................... Min. 70 repositions
Running Time 160 Stroke:
Non-Spring Return: ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 60, 75, 150 lb.-in (7, 8, 17 Nm)
60 Hz: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 60 sec.
50 Hz: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 75 sec.
Running Time 160 Stroke:
Non-Spring Return: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 300 lb.-in (34 Nm)
60 Hz: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 120 +2 sec.
50 Hz: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 144 sec.
Spring Return (60 lb.-in): .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 60 sec. at 77F (25C)
Operation and Storage: ..................................................................................................................................................................................... -22 to 122F (-30 to 50C)
Humidity: ...................................................................................................................... .......................................................................................... 93% RH at 96F (36C)
Shipping Weights:
Spring Return: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 7.4 lb. (3.4 kg)
Non-Spring Return: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.5 lb. (2.3 kg)
Item
Part #
60 IN LB, Modulating Spring Return Actuator ............................................................................................................................... Z338 001
75 IN LB, Modulating Non-Spring Return Actuator ....................................................................................................................... Z338 012
150 IN LB, Modulating Non-Spring Return Actuator ..................................................................................................................... Z338 013
300 IN LB, Modulating Non-Spring Return Actuator ..................................................................................................................... Z338 014
60 IN LB, 2-Position Spring Return Actuator ................................................................................................................................. Z338 021
DAMPER ACTUATORS
213
Pneumatic Damper Actuators

331 Series
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 331 No. 3 Pneumatic Actuator is designed with a 2-3/8 (60
mm) stroke. The No. 3 Actuator is a rugged, metal-fabricated device that provides gradual or positive
actuation of HVAC dampers. The actuator is available in a variety of spring ranges for energy optimizing
and sequencing with other devices.
Specifications
General:
Effective Diaphragm Area: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 8 in.2 (51.5 cm2)
Stroke: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-3/8 (60 mm)
Max. Air Pressure: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 30 psig (210 kPa)
Nominal Spring Ranges: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 3 to 7 psi (21 to 50 kPa)
5 to 10 psi (35 to 69 kPa)
8 to 13 psi (55 to 90 kPa)
Ambient Temperature Range:
Operating: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 35 to 140F (2 to 60C)
Storage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. -20 to 140F (-29 to 60C)
Materials:
Housing (totally enclosed): ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... Aluminum
Stem: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Plated Steel
Diaphragm: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... Ozone-resistant EPT rubber
Spring: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Steel
Bearing: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Delrin
Air Connection: .................................................................................................................... 1/8 NPT female with a straight dual barb fitting for 1/4 (6 mm) O.D. tubing
Type of Mounting: ................................................................................................................................................................................ Front, bracket, pivot, extended shaft
Shipping Weight (Actuator only): ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.3 lb. (0.58 kg)
Item
Part #
To order Siemens products through Andover Controls, simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z.
DAMPER ACTUATORS
214

331 Series
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 331 No. 4 Pneumatic Actuator is designed with a 4 (102 mm)
stroke. The No. 4 Actuator is a rugged, metal fabricated device that provides gradual or positive
actuation of HVAC and fire/smoke dampers. It is recommended for control of outdoor, return air,
exhaust, face and bypass, fan discharge, and static control dampers.
Specifications
General:
Effective Diaphragm Area: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 11 in.2 (71 cm2)
Stroke: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4 (102 mm)
Stroke (hesitation models): ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3 (76 mm)
3 to 13 psi (21 to 90 kPa)
5 to 10 psi (35 to 69 kPa)
8 to 13 psi (55 to 90 kPa)
Operating: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 35 to 140F (2 to 60C)
Storage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. -20 to 140F (-29 to 60C)
Materials:
Housing (totally enclosed): ............................................................................................................................................................................. Steel, electro-coated epoxy
Shaft: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Stainless Steel
Diaphragm: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... Ozone-resistant EPT rubber
Spring: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Steel
Bearing: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Delrin
Air Connection: .................................................................................................................... 1/8 NPT female with a straight dual barb fitting for 1/4 (6 mm) O.D. tubing
Type of Mounting: ..................................................................................................................................... Front, bracket, pivot; universal (extended shaft or frame mount)
Shipping Weight (Actuator only): ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 3.66 lb. (1.66 kg)
Item
Part #
DAMPER ACTUATORS
215

331 Series
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 331 No. 6 Pneumatic Actuator is designed with a 4 (102 mm)
stroke. The No. 6 Actuator is a rugged, metal-fabricated device that provides gradual or positive
actuation of HVAC and fire/smoke dampers. The actuator is excellent for control of outdoor air, return
air, mixed air, exhaust, face and bypass, fan discharge, multisection, static pressure control, fan inlet
vanes, and other special applications.
Specifications
General:
Effective Diaphragm Area: ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 17.9 in.2 (115 cm2)
Stroke: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4 (102 mm)
3 to 13 psi (21 to 90 kPa)
8 to 13 psi (55 to 90 kPa)
Operating: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... -20 to 160F (-29 to 71C)
Storage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. -20 to 160F (-29 to 71C)
Materials:
Housing: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Aluminum
Stem: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Type 416 Stainless Steel
Diaphragm: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. Ozone-resistant rubber
Spring: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Steel
Bearing: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Bronze Oilite
Air Connection: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1/8 NPT female
Type of Mounting: ........................................................................................................................................................... Pivot, universal (extended shaft or female mount)
Shipping Weight (Actuator only): ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 9.0 lb. (4.08 kg)
Item
Part #
DAMPER ACTUATORS
216

331 Series
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 331 No. 6 Pneumatic Actuator-Tamdem Mounting is a rugged,
metal-fabricated device for tandem-mounting, piloted by a positioning relay, mounted on a sturdy
angle iron frame. Recommended to position inlet vanes on fans or large dampers that use a jack shaft.
Specifications
General:
Effective Diaphragm Area: ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 35.8 in.2 (230 cm2)
Stroke: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4 (102 mm)
Spring Start Point (Adjustable): ............................................................................................................................................................................... 3 to 10 psi (21 to 69 kPa)
Spring Span (Adjustable): ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 3 to 12 psi (21 to 83 kPa)
Spring Range:
Factory Setting: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 8 to 13 psi (55 to 90 kPa)
Operating: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... -20 to 160F (-29 to 71C)
Storage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. -20 to 160F (-29 to 71C)
Materials:
Housing: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Aluminum
Stem: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Type 416SS
Diaphragm: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. Ozone-resistant rubber
Spring: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Steel
Bearing: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Bronze Oilite
Air Connection: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1/8 NPT female
Type of Mounting: ........................................................................................................................................................... Pivot, universal (extended shaft or female mount)
Shipping Weight: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 30 lb. (13.5 kg)
Item
Part #
DAMPER ACTUATORS
217

331 Series
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 331 Large Capacity Pneumatic Actuator is designed to develop
very high thrust, as it has the capacity to handle heavy loads. The 331 controls large dampers and
equipment that requires high operating thrust. This actuator cannot be used when spring return to fail
safe position is required.
Specifications
General:
Air Supply Pressure: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25 psi (172 kPa)
Max. Pressure: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 30 psi (207 kPa)
Operating: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 50 to 140F (10 to 60C)
Storage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. -20 to 160F (-29 to 71C)
Effective Piston Area: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 19.6 in.2 (126 cm2)
Stroke: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 7 (18 cm)-ft. (176 Nm)
Spring Start Point (adjustable): ............................................................................................................................................................................. 3 to 10 psig (21 to 69 kPa)
Air Connection: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1/8 NPT
Type of Mounting: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Pivot
Shipping Weight (Actuator only): ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 35 lb. (16 kg)
Item
Part #
Siemens Building Technologies Dampers & Actuators Accessories & Service Kits are available for sale through the Andover Controls
Peripherals Program. Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. D-29 through D-36) for descriptions and specific product
part numbers. To order Siemens products through Andover Controls, simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z.
218
DAMPER ACTUATORS
VALVES & ACTUATORS
219
Powermite 599 MZ Series

NEW!
Description
Siemens Building Technologies Powermite MZ Series Two-way Bronze 1/2 to 1 Valves are
designed to work with the SSB MZ Series Actuator with a 7/32 (5.5 mm) stroke. The Powermite MZ
Series Valves are used for control of hot or chilled water for convectors, fan coil units, unit conditioners,
radiation, reheat coils, and similar terminal units requiring an actuator that delivers a minimum of 45 lb.
(200 N) force. Use only with the MZ Series SSB Valve Actuator.
Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. C-25 through C-26) for specification details
and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-198P25.
Specifications
General:
Line Size: .............................................................. 1/2 to 1 (15 mm to 25 mm)
Body Style: ................................................................................................. Globe
Seat Style: ................................................................................... Metal to metal
Action: ..................................................................................................... NO/NC
Valve Body Rating: ...................................................................... ANSI Class 250
Stem Travel (stroke): .................................................................... 7/32 (5.5 mm)
Materials:
Body: ................................................................................. UNS CA 844 Bronze
Body Trim: ................................................................................................ Brass
Stem: ..................................................... Stainless steel ASTM A582 Type 303
Packing: ................................................................... Ethylene Propylene O-ring
General:
Controlled Medium: ...................................... Water, glycol solutions up to 50%
Medium Temperature Range: ....................................... 35 to 250F (2 tp 120C)
Max. Recommended Diff. Pressure for Modulating Service: .... 25 psi (173 kPa)
Rangeability:
Cv<1: .......................................................................................................... 50.1
Cv>1: ........................................................................................................ 100.1
Close-off Ratings: .................................................... According to ANSI/FCI70-2
Leakage Rate: .................................................................. Class IV (0.01% of Cv)
Flow Characteristics: ................................................................................. Linear
Mounting Location: ......................................................... NEMA 1 (interior only)
NEW!
Description
Siemens Building Technologies Powermite MZ Three-way Bronze 1/2 to 2 Valves are designed
to work with the SSB MZ Series Actuator with a 7/32 (5.5 mm) stroke. The Powermite MZ Series Valves
are used for mixing of hot or chilled water for convectors, fan coil units, unit conditioners, radiation,
reheat coils, and similar terminal units requiring an actuator that delivers a minimum of 45 lb. (200 N)
force. Use only with the MZ Series SSB Valve Actuator.
Specifications
General:
Body Style: ................................................................................................. Globe
Action: ..................................................................................................... NO/NC
Materials:
Body Trim: ................................................................................................ Brass
General:
Max. Recommended Diff. Pressure for Modulating Service: .... 25 psi (173 kPa)
Rangeability:
Cv<1: .......................................................................................................... 50.1
Cv>1: ........................................................................................................ 100.1
220
VALVES & ACTUATORS
Powermite 599 MZ Series

Avail.
Fall 1999
Description
Siemens Building Technologies Powermite MZ Series SSB61U Electronic Valve Actuator
requires a 24 Vac supply and receives a 0 to 10 Vdc control signal to proportionally control a valve. This
actuator is designed to work with Powermite 599 MZ Series Valves with a 7/32 (5.5 mm) stroke and a
threaded valve bonnet that fits the actuator. The SSB61U is for use in heating and cooling HVAC
applications with Powermite 599 Series valves that need 45 lb. (200 N) of nominal force. Use only with
MZ Series valve bodies.
Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. C-29 through C-30) for specification
details and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-192P25.
Specifications
General:
Operating Voltage: .......................................................................... 24 Vac +20%
Frequency: ............................................................................................. 50/60 Hz
Function:
Running Time: ...................................................................................... 150 sec.
Nominal Stroke: ........................................................................ 7/32 (5.5 mm)
Nominal Force: ............................................................................ 45 lb. (200 N)
General:
Power Consumption: ................................................................................... 6 VA
Operation: .................................................................... 34 to 122F (1 to 50C)
Transport and Storage: ............................................. -13 to 58F (-25 to 70C)
Medium Temperature: .................................................. 34 to 230F (1 to 110C)
Agency Approvals: ................................................ UL873, CSA C22.2 No. 24-93
NEW!
Description
Siemens Building Technologies Powermite MZ Series SSB81U Electronic Valve Actuator
requires a 24 Vac supply floating control signal to provide three-position control. This actuator is designed
to work with Powermite 599 MZ Series Valves with a 7/32 (5.5 mm) stroke and a threaded valve bonnet
that fits the actuator. The SSB81U is for use in heating and cooling HVAC applications with Powermite
599 Series valves that need 45 lb. (200 N) of nominal force. Use only with MZ Series valve bodies.
Specifications
General:
Frequency: ............................................................................................. 50/60 Hz
Function:
Running Time: ...................................................................................... 150 sec.
Nominal Stroke: ........................................................................ 7/32 (5.5 mm)
Nominal Force: ............................................................................ 45 lb. (200 N)
General:
Transport and Storage: ............................................. -13 to 58F (-25 to 70C)
VALVES & ACTUATORS
221
Powermite 599 MT Series

NEW!
Description
Siemens Building Technologies Powermite MT Series Two-way Bronze 1/2 to 1 Valves are
designed to work with either a pneumatic or electronic actuator with a 7/32 (5.5 mm) stroke. The
Powermite MT Series Valves are used for hot or chilled water for convectors, fan coil units, unit
conditioners, radiation, reheat coils, and similar terminal units; also suited for low pressure steam. Use
only with the MT Series Valve Actuators.
Specifications
General:
Body Style: ................................................................................................. Globe
Action: ..................................................................................................... NO/NC
Materials:
Body Trim: .................................................................. Stainless Steel or Brass
Spring Range:
Normally Closed: ................................................... 10 to 15 psi (69 to 103 kPa)
Normally Open: ........................................................... 3 to 8 psi (21 to 55 kPa)
General:
Max. Recommended Diff. Pressure for Modulating Service:
Brass Trim: ............................................................................... 25 psi (173 kPa)
Stainless Steel Trim: ................................................................ 50 psi (345 kPa)
Rangeability:
Cv<1: .......................................................................................................... 50.1
Cv>1: ........................................................................................................ 100.1
NEW!
Description
Siemens Building Technologies Powermite MT Three-way Bronze 1/2 to 1 Valves are designed
to work with either a pneumatic or electronic actuator with a 7/32 (5.5 mm) stroke. The Powermite MT
Series Valves are used for mixing of hot or chilled water for convectors, fan coil units, unit conditioners,
radiation, reheat coils, and similar terminal units requiring water mixing. Use only with the MT Series
SSB Valve Actuators.
Specifications
General:
Body Style: ................................................................................................. Globe
Action: .................................................................................... Three-way mixing
Materials:
Body Trim: .................................................................. Stainless Steel or Brass
Spring Range: .............................................................. 8 to 13 psi (55 to 99 kPa)
General:
Max. Recommended Diff. Pressure for Modulating Service:
Brass Trim: ............................................................................... 25 psi (173 kPa)
Rangeability:
Cv<1: .......................................................................................................... 50.1
Cv>1: ........................................................................................................ 100.1
222
VALVES & ACTUATORS

NEW!
Description
Siemens Building Technologies Powermite MT Series 2 Pneumatic Valve Actuator is designed
for use with the Powermite 599 MT Series Terminal Unit Valves with a 7/32 (5.5 mm) stroke. The
Powermite 2 Valve Actuator is designed to be used on Powermite 599 Series Terminal Unit Valves in
liquid and steam service applications. Use only with the MT Series valve bodies.
Specifications
General:
Effective Diaphragm Area: ............................................................ 3.42 (22 cm2)
Diaphragm Material: .............................................................................. Silicone
Nominal Spring Range: ........................................................... Valve Dependent
Span: ............................................................................................... 5 psi (34 kPa)
Nominal Stroke: ........................................................................... 7/32 (5.5 mm)
General:
Max. Diaphragm Pressure: ........................................................... 35 si (241 kPa)
Air Connection: ........ 1/8 NPT fitting for 1/4 (6 mm) O.D. polyethylene tubing
Ambient Temperature Transportion: ......................... -40 to 180F (-40 to 82C)
Shipping Weight: ........................................................................ 0.43 lb. (0.2 kg)
NEW!
Description
Siemens Building Technologies Powermite MT SQS82U Electronic Valve Actuator requires a
24 Vac floating control signal to provide three-position control. This actuator is designed to work with
Powermite 599 MT Series Valve with a 7/32 (5.5 mm) stroke. Use only with the MT Series SSB valve
bodies.
Specifications
General:
Operating Voltage:
60 Hz: ................................................................................. 24 Vac, -15%, +5%
50 Hz: ............................................................................... 24 Vac, -20%, +10%
Frequency: ............................................................................................. 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption: .............................................................................. 1.45 VA
Running Time:
at 60 Hz: .................................................................................. 125 sec. +5 sec.
at 50 Hz: .................................................................................. 150 sec. +5 sec.
General:
Nominal Force: .............................................................................. 90 lb. (400 N)
Transport and Storage: ........................................... -13 to 140F (-25 to 60C)
Shipping Weight: ...................................................................... 0.56 lb. (0.25 kg)
VALVES & ACTUATORS
223

Description
Siemens Building Technologies Powermite MT SQS65 and SQS65.5 Electronic Valve Actuators
require a 24 Vac supply and receive a 0 to 10 Vdc or a 0 to 1000 Ohm control signal to proportionally
control a valve. This actuator is designed to work with Powermite 599 MT Series Valve with a 7/32 (5.5
mm) stroke. Use only with the MT Series valve bodies.
Specifications
General:
Operating Voltage:
60 Hz: ............................................................................... 24 Vac, +20%, -15%
50 Hz: ........................................................................................ 24 Vac, -+20%
Frequency: ............................................................................................. 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption:
SQS65: ...................................................................................................... 3 VA
SQS65.5: ................................................................................................... 7 VA
Control Signal (Y)
Voltage: ........................................................................................... 0 to 10 Vdc
Current: ................................................................................................. 0.1 mA
Input Impedance: ............................................................................. 100 K Ohms
Control Signal (R):
Resistance: .............................................................................. 0 to 1000 Ohms
Position Output (U):
Voltage: ........................................................................................... 0 to 10 Vdc
Current: ................................................................... 0.5 mA max. running time
General:
Running Time:
at 60 Hz: ..................................................................................................... 30 s
at 50 Hz: ..................................................................................................... 35 s
Fail Safe (SQS65.5 only): ............................................................................. 8 s
Nominal Force: .............................................................................. 90 lb. (400 N)
Operation: ................................................................... 5 to 122F (-15 to 50C)
Transport and Storage: ........................................... -13 to 149F (-25 to 65C)
Ambient Humidity: ............................................... 0 to 90% RH, non-condensing
Shipping Weights:
SQS65: ....................................................................................... 1.1 lb. (0.5 kg)
SQS65.5: .................................................................................... 1.3 lb. (0.6 kg)
224
VALVES & ACTUATORS
Flowrite 599 Series

Description
Siemens Building Technologies Flowrite Two-way Bronze 1/2 to 2 Valves are designed to
work with either a pneumatic or electronic actuator with a 3/4 (20 mm) stroke. Available in ANSI Class
250 for Normally Closed or Normally Open action. Recommended for water, low and high pressure
steam, and glycol solutions up to 50%.
Specifications
General:
Body Style: ....................... Globe-style control valve w/four connection options
Materials
Body Trim: .............................................................................................. Bronze
Operating Controlled Medium: ..................................... Saturated steam, water,
glycol solutions up to 50%
Medium Temperature Range:
Normal Duty Packing: .............................................. 20 to 250F (-7 tp 120C)
Steam Packing: ................................................................ 337F (170C) max.
General:
Max. Recommended Differential Pressure for Modulating Service:
Bronze Trim:
Liquid: ..................................................................................... 25 psi (173 kPa)
Steam: ..................................................................................... 15psi (103 kPa)
Stainless Steel Trim:
Liquid/Steam: ......................................................................... 50 psi (345 kPa)
Max. Inlet Pressure:
Water: ............................................................... Refer to Flowrite Ref. Section
Steam: .................................................................................. 100 psig (690 kPa)
Description
Siemens Building Technologies Flowrite Three-way Bronze 1/2 to 2 Valves are designed to
work with either pneumatic or electronic actuators with a 3/4 (20 mm) stroke. Available in ANSI Class
250. Recommended for mixing water supplies of two different temperatures.
Specifications
General:
Body Style: ....................... Globe-style control valve w/two connection options
Materials:
Body Trim:
Bronze: ................................................................................... 25 psi (173 kPa)
Stainless Steel: ...................................................................... 50 psi (345 kPa)
Packing: ........................................................................................ EPDM O-ring
General:
Operating Controlled Medium: ..................... Water, glycol solutions up to 50%
Medium Temperature Range:: .................................. 20 to 250F (-7 tp 120C)
Max. Rec. Differential Pressure for Modulating Service: .......... 25 psi (173 kPa)
Steam: .......................................................................................15psi (103 kPa)
Steam: .................................................................................... 50 psi (345 kPa)
Max. Inlet Pressure: ............................................ Refer to Flowrite Ref. Section
VALVES & ACTUATORS
225
Flowrite 599 Series

Description
Siemens Building Technologies Flowrite Two-way Flanged Iron 2-1/2 to 6 Valves are designed
to work with either pneumatic or electronic actuators. Available in ANSI Class 125 and 250 for Normally
Closed or Normally Open action. Recommended for water, steam, and glycol solutions up to 50%.
Specifications
General:
Body Style: .............................................................................................. Flanged
Stem Travel (Stroke)
2-1/2 and 3: .............................................................................. 3/4 (20 mm)
4, 5, and 6: .......................................................................... 1-1/2 (40 mm)
Materials:
Body: ................................................................. Cast Iron ASTM A126 Class B
Body Trim: ...................................................... Refer to Valve Selection Charts
Operating Controlled Medium: ..................................... Saturated steam, water,
glycol solutions up to 50%
General:
Medium Temperature Range:
Normal Duty Packing: ................................................ 20 to 250F (-7 tp 120C)
Steam Packing: .................................................................. 337F (170C) max.
Bronze Trim:
Liquid: ..................................................................................... 25 psi (173 kPa)
Steam: ..................................................................................... 15psi (103 kPa)
Stainless Steel Trim:
Liquid/Steam: ......................................................................... 50 psi (345 kPa)
Close-off Ratings: ................................................ According to ANSI/FCI 70-2
Close-off Pressure: ........................... Refer to the Flowrite Reference Section
Description
Siemens Building Technologies Flowrite Three-way Flanged Iron 2-1/2 to 6 Valves are designed
to work with either pneumatic or electronic actuators, Available in ANSI Class 250. Recommended for
water and glycol solutions up to 50%.
Specifications
General:
Body Style: .............................................................................................. Flanged
Action: .............................................................................. Three-way water mix
Stem Travel (Stroke):
2-1/2 and 3: .............................................................................. 3/4 (20 mm)
4, 5, and 6: .......................................................................... 1-1/2 (40 mm)
Materials:
Body: ................................................................. Cast Iron ASTM A126 Class B
Plug: ......................................................................................... Metal-to-metal
General:
Operating Controlled Medium: ...................... water, glycol solutions up to 50%
Medium Temperature Range: ...................................... 20 to 250F (-7 tp 120C)
Bronze Trim: ............................................................................. 25 psi (173 kPa)
Flow Characteristics:
Upper Port: .................................................................. Mod. equal percentage
Lower Port: .............................................................................................. Linear
226
VALVES & ACTUATORS
Flowrite 599 Series

Description
Siemens Building Technologies Flowrite 4 Pneumatic Valve Actuator is designed for use with
the Flowrite 599 Series valves in liquid and steam service applications. The 4 Pneumatic Valve Actuator
has a 3/4 (20 mm) stroke and is available in three spring ranges (3to 8 psi, 5 to 10 psi, and 10 to 15 psi).
Specifications
General:
Effective Diaphragm Area: ............................................................. 112 (71 cm2)
Diaphragm Material: .............................................................................. Silicone
Nominal Stroke: .............................................................................. 3/4 (20 mm)
Max. Diaphragm Pressure: ......................................................... 35 psi (241 kPa)
General:
Air Connection: ..................................................................................... 1/8 NPT
Ambient Operating & Storage Temp.: ........................... 0 to 25F (-18 to 107C)
Shipping Weight: .......................................................................... 2.5 lb. (1.1 kg)
Description
Siemens Building Technologies Flowrite 8 Pneumatic Valve Actuator is designed for use with
the Flowrite 599 Series valves in liquid and steam service applications. The 8 Pneumatic Valve Actuator
has a 3/4 (20 mm) stroke and is available with two diaphragm options for normal duty and high
temperature service.
Specifications
General:
Effective Diaphragm Area: ........................................................... 282 (180 cm2)
Diaphragm Material: ............................................................................... Buna-N
Temperature Range:
Normal Duty Service: ................................................ 25 to 300F (-4 to 149C)
High Temperature Service: .................................... 200 to 366F (93 to 186C)
Nominal Stroke: .............................................................................. 3/4 (20 mm)
Ambient Operating and Storage Temp: .......................... 35 to 180F (2 to 85C)
General:
Nominal Spring Range:
Fixed Span:
Normal Duty Service: ................................................................. 5 psi (34 kPa)
High Temperature Service: ...................................................... 10 psi (68 kPa)
Adjustable Start Point: .............................................. 3 to 10 psi (21 to 69 kPa)
Factory Setting:
Normal Duty: ........................................................... 3 to 8 psig (21 to 55 kPa)
High Temperature: ................................................ 3 to 13 psig (21 to 90 kPa)
Shipping Weight: ............................................................................. 8.7 lb. (5 kg)
VALVES & ACTUATORS
227
Flowrite 599 Series

Description
Siemens Building Technologies Flowrite 12 Pneumatic Valve Actuator is designed for use
with the Flowrite 599 Series valves in liquid and steam service applications. The 12 Pneumatic Valve
Actuator is available with two stem strokes, 3/4 (20 mm) stroke and 1-1/2 (40 mm).
Specifications
General:
Effective Diaphragm Area: ........................................................... 902 (580 cm2)
Diaphragm Material: ............................................................................... Buna-N
Fixed Span: ................................................................................... 5 psi (34 kPa)
Adjustable Start Point: .............................................. 3 to 10 psi (21 to 69 kPa)
Factory Setting: ........................................................... 3 to 8 psi (21 to 55 kPa)
General:
Nominal Stroke: ..................................................... 3/4 or 1-1/2 (20 or 40 mm)
Medium Temperature: ................................................... 25to 386F (-4to 186C)
Shipping Weight: ............................................................................ 53 lb. (24 kg)
Description
Siemens Building Technologies Flowrite SQX62U Electronic Actuator is designed for use with
the Flowrite 599 Series with a 3/4 (20 mm) stroke, and requires a 24 Vac supply, and receives a 0 to 10
Vdc or 4 to 20 mA control signal to proportionally control the valve. Available as fail-in-place only.
Specifications
General:
Operating Voltage: .................................................. 24 Vac +20%, 24 Vdc +20%
Frequency: ............................................................................................. 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption: ................................................................................. 18 VA
Control Signals:
Control Input (Y):
Voltage: ......................................................................................... 0 to 10 Vdc
Current: ....................................................................................... 0.1 mA max.
Control Input (R):
Current: ......................................................................................... 4 to 20 mA
Max. Impedance: ............................................................................. 250 Ohms
Control Output (U):
Voltage: ......................................................................................... 0 to 10 Vdc
Current: ....................................................................................... 0.5 mA max.
General:
Control Output (U):
Current: ......................................................................................... 4 to 20 mA
Function:
Nominal Stroke: ........................................................................... 3/4 (20 mm)
Run Time: ............................................................................................... 35 sec.
Nominal Force: .......................................................................... 150 lb. (700 N)
Operating:
Operating Temperature: .............................................. 5 to 131F (-15 to 55C)
Transport and Storage Temperature: ...................... -22 to 149F (-30 to 65C)
Ambient Humidity: ............................................ 0 to 90% RH, non condensing
Media Temperature: .............................................................. to 285F (140C)
Conduit Opening: ................................................................ 1/2 (13 mm) NPSM
228
VALVES & ACTUATORS
Flowrite 599 Series

Description
Siemens Building Technologies Flowrite SQX82.00U/SQX82.03U Electronic Actuators with 24
Vac 3-position control are designed for use with the Flowrite 599 Series and other standard valves with
a 3/4 (20 mm) stroke to proportionally control the valve. Available with fail-in-place only.
Specifications
General:
Frequency: ............................................................................................. 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption: ................................................................................ 6.5 VA
Function:
Run Time:
SQX82.00U @ 60 Hz: ......................................................................... 120 sec.
SQX82.00U @ 50 Hz: ......................................................................... 150 sec.
SQX82.03U @ 60 Hz: ........................................................................... 30 sec.
SQX82.03U @ 50 Hz: ........................................................................... 35 sec.
General:
Nominal Force: .......................................................................... 150 lb. (700 N)
Operating:
Operating Temperature: .............................................. 5 to 131F (-15 to 55C)
Transport and Storage Temperature: ...................... -22 to 149F (-30 to 65C)
Ambient Humidity: ............................................ 0 to 90% RH, non condensing
Media Temperature: .............................................................. to 285F (140C)
Description
Siemens Building Technologies Flowrite SKD62U Valve Actuator is designed for use with the
Flowrite 599 Series and other standard valves with a 3/4 (20 mm) stroke in liquid and steam service
applications. The SKD Electronic Valve Actuator receives a 0 to 10 Vdc or 4 to 20 mA control signal to
proportionally control the valve.
Specifications
General:
Frequency: ............................................................................................. 50/60 Hz
Control Signals:
Control Input (Y):
Voltage: ......................................................................................... 0 to 10 Vdc
Current: ....................................................................................... 0.1 mA max.
Control Input (R);
Resistance: ............................................................................ 0 to 1000 Ohms
Voltage: ........................................................................................... 0 to 16 V
Control Input (R):
Current: ......................................................................................... 4 to 20 mA
General:
Control Output (U):
Voltage: ......................................................................................... 0 to 10 Vdc
Current: ....................................................................................... 0.5 mA max.
Control Output (U):
Current: ......................................................................................... 4 to 20 mA
Operating:
Ambient Temperature: ................................................ 5 to 131F (-15 to 55C)
Media Temperature: ............................................... 14 to 300F (-10 to 150C)
VALVES & ACTUATORS
229
Flowrite 599 Series

Description
Siemens Building Technologies Flowrite SKD82.50U/SKD82.51U Valve Actuators with 24 Vac
3-position (floating) control are designed for use with the Flowrite 599 Series and other standard valves
with a 3/4 (20 mm) stroke in liquid and steam service applications.
Specifications
General:
Frequency: ............................................................................................. 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption:
SKD82.50U: ............................................................................................. 10 VA
SKD82.51U: ............................................................................................. 15 VA
Control Signal: .................................................................. 3-position (floating)
Function:
Nominal Force:
NC and 3-way Upper:
Stroke: ....................................................................................................... 0%
Force: ..................................................................................... 225 lb. (1000 N)
General:
NO and 3-way By Pass:
Stroke: ....................................................................................................... 0%
Force: ...................................................................................... 258 lb (1000 N)
Operating:
Description
Siemens Building Technologies Flowrite SKB62U/SKC62U Valve Actuator is designed for use
with the Flowrite 599 Series and other standard valves with a 3/4 (20 mm) and 1-1/2 (40 mm) strokes
in liquid and steam service applications. The SKB/SKC Electronic Valve Actuator receives a 0 to 10 Vdc
or 4 to 20 mA control signal to proportionally control the valve.
Specifications
General:
Frequency: ............................................................................................. 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption:
SKB62: ..................................................................................................... 18 VA
SKC62: ..................................................................................................... 28 VA
Control Signals:
Control Input (Y):
Voltage: ......................................................................................... 0 to 10 Vdc
Current: ....................................................................................... 0.1 mA max.
Control Input (R):
Resistance: ............................................................................ 0 to 1000 Ohms
Voltage: .......................................................................................... 0 to 1.6 V
General:
Control Input (R):
Current: ......................................................................................... 4 to 20 mA
Control Output (U):
Voltage: ......................................................................................... 0 to 10 Vdc
Current: ....................................................................................... 0.5 mA max.
Control Output (U):
Current: ......................................................................................... 4 to 20 mA
Operating:
230
VALVES & ACTUATORS
Flowrite 599 Series

Description
Siemens Building Technologies Flowrite SKB/SKC Valve Actuators with 24 Vac 3-position
(floating) control are designed for use with the Flowrite 599 Series and other standard valves with a 3/4
(20 mm) and 1-1/2 (40 mm) strokes in liquid and steam service applications.
Specifications
General:
Frequency: ............................................................................................. 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption:
SKB82.50U: ............................................................................................. 10 VA
SKB82.51U: ............................................................................................. 15 VA
SKC82.60U: ............................................................................................. 19 VA
SKC82.61U: ............................................................................................. 20 VA
Control Signal: ..................................................................... 3-position (floating)
Nominal Stroke:
SKB: .............................................................................................. 3/4 (20 mm)
SKC: .......................................................................................... 1-1/2 (40 mm)
General:
Nominal Force:
NC and 3-way Upper:
Stroke: ....................................................................................................... 0%
Force: ..................................................................................... 610 lb. (2684 N)
NO and 3-way By Pass:
Stroke: ................................................................................................... 100%
Force: .................................................................................... 1000 lb (4400 N)
Operating:
Shipping Weight:
SKB82: ...................................................................................... 18.5 lb. (8.4 kg)
SKC82: ....................................................................................... 21.4 lb (9.7 kg)
Description
Siemens Building Technologies Flowrite Electro-mechanical Valve Actuator is designed for
use with the Flowrite 599 Series from 1/2 through 4 (18 mm to 100 mm) line sizes in liquid and steam
service applications. The linkage fastens the valve body and actuator together and transforms the angular
movement of the actuator output shaft to the straight-line motion required to control the valve.
Specifications
General:
Frequency: ............................................................................................. 50/60 Hz
Input Signal (as shipped): .................................................................. 0 to 10 Vdc
Adjustable Start V: .......................................................................... 0 to 10 Vdc
Adjustable Span V: ....................................................................... 3 to 16 Vdc
Input Impedance: ............................................................................ 100 K Ohm
Position Resolution: ....................................................................................... 70
Nominal Force:
Fail-safe: ................................................................................... 160 lb. (712 N)
General:
Fail-in-place:
3/4 (20 mm) stroke: ............................................................... 160 lb. (712 N)
1-12 (40 mm) stroke: ........................................................... 320 lb. (1424 N)
Operating:
Storage: ................................................................... -40 to 150F (-40 to 66C)
Conduit Opening (4): ....................................................................... 7/8 (22 mm)
Shipping Weights:
Spring Return: ............................................................................. 13 lb. (5.9 kg)
Non-spring Return: .......................................................................... 11lb. (5 kg)
VALVES & ACTUATORS
231
Powermite 656 Series

Description
Siemens Building Technologies Powermite 656 Two-way Valve is designed to control the flow of
both water and steam. The Powermite Two-way Valves are available with Normally Open or Normally
Closed action. Recommended for use with hot or chilled water and steam for control of convectors, fan
coil units, radiation, reheat coils, and similar terminal unit applications.
Specifications
General:
Valve Size: ...................................................................................... 1/2 (15 mm)
Valve Body Style: ............................................................................ Globe Flared
Valve Action: ............................................ NO (Direct Action)/NC (Direct Action)
Stem Travel: ...................................................................................... 1/4 (6 mm)
Actuator Standard Spring Ranges w/ 10 psi (69 kPa) P:
Differential Pressure: ...................................... 10 to 15 psi (69 to 103 kPa) NC
3 to 8 psi (21 to 55 kPa) NO
Nominal Spring Span: .................................................................... 5 psi (35 kPa)
General:
Effective Diaphragm Area: ........................................................ 3.4 in. 2 (22 cm2)
Max. Diaphragm Pressure: ....................................................... 30 psig (207 kPa)
Controlled Medium: ............................................. Water, Steam, Glycol solution
Maximum Medium Temperature: ................................................. 250F (121C)
Maximum Inlet Pressures:
Water: ................................................................... Refer to Reference Section
Steam: .................................................................................... 15 psig (103 kPa)
Maximum Differential Pressure for Modulating Service: .......... 20 psi (138 kPa)
Description
Siemens Building Technologies Powermite 656 Three-way Water Mixing Valve is designed for
water mixing applications. The 656 Powermite Three-way Water Mixing Valve is a high-grade bronze
body forged with connections for 1/2 O.D. SAE flare fittings. Recommended for mixing of hot or chilled
water for convectors, fan coil units, radiation, reheat coils and similar terminal units which require water
mixing.
Specifications
General:
Valve Size: ...................................................................................... 1/2 (15 mm)
Valve Body Style: ................................................................................ Flared end
Valve Action: ....................................................... Upper seat NC/Lower seat NO
Stem Travel: .................................................................................... 3/8 (10 mm)
Valve Body Material: ................................................................................ Bronze
Standard Spring Ranges w/ 10 psi (69 kPa):
Differential Pressure: ............................................ 10 to 15 psi (69 to 103 kPa)
3 to 8 psi (21 to 55 kPa)
Nominal Spring Span: .................................................................... 5 psi (35 kPa)
General:
Effective Diaphragm Area: ........................................................ 3.4 in. 2 (22 cm2)
Controlled Medium: ......................................................... Water, Glycol solution
Maximum Differential Pressure for Modulating Service:
Between Inlets: ........................................................................ 25 psi (172 kPa)
Between Inlet & Outlet: ........................................................... 25 psi (172 kPa)
232
VALVES & ACTUATORS
Powertop 658 Series

NEW!
Description
Siemens Building Technologies Powertop 658 Valve is designed to control the flow of steam,
water, and ethylene glycol solutions. The Powertop Two-way Valve is available with Normally Open or
Normally Closed action. The Powertop 658 is used for the control of heating/cooling coils in terminal
units, such as unit ventilators, reheat coils, fan coil units, induction units and radiant panels.
Specifications
General:
Valve Size: ...................................................................................... 1/2 (15 mm)
Valve Body Style: ....................................................................................... Flared
Valve Action: .................................................... Normally Open/Normally Closed
Effective Diaphragm Area: ......................................................... 11 in. 2 (71 cm2)
NO: ............................................................................ 2 to 6 psi (14 to 41 kPa)
NO/NC: ................................................................ 10 to 14 psi (70 to 100 kPa)
Materials:
Valve Body: ............................................................................................. Bronze
Disc & Packing: .............................................................................. EPT Rubber
General:
Stem Travel: .................................................................................... 1/2 (15 mm)
Max. Diaphragm Pressure: ...................................................... 30 psig (210 kPa):
Controlled Medium: .............................................. Steam, water, glycol solution
Max. Medium Temperature: ......................................................... 250F (121C)
Max. Inlet Pressure:
Water: ............................ Refer to Changeover/Flared/Sequence Ref. section
Steam: .................................................................................... 15 psig (102 kPa)
Max. Differential Pressure for Modulating Service:
Water: .................................................................................... 25 psig (170 kPa)
Steam: .................................................................................... 15 psig (103 kPa)
Ambient Operating Temperature: ................................... 35 to 140F (2 to 60C)
NEW!
Description
Siemens Building Technologies Powertop 658 Sequence and Changeover Valve is designed to
select and modulate the flow of either hot or chilled water, without mixing, for radiant panel and similar
applications. The 658 Powertop is designed with two inlets and one outlet for the sequence valve and
with one inlet and two outlets in the changeover valve.
Specifications
General:
Valve Size: ...................................................................................... 1/2 (15 mm)
Valve Body Style: ................................................. 1/2 (15 mm) O.D. SAE Flared
Valve Action: ...................................... NO/Hot to common; NC/Cold to common
Stem Travel: ................................................................................ 13/32 (10 mm)
Materials:
Valve Body: ............................................................................................. Bronze
Disc: ..................................................................................... Styrene Butadiene
Stem: ........................................................................................ Stainless Steel
Packing: .................................................................................. Dual EPT Rubber
Diaphragm Area: ......................................................................... 11in. 2 (71 cm2)
General:
Controlled Medium: ......................................................... Water, Glycol solution
Maximum Inlet Pressure: ....................................................... 250 psi (1720 kPa)
Maximum Differential Pressure between Hot and Cold Ports:
Sequence: ................................................................................ 50 psi (350 kPa)
Changeover: ............................................................................... 10 psi (69 kPa)
Maximum Differential Pressure for Modulating Service:
Sequence Valve: ....................................................................... 25 psi (170 kPa)
Ambient Operating Temperature: ................................... 35 to 140F (2 to 60C)
VALVES & ACTUATORS
233
MTE/MVE/MXE Zone Valves

Description
Siemens Building Technologies MTE/MVE/MXE Electronic Two-way and Three-way Zone
Valves are designed to control the flow of water and glycol solutions. The valves are excellent for zone
control. The electronic actuator receives a two-position (On/Off) signal from the sensor to position the
valve flow control paddle; spring returns the paddle to normal when no signal is present.
Specifications
General:
Valve Action:
MTE Two-way: .......................................................................... Normally Open
MVE Two-way: ....................................................................... Normally Closed
MXE Three-way: ................................................................................ Diverting
Materials:
Valve Body: ................................................................................... Forged Brass
Base Plate: ............................................................................... Stainless Steel
Cover: ............................................................................................... Aluminum
Paddle: ................................................................................................. Buna/N
Packing: ......................................................................................... Viton O-ring
General:
Operating Voltage: ........................................................ 24 Vac/120 Vac/230 Vac
Operating Frequency: ........................................................................ 50 to 60 Hz
Run Time:
Open: ..................................................................................... 12 sec. (@ 60 Hz)
Closed: ..................................................................................................... 5 sec.
Operating: .................................................................... 40 to 104F (4 to 40C)
Storage: ....................................................................... 15 to 140F (-9 to 40C)
Medium: ....................................................... Water, glycol solutions up to 50%
Max. Medium Temperature: ........................................................... 200F (93C)
Max. Inlet Pressure for Water: ............................................... 300 psi (2068 kPa)
234
VALVES & ACTUATORS
TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
235
Pneumatic Room Thermostats and Hygrostats

Description
Siemens Building Technologies 192 S Powerstar Single Temperature Thermostat provides
proportional single output, single setpoint, and 1-pipe for low air capacity or 2-pipe for high air capacity
pneumatic room temperature control. Designed for heating and cooling applications for control of
pneumatic valves and damper actuators. The 192 S Powerstar is excellent for commercial and institutional
facilities.
Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. A-3 through A-4) for specification details
Specifications
General:
Control Action: ......................................................................... Direct or Reverse
Scale; Range Major (minor) Div: .......................................... 45 to 85F, 10(2) F
(7 to 30C, 5(1) C)
Factory Calibration: ............................. 72F, 7.5 psig +0.3 (22C, 52 kPa @ 1.8)
Adj Sensitivity: ................................................. 1 to 4 psi /F (12 to 50 kPa/ C)
Factory Setting: .............................................................. 2.5 psig/F (31 kPa/C)
Temperature:
Storage: ........................................................................... -10-140F (-23-60C)
Ambient Operating: .............................................................. 40-140F (4-60C)
General:
Supply Air Pressure:
Recommended: ...................................................................... 25 psig (172 kPa)
Maximum: .............................................................................. 30 psig (207 kPa)
Air Connections: .......................................................... 5/32 (4 mm) O.D. tubing
Dimensions w/Cover: ................................................ 2.16W x 3.34H x 1.59D
(55 mm W x 85 mm H x 40 mm D)
Shipping Weights w/Cover:
Thermostat Chassis & Wall Plate: .......................................... 0.53 lb (0.24 kg)
Plastic Cover/Metal Cover: ......................... 0.07 lb. (0.04 kg).0.27 lb. (0.12 kg)
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 192 HC Powerstar Heating/Cooling Pneumatic Room
Thermostats provide two thermostats under one cover; one side for heating and the other for cooling.
Switchover is accomplished by changing the air pressure to the thermostat. The 192HC is designed for
temperature control of heating and cooling applications, the 192 HC Powerstar controls valves and damper
actuators in cooling equipment. Providing energy management and occupant comfort, the thermostat
automatically adjusts to seasonal changes from heating setpoint to cooling setpoint in commercial and
institutional facilities.
Specifications
General:
Control Action: ..................... Direct; Reverse; Direct/Reverse; Reverse/Direct
Operating Range: .............................................................. 45 to 85F (7 to 30C)
Operating Pressure: .................. C (18 psig 0, H (25 psig); 30 psig (207 kPa) max
Adj Sensitivity: ......................................... 1 to 4 psi per F; 12 to 50 kPa per C
Cover: .............................................................. Plastic (Metal option); Horizontal
Thermometer: .................................................................. Concealed or exposed
Set point Indicator: .......................................................... Concealed or exposed
Set point Adj: .................................................. Concealed or key/finger exposed
General:
Temperature:
Storage: ........................................................................... -10-140F (-23-60C)
Ambient Operating: .............................................................. 40-140F (4-60C)
Air Connections: ............................................................. 5/32 (4 mm) O.D. tube
(55 mm W x 85 mm H x 40 mm D)
Shipping Weights:
Plastic Cover: ........................................................................ 0.07 lb. (0.04 kg).
Metal Cover (single/dual): ............................. 0.27 lb. (0.12 kg)/0.7 lb. (0.3 kg)
236

Description
Siemens Building Technologies 192 DN and DNV Powerstar Day/Night/Vent Pneumatic Room
Thermostats automatically resets the room temperature set point during unoccupied hours by changing
the air pressure to the thermostat. A manual override feature allows occupants to switch to day mode.
The override returns to the night mode the following night. The TH 192 DN and DNV control valves and
damper actuators in cooling equipment, automatically performing setback changes from day to night.
Specifications
General:
Control Action: .................................................. Direct; Reverse; Direct/Reverse
Operating Pressure: ................ D (18 psig 0, N (25 psig); 30 psig (207 kPa) max.
Adj Sensitivity: .......................................... 1 to 4 psi per F 12 to 50 kPa per C
Setpoint Indicator: ........................................................... Concealed or exposed
Setpoint Adj.: .................................................. Concealed or key/finger exposed
General:
Dimensions w/Cover:
192 DN: ................................................................... 2.16W x 3.34H x 1.59D
(55 mm W x 85 mm H x 40 mm D)
192 DNV: ................................................................... 2.5W x 3.34H x 1.59D
(64 mm W x 85 mm H x 40 mm D)
Shipping Weights:
Metal Cover (dual): ................................................................ 0.27 lb. (0.12 kg)
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 193 HC Powerstar Free Energy Band Heating/Cooling
Pneumatic Room Thermostats provides proportional, dual output, dual setpoint, and 2-pipe (dual 1pipe low air capacity) or 3-pipe (dual 2-pipe high air capacity) pneumatic room temperature control. The
193 HC Powerstar creates a deadband so that no heating or cooling occurs during the Free Energy Band.
It is designed for buildings with early morning heat requirements and mid-morning to afternoon cooling
requirements. The 193 HC provides energy management and occupant comfort with the thermostat
automatically reducing the heating load and increasing cooling load.
and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-068P25.
Specifications
General:
Control Action: ........................ Direct; Reverse; Direct/Reverse; Reverse/Direct
Operating Pressure: ......................................................... 30 psig (207 kPa) max.
Adj Sensitivity: ......................................... 1 to 4 psi per F; 12 to 50 kPa per C
Cover: ............................................................. Plastic (Metal option); Horizontal
General:
(55 mm W x 85 mm H x 40 mm D)
Shipping Weights:
Metal Cover (dual): ................................................................ 0.27 lb. (0.12 kg)
237

Description
Siemens Building Technologies 193 HC Powerstar (Hesitation) Free Energy Band Heating/
Cooling Pneumatic Room Thermostats provide proportional, single output, dual setpoint, and 2-pipe
pneumatic room temperature control. It is designed to sequence a heating device or a cooling device.
The hesitation feature keeps the output pressure constant through a 6F (10.8C) range (typical), causing
a deadband. The 193 HC Powerstar is an excellent choice for saving energy by sequencing heating and
cooling valves.
Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. A-11 through A-12) for specification
Specifications
General:
Control Action: ........................................................................................... Direct
Operating Pressure: .......................................................... 30 psig (207 kPa) max
Adj. Sensitivity: ........................................ 1 to 4 psi per F; 12 to 50 kPa per C
General:
(55 mm W x 85 mm H x 40 mm D)
Shipping Weights:
Metal Cover (dual): ................................................................. 0.27 lb. (0.12 kg
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 194 Powerstar RETROLINE Retrostat Pneumatic Room
Thermostat converts most existing pneumatic room thermostats to a Powerstar 192 direct or reverse
acting, 2-pipe, single or dual setpoint unit. Day/Night or Heat/Cool Retrostat is factory calibrated to
match the appropriate changeover pressure of the competitive thermostat.
Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. A-13 through A-16) for specification
details and specific product part numbers.
238

Description
Siemens Building Technologies 832 D Pneumatic Room Thermostats provide gradual acting
pneumatic room temperature control for heating and cooling applications. The 832 D is ruggedly
constructed for dependable, long-term service. Designed for controlling rooms heated or cooled by
radiation, ventilation, or an air conditioning system, the 832 D is versatile and responsive for individual
room control.
Specifications
General:
Control Action: .......................................................................................... Direct
Operating Range: ............................................................ 6085F (15.529.4C)
Operating Pressure: ...................................................... 30 psi (206.7 kPa) max.
Sensitivity (Fixed): ............................................ 2.25 psi per F; 27.9 kPa per C
Setpoint Adj.: ................................................................ Concealed, exposed key
General:
Air Consumption for Compressor Sizing: ............................... 10 scim (2.7 ml/s)
Dimensions w/Cover: ............................................ 2.875W x 5.625H x 2.19D
(73 mm W x 143 mm H x 56 mm D)
Shipping Weight: ............................................................................ 3 lb (1.36 kg)
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 832 DN Day/Night Pneumatic Room Thermostat provide dual
setpoint, and direct acting day/night pneumatic room temperature control. A manual changeover lever
provides local day control during the night control cycle. The 832 DN is designed for temperature
control of radiation, mixing dampers, or unit ventilators. This thermostat is ideal during unoccupied
hours for night set back applications when a comfort setpoint is desired at night for energy management.
Specifications
General:
Operating Range:
Day: .............................................................................. 60 to 80F (15 to 26C)
Night: ........................................................................... 50 to 70F (10 to 21C)
Max. Supply Air Pressure: .......................................................... 30 psi (207 kPa)
Sensitivity (fixed): ............................................................ 2.5 psi/ F (31 kPa/C)
Cover: ............................................................. Plastic (Metal option); Horizontal
General:
Air Consumption for Compressor Sizing: ............................... 10 scim (2.7 ml/s)
(73 mm W x 143 mm H x 56 mm D)
239

Description
Siemens Building Technologies 356 Limitem Rigid BulbThermostats are pneumatically-operated,
duct-mounted thermostats, which are available in either direct or reverse acting in a variety of ranges.
The 356 Thermostat provides primary control for unit ventilators, fan coils, and other air handling units. It
can also be used as a low limit control for air flow to a controlled space.
Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. A-21 through A-22)for specification details
Specifications
General:
Control Action: ........................................................................... Direct, Reverse
Temperature Response: ................................................................ 0.50F (0.9C)
Supply Air Pressure: .......................................................... 30 psi (207 kPa) max.
Sensing Element: ............................................................... Rigid Bimetallic Bulb
Adj. Sensitivity Range: .......................................... 0.252 psi/F (3-25 kPa/C)
Air Connection: ......................................................................... 1/8 (3 mm) NPT
General:
Dimensions:
Bulb Length: ................................................................................ 18 (457 mm)
Flange O.D.: ................................................................................ 2.56 (65 mm)
Case: ............................................................................ 1.5 Diameter x 2.19L
(33 mm Diameter x 76 mm L)
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 357 D Limitem Remote Bulb Thermostat are pneumaticallyoperated thermostats that are gradual, direct acting with a remote or averaging bulb. The 357 provides
primary monitoring and control for air handling units or a low limit control.
Specifications
General:
Supply Air Pressure: .......................................................... 30 psi (207 kPa) max.
Adj. Sensitivity Range: ....................................... 0.333.5 psi/F (443 kPa/C)
Sensing Element: ................................................................... Remote/Averaging
Bulb: .................................................................................................. Liquid-filled
Temperature Response: .................................................................. 0.5F (0.3C)
Dial Graduations: ............................................................ 5F (2.7C), 2C (3.6F)
General:
Max. Ambient Temperature (case): ................................................ 180F (82C)
Nominal Air Supply Pressure: ............................... 18 to 25 psi (124 to 172 kPa)
Mounting: ................................................................................. Bracket supplied
Air Connection: ......................................................................... 1/8 (3 mm) NPT
Dimensions (Case): ....................................................... 1.75 Diameter x 3.5 H
(44.5 mm Diameter x 88.9 mm H)
Shipping Weight: ........................................................................... 2 lb. (0.91 kg)
240

Description
Siemens Building Technologies 188 Unit Mounted Thermostat is a gradual acting thermostat
with a remote bulb operating on the force-balance principle, using pneumatic feedback to obtain linearity
and maintain selected room temperature by positioning pneumatic devices to control heating or cooling.
Designed for use in fan coil induction units and unit ventilators to control the temperature within an
occupied space. The thermostats temperature range is limited to applications at ambient temperatures.
Specifications
General:
Control Action: ......................................... Heating/Cooling, Direct and Reverse;
Direct only; Reverse only
Operating Range: .............................................................. 60-85F (15.5-29.4C)
Operating Pressure: ........................................................... 30 psi (207 kPa) max.
Adjustment Sensitivity: ......................................... 1-5.25 psi/F (12-65 kPa/C)
Factory Sensitivity Setting: ............................................ 2.25 psi/F (28 kPa/C)
Temperature Response: .................................................................. 0.2F (0.1C)
Maximum Ambient Temperature:
Case: ......................................................................................... 135F (57.2C)
Bulb: ........................................................................................... 231F (111C)
Scale Graduations: .......................................................................... 1F (0.55C)
General:
Nominal Air Supply Pressure:
Direct or Reverse Acting: ......................................................... 25 psi (172 kPa)
Heating/Cooling: ........................................... 25 psi (172 kPa)/18 psi (124 kPa)
Air Connections: ............... 1/4 (6.3 mm) Brass barbed for polyethylene tubing
Bulb Size: ...................... 3/8 Diameter x 3 1/2L (9.5 mm Diameter x 89 mm L)
Capillary Length: .............................................................. 48 (121.9 cm) approx.
Dimensions (case):
Heating/Cooling, Reverse Acting: ............................. 3.1W x 2.4H x. 2.13D
(100 mm W x 61 mm x 54 mm D)
Direct Acting: ............................................................. 3.1W x 2.4H x. 1.38D
(100 mm W x 61 mm x 35 mm D)
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 134 Pneumatic High and Low Temperature Detection
Thermostats automatically lockout at setpoint and require manual reset. The 134 is used on pneumatic
heating and cooling systems in areas protected from the weather.
Specifications
General:
Part # 134-1700: ...................................................... > setpoint to 140F (60C)
Part # 134-1710: .................................................. -40 to 140F (-40 to 60C)
Pneumatic Switch: ..................................... NC, 0.020 (0.6 mm) diameter bleed
Temperature Thermostat: ........................................ Lowest temperature at any
one foot section of the sensing bulb
General:
Case Finish: ......................................................................... Gray Baked Enamel
Shipping Weights:
Part # 134-1700: ..................................................................... 2.45 lb. (1.11 kg)
Part # 134-1710: ..................................................................... 2.38 lb. (1.08 kg)
241

Description
Siemens Building Technologies 186 Room and Duct Hygrostats are pneumatic instruments
sensitive to slight changes in relative humidity. The 186 provides control of relative humidity for comfort
control in hospitals, schools, and office buildings.
Specifications
General:
Sensitivity: .............................................................................. 1/4 to 4 psi/% RH
Normal Supply Pressure: ................................ 15 to 25 psi (103 kPa to 172 kPa)
Maximum Supply Pressure: ....................................................... 30 psi (207 mm)
Air Consumption: ....................................................................... 15 scim (4 ml/s)
Effect of 10F Temperature Change: ........................................... Shift of 1% RH
Effect of 5 psi Supply Pressure:
Change (mid sensitivity) ........................................................ 7.0 min./vol. unit
Duct Box: ............................................................ Extends 6 (152 mm) into duct
Air Connections:
Duct: ........................... Barb fitting for 1/4 (64 mm) O.D. polyethylene tubing
Room: .................................................. 5/32 (4 mm) O.D. polyethylene tubing
General:
Dimensions:
Chassis: .................................................................... 2.9H x 1.75W x. 1.13D
(73.66 mm H x 44.45 mm W x 28.70 mm D)
Room: ..................................................................................... 2.16W x 3.34H
(55 mm W x 85 mm H)
Duct: .............................................................................. 4.5H x 5.88W x. 6D
(114 mm H x 149 mm W x 152 mm D)
Shipping Weights:
186-0013 & 186-0019: ........................................................... 0.84 lb. (0.38 kg)
186-0087; 186-0088; 186-0090; 186-0091: ............................... 3.3 lb. (1.5 kg)
Standard Room Cover: ....................................................... Desert Beige, plastic
Siemens Building Technologies Thermostats and Hygrostats Accessories & Service Kits are available through the Andovers
Peripherals Program. Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. A-48 through A-58) for descriptions and specific product
part numbers.
242
Electric Room Thermostats and Hygrostats

Description
Siemens Building Technologies 141 Programmable Low Voltage Wall Thermostat is a low
voltage electrical wall thermostat with multi-stage control (3 stages Heat/3 stages Cool) and seven days
programmable time clock function. It is designed for multistage heat pump and non-pump HVAC systems.
The 141 controls single or dual compressor heat pumps with no more than one stage of auxiliary heat.
This includes air-to-air heat pumps with automatic defrost control/single or multi-stage with electric
auxiliary heat or emergency heat or single or multi-stage that include electric auxiliary heat or emergency
heat.
Specifications
General:
Set Point Range: ........................................................... 40 to 99F (4 to 37C)
Differential:
Stage 1: ..................................... On 1F (1.8C) from setpoint; Off at setpoint
Stage 2: ............ On 2F (3.6C) from setpoint; Off 0.5F (.09C) from setpoint
Stage 3: ............... On 3F (5.4C) from setpoint; Off 1F (1.8C) from setpoint
[adjustable from 0.5 to 6.5F (3 to 3.6C)]
Deadband: ...................... 5F (2.8C) adjustable from 1 to 5F (0.5 to 2.8C)
Operating Voltage: .......................................................... 20 to 30 Vac, 50/60 Hz
Program Format: .......................... Seven day; Six temperature settings per day
Time Format: ......................................................................... 12 or 24 hour clock
Dry Contact Rating1:
Minimum: ............................................................................... 5 V @ 10 mA DC
Maximum: ..................................................................... 30 V @ 1.2 mA AC/DC
General:
Power Consumption: ............................................................................ 2 W max.
Contact Output: .............................................................................. 0.15 to 1.3 A
Compressor Protection Delay: ......................................... 5 min. between cycles
Factory Default Temperature Settings:
Heating: .......................................................................................... 70F (21C)
Cooling: .......................................................................................... 74F (23C)
Battery: .................................................................................... 9 V (not included)
Dimensions: ....... 6.5H x 3.88W x. 1.75D (165 mm H x 99 mm W x 45 mm D)
Finish: .................................................................... Ivory and Brown plastic case
1
When dry contact is selected
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 141 Electric Low Voltage Wall Thermostats are a 24 Vac heat/
cool room thermostat with universal control for use with most low voltage gas, oil, or electrical systems.
The 141 controls gas, oil, or electrical heat and refrigeration cooling. For greater room comfort, the
thermostat is heat-anticipated with an adjustable heater on the heating side and a fixed nonadjustable
heater on the cooling side.
Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog pp. A-31 through A-32 for specification details
Specifications
General:
Control Function: ................................................................ Heating and Cooling
Set Point Range: ......................................................... 50 to 90F (10 to 32C)
Heat Differential: ................................................................................ 1F (18C)
Cool Differential: ............................................................................. 1.5F (24C)
Heat Anticipator: ................................................... 0.1 to 1.0 Amps (adjustable)
Cool Anticipator: .......................................................................................... Fixed
Electric Rating: ................................................................... 24 Vac (30 Vac) max.
General:
Switch Action: ............................................................................................ SPDT
Selector Switches: .............................. System Heat-Off-Cool Fan Auto-On
Approvals: ......................................................................... CSA (UL not required)
Mounting: ............................ Vertical and Horizontal (opt. cover plate provided)
Dimensions: ....... 4.5 H x 2.75 W x 1.25 D (14 mm H x 70 mm W x 32 mm D)
Finish: ..................................................................................... Ivory, plastic case
Shipping Weight: ....................................................................... 0.25 lb (0.11 kg)
243

Description
Siemens Building Technologies 141 Electric Line Voltage Remote Bulb Thermostat is a twoposition electric line voltage thermostat with remote bulb. The 141 is used for temperature control in
heating and cooling application, typically to directly operate two-position damper motor actuators, motor
actuated valves, relays, and similar equipment. Typical applications include summer-winter changeover
and the direct control of liquid or air temperatures where two poisiton (ON-OFF) control is acceptable.
Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog pp. A-35 through A-36 for specification details
Specifications
General:
Inductive Amps:
Full Load Amps:
120 Vac: ...................................................................................................... 7.4
240 Vac ....................................................................................................... 3.7
Locked Rotor Amps:
120 Vac: .................................................................................................... 44.5
240 Vac: .................................................................................................... 22.2
General:
Resistive Amps:
120 Vac: ......................................................................................................... 25
240 Vac: ......................................................................................................... 20
Dimensions: ....... 2.5W x 5.38H x. 2.31D (64 mm W x 136 mm H x 59 mm D)
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 134 Electric Line Voltage Room Thermostat - Heating/Cooling
is a line voltage on/off room thermostat for heating and cooling applications. Models are available with
SPST or SPDT contact action and for standard, nominal 1/4 hp/10 amps noninductive, or heavy duty,
nominal 1 hp/22 amps noninductive applications. The 134 controls heating and cooling applications or
year-round air conditioning units in commercial, industrial, or residential installations.
Specifications
General:
Motor Rating:
Part # 134-1083:
120 Vac: .................................................................................................. 6.0 A
240 Vac: .................................................................................................. 3.7 A
Part #s 134-1084 & 134-1086:
120 Vac: .................................................................................................. 6.0 A
240 Vac: .................................................................................................. 3.0 A
Part # 134-1085:
120 Vac: .................................................................. 16.0 Heating/8.0 Cooling
240 Vac: .................................................................... 8.0 Heating/8.0 Cooling
General:
Switch Action:
Part # 134-1083: ............................................ SPST w/ Auto-Off Fan Switch
Part #s 134-1084 & 134-1085: ................................................................ SPDT
Part # 134-1086: ....................................................................................... SPST
Dimensions:
Part #134-1083: .................................................... 2.78 W x 5.19 H x 1.88 D
(71 mm W x 132 mm H x 48 mm D)
Part #s134-1084-134-1086: ...................................... 3 W x 4.75 H x 1.44 D
(75 mm W x 120 mm H x 36 mm D)
Shipping Weights:
Part #s 134-1083 & 134-1086: ................................................... 1.3 lb (0.6 kg)
Part #s 134-1084 & 134-1085: ................................................... 1.0 lb (0.5 kg)
244

Description
Siemens Building Technologies 141 Electric Surface Mounted/High Temperature Limit Control
Thermostats are single setpoint electric thermostats for high or low limit control; surface mounted or
duct mounted models are available. The 141 Surface Mounted Thermostat is ideal as a low or high limit
control on unit heaters. The 141 Electric High Temperature Thermostat is normally located in a duct
system and wired to shut down air conditioning or ventilating fans when the air temperature exceeds
125F (52C), which would occur during a fire.
Specifications
General:
Set Point Range:
Part # 141-0519: ..................................................... 50 to 150F (10 to 54C)
Part # 141-0530: .................................................... 25 to 215F (-4 to 102C)
Switch Action:
Part # 141-0519: ....................................................................................... SPDT
Part # 141-0530: ................................................................. SPST, open-on-rise
Electrical Ratings (Part # 141-0519):
Motor Rating: ..................................... 7.4 FLA @ 120 Vac; 3.7 FLA @ 240 Vac
Locked Rotor: ........................................ 44.5 A @ 120 Vac; 22.2 A @ 240 Vac
Electrical Ratings (Part # 141-0530):
Motor Rating: ......................................... 10 FLA @ 120 Vac; 6 FLA @ 240 Vac
Noninductive Rating: ............................... 1 A @ 0.3-12 Vac; 6 A @ 12-50 Vac
General:
Dimensions:
Part # 141-0519: ....................................................... 2.30W x 5.38H x. 1.84D
(58 mm W x 137 mm H x 47 mm D)
Part # 141-0530: ......................................................... 2.94W x 5.38H x. 2.5D
(59mm W x 137 mm H x 64 mm D)
Shipping Weight:
Part # 141-0519: .............................................................................. 2 lb. (0.9 kg)
Part # 141-0530:: ........................................................................ 1.8 lb. (0.82 kg)
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 134 Electric Low Temperature Detection Thermostat is a remote
bulb instument with a Single Pole, Double Throwswitch. Any one foot of the capillary element actuates
the thermostat switch, making this control ideal for the protection of large coils where air stratification
could cause localized freezing conditions. The 134 is ideally suited for detecting potential freeze-up
conditions of heating coils, cooling coils, liquid heating pipes, and similar applications.
Specifications
General:
Temperature Range:
Part # 134-1504: .................................................. 15 to 55F (-9.4 to 12.8C)
Part #s 134-1510 & 134-1511: .............................. 35 to 45F (1.7 to 7.2C)
Switch Action:
Part # 134-1504: ............................................................. DPST, 4-wire 2 circuit
Part #s 134-1510 & 134-1511: ................................................................ SPDT
Reset Action:
Part #s 134-1504 & 134-1511: ............................................................ Manual
Part # 134-1510 : .............................................................................. Automatic
General:
Bulb Size: ....................................................................... 1/8 x 20 (3 mm x 6 m)
Dimensions:
Part # 134-1504: .......................................................... 4 W x 3.25 H x 2.5 D
(102 mm W x 83 mm H x 65 mm D)
Part #s 134-1510 & 134-1511: ............................ 2.31 W x 3.19 H x 2.31 D
(59mm W x 81 mm H x 59 mm D)
Shipping Weights:
Part # 134-1504: ......................................................................... 2.4 lb (1.1 kg)
Part #s 134-1510 & 134-1511: ................................................... 1.8 lb (0.8 kg)
245
Controllers & Transmitters

Description
Siemens Building Technologies 195 Single Input Receiver-Controller is a pneumatic controller
which receives one pneumatic input, and produces a pneumatic output signal based on the net pneumatic
input and the mechanical settings of the setpoint and percent proportional band. Controller can be easily
changed from direct to reverse acting. The 195 is used to control temperature, humidity, and pressure of
mechanical equipment in commercial and industrial facilities. The Retroline Receiver-Controller (1951000) includes decals and installation instructions to replace competitive models.
Refer to the Siemens Building Technologies Control Catalog (pp. B-3 through B-4) for specification details
Specifications
General:
Action:
Input #1: .................................................................................................. Direct
Input #2: ............................................................................................... Reverse
Pneumatic Inputs: ...................................................... 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa)
Control Output: ....................... 0 psi (0 kPa) to supply pressure 22 psi (152 kPa)
Operating Ambient Temp Range: ............................... 40 to 120F (4 to 49C)
Supply Pressure:
Operating: ................................................................................ 22 psi (152 kPa)
Maximum Safe: ........................................................................ 30 psi (207 kPa)
Air Capacity: ................................................................................... 2 psi (14 kPa)
pressure change @ 9 psi (62 kPa) control pressure
Supply: .............................................................................. 640 scim (175 ml/s)
Exhaust: ............................................................................. 590 scim (161 ml/s)
General:
% Prop. Band Adj. Range: ..................................... 2 to 20% for a 5 psi (34 kPa)
control pressure change
Air Consumption: .......................... 60 scim (17ml/s), not including transmitters
Mounting: ............................................................................................... Surface
Air Connections: ..................................................................................................
Barb fittings for 1/4 (6mm) O.D. polyethylene tubing. Two plug-in connectors
are provided; one for the direct acting and the reverse acting transmitter
inputs and one for supply and control lines. 1/8 NPT connection provided for
control pressure gauge (gauge not included).
Case Material: ............................................................... Lexan, 20% glass-filled
Dimensions: ...... 6.75W x 5.69H x. 3.5D (171mm W x 144 mm H x 89 mm D)
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 195 Multiple Input Receiver-Controller is a pneumatic controller
that receives up to three pneumatic inputs and produces a pneumatic output signal based on the net
pneumatic input and the setpoint, percent proportional band, and authority settings. The Controller can
be easily changed from direct to reverse acting. The 195 is commonly used when the setpoint needs to
be automatically reset based on a separate input. It can be used as a single input device. The Retroline
Receiver-Controller (195-1000) includes decals and installation instructions to replace competitive models.
Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. B-5 through B-6) for specification details
Specifications
General:
Action
Input #1: .................................................................................................. Direct
Input #2: ............................................................................................... Reverse
Pneumatic Inputs: ...................................................... 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa)
Control Output: ....................... 0 psi (0 kPa) to supply pressure 22 psi (152 kPa)
Supply Pressure:
Operating: ................................................................................ 22 psi (152 kPa)
Maximum Safe: ........................................................................ 30 psi (207 kPa)
% Prop. Band Adj. Range: ..................................... 2 to 20% for a 5 psi (34 kPa)
control pressure change
General:
Operating Ambient Temp Range: ............................... 40 to 120F (4 to 49C)
Air Consumption: .......................... 60 scim (17ml/s), not including transmitters
Air Capacity: ................................................................................... 2 psi (14 kPa)
pressure change @ 9 psi (62 kPa) control pressure
Supply: .............................................................................. 640 scim (175 ml/s)
Exhaust: ............................................................................. 590 scim (161 ml/s)
Mounting: ................................................................................. Surface, vertical
Case Material: ............................................................... Lexan, 20% glass-filled
Dimensions ....... 6.75W x 5.69H x. 3.5D (171mm W x 144 mm H x 89 mm D)
246

Description
Siemens Building Technologies 142 A Receiver Gauges are used for visual indication of the value
of a variable required to report system or functional operating status. Receiver Gauges are available as
1-1/2 (38 mm), 2-1/2 (64 mm), and 3-1/2 (89 mm) diameter gauges with a barb fitting for 1/4 (6 mm)
O.D. polyethylene tubing. Receiver Gauges are mounted on a central control panel and respond to
pneumatic signals from a remotely-located transmitter used to measure temperatures, humidity, and
pressures of mechanical equipment.
Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers ControlsCatalog (pp. B-7 through B-8) for specification details
Specifications
General:
Standard Operating Pressure: .................................. 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa)
Maximum Operating Pressure: ................................................... 25 psi (172 kPa)
Accuracy: ............ 2-1/2% of full scale middle half of scale, 3-1/2% elsewhere
Dimensions:
1-1/2 (38 mm): ....... 1W x 1.625H x. 1D (25 mm W x 41 mm H x 25 mm D)
2-1/2 (64 mm): .................................................. 1.25W x 2.875H x. 0.938D
(32 mm W x 73 mm H x 25 mm D)
3-1/2 (89 mm): ........................................................... 1.25W x 4H x. 1.25D
(32 mm W x 101 mm H x 32 mm D)
General:
Air Connections:
1-1/2: ............................................................... 1/8 NPT male in center back
2-1/2 and 3-1/2: ....... Barbed fitting for 1/4 (6 mm) O.D. polythylene tubing
Shipping Weights:
1-1/2 (38 mm): .......................................................................... 0.2 lb. (0.09 kg)
2-1/2 (64 mm): ............................................................................ 0.5 lb. (0.2 kg)
3-1/2 (89 mm): ............................................................................ 0.6 lb. (0.3 kg)
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 184 Temperature Transmitters are direct acting, one-pipe
instruments that sense temperature and transmit a proportional 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa) pneumatic
signal to a remotely-located receiver gauge and/or receiver controller. Temperature Transmitters operate
on the force-balance principle, using internal feedback for excellent linearity and accuracy. Retroline
transmitters easily replace any competitive model. The 184 Temperature Transmitters can be used for a
variety of applications to monitor temperature and are ideal for those requiring indication with a receivercontroller.
Specifications
General:
Action: ....................................................................................................... Direct
Output Air Pressure: .................................................. 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa)
Mounting:
Room: .......................................................................................... Wall terminal
Rigid Bulb/Averaging Bulb: .................................................... Mounting flange
Remote Bulb: ........................... Mounting flange or well bracket mounting kit
Cover Finish:
Room: .............................................................................. Desert Beige, plastic
Rigid/Averaging/Remote Bulb: ................................................................. Gray
General:
Dimensions:
Room: .............. 2.16W x 3.35H x. 1.59D (55 mm W x 85 mm H x 40 mm D)
Rigid Bulb/Remote Bulb: ........................................... 1.875W x 3H x. 1.69D
(48 mm W x 76 mm H x 33 mm D)
Shipping Weights:
Room: ..................................................................................... 0.83 lb. (0.38 kg)
Rigid Bulb: ................................................................................ 1.5 lb. (0.68 kg)
Remote Bulb/Averaging Bulb: ................................................. 2.0 lb. (0.91 kg)
Averaging Bulb w/Armored Capillary: ..................................... 3.0 lb. (1.36 kg)
247

Description
Siemens Building Technologies 186 Room & Duct Humidity Transmitters are one-pipe, direct
acting pneumatic instruments that sense space humidity and transmit a 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa)
pneumatic signal to a remote receiver gauge and/or receiver-controller to read percent relative humidity.
The 186 operates on a force-balance principle with internal feedback to obtain linearity to accurately
sense relative humdity. The transmitter output can be sent to a receiver-controller for control of an air
conditioning or process control system.
Specifications
General:
Action: ....................................................................................................... Direct
RH Range: ..................................................................................... 20 to 80% RH
Maximum Operating Temperature: ................................................ 135F (57C)
Supply Pressure:
Maximum: ................................................................................ 30 psi (207 kPa)
Normal Operating: ................................................. 22+ 1.0 psi (152+ 6.89 kPa)
Effect of 10F (5.6C):
Temperature Change: ................................................................ Shift of 1% RH
Air Consumption: ................................................................. 35 scim (9.6 ml/s)
Output Pressure: ..................................................... 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa)
Air Connections: ............................................................................. 1/8 (3 mm)
General:
Mounting:
Room: .......................................................................................... Wall terminal
Duct: ............................... Duct at least 6 H x 6.5 D (152 mm H x 165 mm D)
Standard Room Cover Finish: ............................................ Desert Beige, plastic
Duct Box Material: ................................................................... Galvanized Steel
Air Connections: .................................................... 1/4 (6 mm) barb connection
Dimensions:
Room: .............. 2.06W x 3.19H x. 1.37D (53 mm W x 81 mm H x 35 mm D)
Duct: ................. 4.5W x 5.87H x. 6D (114 mm W x 149 mm H x 152 mm D)
Shipping Weights:
Room: ..................................................................................... 0.84 lb. (0.38 kg)
Duct: ....................................................................................... 3.14 lb. (1.42 kg)
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 141 Pneumatic Air Velocity Transmitter is a two-pipe, direct
acting pneumatic instrument that measures the velocity pressure (difference between total and static
pressure), provided by a pitot tube located in a moving air stream or by a duct-mounted airflow measuring
station. The 141 measures the velocity pressure and transmits a linear, output signal directly proportional
to the air velocity to a remote controller, alerting an alarm device such as a receiver-controller, receiver
gauge or sensitive pressure swtiches.
Specifications
General:
Action: ................................................................................. Direct, proportional
Input (Supply) Air Pressure: ............................. 20 psig+ 2 psi (138 kPa+ 14 kPa)
for operation within specifications 30 psig (207 kPa)
Output Air Pressure: .................................................. 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa)
Overall Accuracy: .................................................................................... +0.2 psi
Maximum Static Pressure: .......................................................... 8 W.C. (2 kPa)
Field Ajustments: .................................................................................. Zero only
Ambient Temperature: .................................................... 40 to 120F (4 to 49C)
Air Consumption: ............................................................... 30 scim (8 ml/s) max.
General:
Output: .................... 4.2 to 15 psig (29 to 103 kPa), linear for air velocity range
specified. With no airflow, output will be
3 psig+ 0.5 psig (21 kPa+ 2.4 kPa)
Mounting: .................. Diaphragm level +5 angle mounts on separate bracket
Air Connections: ....................................................................... 1/8 NPT female
Dimensions: .................................... 8.81H x 5.25 W (224 mm H x 133 mm W)
248

Description
Siemens Building Technologies 141 Low Differential Pressure Transmitter is a compact, direct
acting, one-pipe device that converts a differential pressure input into a proportional air signal. The
input can be either static or velocity pressure differentials of a positive or negative type. The 141 operates
on the force-balance principal and can be used to indicate and/or control static or velocity differential
pressures in ducts, across fans, coils, filters, and between any two reference points. It can also indicate
velocity pressure in duct work.
Specifications
General:
Action: ....................................................................................................... Direct
Input (Supply) Air Pressure:
Normal: .................................................................................. 20 psig (138 kPa)
Maximum: .............................................................................. 30 psig (207 kPa)
Overpressure in HI and LO Ports: ............................................ 30 W.G. (7.5 kPa)
Output Pressure1: ..................................................... 3 to 15 psig (21 to 103 kPa)
Air Consumption: ................................................................... 35 scim (9.6 ml/s)
Operating Ambient Temperature:
Minimum: ......................................................................................... 40F (4C)
Maximum: .................................................................................... 140F (60C)
Calibration: ........................................................................................ Zero adjust
General:
Accuracy:
Full Range: ................................................................................. +5% full scale
Mid Range: ................................................................................. +2% full scale
Air Connections:
Sensing Line: .................................................. 3/8 (10 mm) O.D. polyethylene
Supply Air: ........................................................ 1/4 (6 mm) O.D. polyethylene
Max. Sensing Line Length:
1/4 (6 mm) O.D. polyethylene: ....................................................... 200 (61 m)
3/8 (10 mm) O.D. polyethylene: ................................................... 500 (152 m)
Dimensions: .... 2.69H x 5.31W x. 5.56D (68mm H x 135 mm W x 141 mm D)
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 378 Differential Pressure Transmitter is apneumatic, direct acting
instrument that transmits a pneumatic fixed-span 3 to 15 psi (31 to 103 kPa) output signal to a controlling
device which is proportional to the input signal sensed from air, water, or steam.
Specifications
General:
Action: ................................................................................. Direct, proportional
Input Differential Range: ........................................... 0 to 50 psig (0 to 345 kPa)
Input Supply Air: ....................................................................... 22 psig (152 kPa)
Maximum: .............................................................................. 30 psig (207 kPa)
Output Pressure: ...................................................... 3 to 15 psig (21 to 103 kPa)
Maximum Total Pressure (static plus differential): .............. 300 psig (2086 kPa)
Input Medium: .......................................................................... Water, air steam
Air Capacity: .............................................................................. 29 scim (8 ml/s)
Restrictor: ................................................................................ 40 scim (11 ml/s)
General:
Accuracy: ..................................................................................................... +2%
Ambient Temperature: ................................................... 40 to 120F ( 4 to 49C)
Material:
Body: ............................................................................................ Die-cast Zinc
Fittings: .................................................................................................... Brass
Bellows: ........................................................................... Phosphorous Bronze
Working Parts: .............................................. Stainless Steel and Spring Steel
Connections: ............................................................................. 1/8 NPT female
Dimensions: ..... 2.69H x 3.75 W x 1.37 D (68 mm H x 95 mm W x 35 mm D))
249

Description
Siemens Building Technologies 256 Pneumatic Step Controller is a pressure-electric device that
converts a proportional pneumaticinput signal into a series of ten (10) electric ON-OFF contact closures.
The 256 is used to control electric heating elements. The normal open switch contacts are used to
provide fail-safe operation. The 256 may also be used in industrial processes requiring sequential control
and for sequence control of pumps and refrigeration equipment.
Specifications
General:
Actuator:
Effective Diaghragm Area: ........................................................ 11 in.2 (71 cm2)
Normal Air Pressure: ................................................. 0 to 15 psi (0 to 103 kPa)
Maximum Air Pressure: ......................................................... 30 psig (207 kPa)
Spring Range (factory setting): ................................. 8 to 13 psi (55 to 90 kPa)
Diaphragm: ........................................................................................ Neoprene
General:
Switches:
Differential: ....................................................... Fixed, 5 angular degrees min.
Rating: ........................................................... 20 amps. @ 120, 240 & 480 Vac
1 hp @ 125 V; 2 hp @ 240 V
Switch Action: ............................................................................................ SPDT
Air Connections: ........................................................................ 1/8 NPT female
Conduit Knockouts: ........................................... 2-1/2 (13 mm); 5-3/4 (20 mm)
Description
Siemens Building Technologies Series 200 Temperature Controller is a pneumatic temperature
controller used in highly precision applications such as industrial heating/cooling processes. The Series
200 is recommended for HVAC applications where precise control and indication of temperature is required.
Specifications
General:
Air Capacity: ........................................................................ 500 scim (136 ml/s)
Air Consumption: .................................................................... 25 scim (6.8 ml/s)
Ambient Temperature Range: ..................................... 40 to 140F (4.4 ro 60C)
Maximum Bulb Temperature:
Stainless: ................................................................................ 1000F (538C)
Copper: ...................................................................................... 400F (204C)
Teflon: ....................................................................................... 400F (204C)
PVC: ............................................................................................. 180F (82C)
Air Connections: ................................................................................... 1/8 NPT
General:
Range F (C)/Scale Division:
-25 to 135F (-32 to 57C): .............................................................. 2F (1.1C)
25 to 200F (-4 to 93C): ................................................................. 5F (2.8C)
25 to 250F (-4 to 121C): ............................................................... 5F (2.8C)
150 to375F (66 to 191C): ............................................................. 5F (2.8C)
Mounting: ................................................................................................... Panel
Dimensions: ......................................................... 12/75 H x 8.69 W x 3.19 D
(324 mm H x 331 mm W x 97 mm D)
250

Description
Siemens Building Technologies Series 200 Master and Sub-Master Controllers are
pneumatically-operated temperature controllers. The sub-master is direct acting only. The Master resets
the Sub-Master Controller to maintain a temperature at the Sub-Master in a predetermined relationship
to the temperature at the master instrument location. The Series 200 are used to accurately control
remotely readjusted temperature in heating, air conditioning, and industrial processes.
and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-099P25 and 155-098P25.
Specifications
General:
Action: ..................................................................................... Direct or Reverse
Air Consumption: .................................................................. 25 scim (6.82 ml/s)
Ambient Temperature Range: ..................................... 40 to 140F (4.4 to 60C)
Max. Bulb Temperature (all ranges): ............................................ 440F (227C)
Percent Proportional Band Adjustment: ............................................... 0 to 35%
General:
Air Supply:
Normal Operating: ................................................................... 20 psi (138 kPa)
Maximum Operating: ............................................................... 30 psi (207 kPa)
Mounting: ................................................................................................... Panel
Dimensions: .......................................................... 12/75 H x 8.69 W x 3.19D
(324 mm H x 331 mm W x 96.8 mm D)
Description
Siemens Building Technologies Series 200 Receiver-Controller and Sub-Master ReceiverControllers are direct or reverse acting controllers used with a transmitter for remote control and
adjustment of various industrial and air conditioning processes, as well as providing indication of the
controlled variable. The Series 200 are recommended for exact control in industrial, heating, and air
conditioning applications where adjustment and indication is desirable at a remote location.
Specifications
General:
Action: ............................................................... Direct or Reverse, Proportional
Output Pressure: ........................................................ 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa)
Sensitivity: ......................................................................................... Adjustable
Air Supply:
Normal Operating: ................................................................. 20 psig (138 kPa)
Maximum Operating: ............................................................. 30 psig (207 kPa)
Max. Ambient Temperature: ....................................................... 120F (48.9C)
General:
Capacity: .............................................................................. 500 scim (134 ml/s)
Mounting: ................................................................................. Surface or Panel
Dimensions: ............................................................... 8 W x 12.75 H x 3.19 D
(203 mm W x 324 mm H x 97 mm D)
251

Description
Siemens Building Technologies Series 200 Temperature Transmitter is a direct acting only,
pneumatic instrument that converts a temperature measurement into a 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa)
pneumatic signal. Ideal for hot water control and process control systems, the Series 200 can be used as
a sensor for a Series 200 Receiver-Controller or as a master instrument in a master-sub-master arrangement
where it would automatically readjust the setpoint of the sub-master.
Specifications
General:
Action: ....................................................................................................... Direct
Output Pressure: ........................................................ 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa)
Supply Air: .................................................................................. 20 psi (138 kPa)
Max. Ambient Temperature: .......................................................... 140F (60C)
Capacity: .................................................. 500 scim (137 ml/s) standard free air
Pressure Span (Fixed): .................................................................. 12 psi (83 kPa)
General:
Temperature Span for Full Output Pressure Span:
Maximum: .................................................................... 160F (89C) (Range 1)
Minimum: ........................................................................................ 3F (1.7C)
Mounting: ................................................................................. Surface or Panel
Dimensions: ................................................................ 8 W x 12.75 H x 3.19D
(203 mm W x 324 mm H x 97 mm D)
Description
Siemens Building Technologies Series 200 Pressure Controller is a direct or reverse acting
pneumatic instrument which controls the pressure of liquid, gas or vapor. Models available to handle
from 30 HG (101 kPa) vacuum to 350 psi (2412 kPa).
Specifications
General:
Action: ......................................................................... Reverse, field adjustable
Sensitivity: ................................................................. Adjustable 0 to 35% band
Air Supply:
Normal Operating: ................................................................... 20 psi (138 kPa)
Maximum Operating: ............................................................... 30 psi (207 kPa)
Min. Ambient Temperature: .......................................................... 40F (4.44C)
Max. Ambient Temperature: .......................................................... 140F (60C)
General:
Capacity: .................................................. 500 scim (134 ml/s) standard free air
Mounting: .................................................................................. Surface or Flush
Dimensions: ............................................................... 8 W x 12.75 H x 3.19 D
(203 mm W x 324 mm H x 97 mm D)
252

Description
Siemens Building Technologies 184 Pneumatic Enthalpy Transmitter-Comparator System
consists of two direct acting, one-pipe transmitters that sense enthalpy or total heat, and an enthalpy
comparator. Using transmitters in the outdoor air and return air, the enthalpy comparator compares the
enthalpy signals and selects the lowest enthalpy air source (mix vs. recirculation with minimum outdoor
air) as the input to the cooling equipment to maximize energy efficiencies. The 184 is commonly used to
position the outdoor, return and exhaust air dampers and provides the lowest enthalpy air as mixed air
for cooling.
Specifications
General: Transmitter
Action: ....................................................................................................... Direct
Temperature Limits:
Operating: ............................................................... -20 to 125F (-29 to 52C)
Storage: ................................................................... -40 to 150F (-40 to 66C)
Max. Air Pressure: ...................................................................... 30 psi (207 kPa)
Output Signal: ............................................................ 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa)
Enthalpy Span: ................................................ 16 to 40 BTU/lb. (37 to 93 kJ/kg)
Mounting: ................................................................................. Bracket provided
Air Connection: ........................................ 1/4 (6 mm) O.D. polyethylene tubing
Dimensions: ......................................................... 4.125 W x 4.94 H x 8.375D
(105 mm W x 110 mm H x 213 mm D)
General: Comparator
Temperature Limits:
Operating: ............................................................... -20 to 125F (-29 to 52C)
Storage: ................................................................... -40 to 150F (-40 to 66C)
Max. Air Pressure: ...................................................................... 30 psi (207 kPa)
Mounting: .............................................................................. Holes in enclosure
Air Connection: ............ Barbed nipple for 1/4 (6 mm) O.D. polyethelen tubing
Dimensions: ............................................................................ 3.375 W x 5.5 H
(83 mm W x 140 mm H
Dimensions: 3.5 Receiver Gauge:
Hole Cutout: ................................................................ 3.69 (94 mm) diameter
Bezel: ......................................................................... 3.97 (101 mm) diameter
Siemens Building Technologies Controllers and Transmitters Accessories & Service Kits are available through the Andovers
Peripherals Program. Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. B-43 through B-46) for descriptions and specific product
part numbers.
253
Switches & Relays

Description
Siemens Building Technologies 786 Commercial Selector Switches are used to deliver or stop
the flow of compressed air to selected controllers, valves, or dampers in commercial applications. The
common port may be connected to two or three ports depending on the switch model. The 786 3-position
Selector Switches are used in compressed air systems to connect and direct supply and signal pressures.
Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. E-3 through E-4) for specification details
and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-118P25
Specifications
General:
Air Connections:
Standard Switch: ............................................................................. 1/16 NPT
LC Switch: .......................................................................................... 1/8 NPT
Inlet Pressure:
Nominal: ................................................................................... 30 psi (206 kPa)
Maximum: .............................................................................. 125 psi (858 kPa)
Operating Temperature: ................................................. 35 to 150F (2 to 66C)
General:
Capacity at 1 psi (7 kPa) Differential:
5/32 (4 mm) O.D. tubing: ................................................... 250 scim (68 ml/s)
Port Threads: .......................................................................... 10-32 NPT female
Materials:
Body: ...................................................................................................... Acetal
O-rings: .................................................................................................. Buna-N
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 786 Heavy Duty Selector Switch directs an input air supply to
one or more selected output air lines. The 786 can provide a wide variety of switching combinations. A
large capacity selector switch with an additional capacity over the standard selector switch is also
available.
Specifications
General:
Air Connections:
LC Switch: .......................................................................................... 1/8 NPT
Inlet Pressure:
Nominal: ................................................................................... 30 psi (206 kPa)
Maximum: .............................................................................. 125 psi (858 kPa)
Ambient Temperature: ............................................... -20 to 160F (-29 to 71C)
Operating Temperature: ................................................. 35 to 150F (2 to 66C)
Air Capacity (20 psig supply and 1 psig drop):
Standard Switch: ............................................................ 1200 scim (328 ml/s)
LC Switch: ....................................................................... 2500 scim (683 ml/s)
General:
Max. Air Pressure: .................................................................... 30 psig (207 kPa)
Port Threads:
LC Switch: .......................................................................................... 1/8 NPT
Materials:
Body: ...................................................................................................... Acetal
O-rings: .................................................................................................. Buna-N
254
Switches & Relays

Description
Siemens Building Technologies 151 Positioning Switches are used to gradually increase or
decrease the flow of compressed air to air operated equipment. Two models are available.
Specifications
General:
Output:
Standard: .............................. 0 to 15 psi (0 to 103 kPa) for 300 knob rotation
Bleed: ...................... 7-1/2 to 10-1/2 psi (52 to 72 kPa) for 300 knob rotation
Maximum: .................................................................................... 160F (71C)
Minimum: ..................................................................................... -20F (-29C)
General:
Capacity: .............................................................................. 625 scim (171 ml/s)
Max. Air Pressure: .................................................................... 30 psig (207 kPa)
Air Connections: ...................................... 1/4 (6 mm) O.D. polyethylene tubing
(body tapping is 1/16 NPT)
Shipping Weight: ............................................................................. 2 lb. (0.9 kg)
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 141 Positioning Switches are used to deliver any manually selected
pressure over a range of 0 to 30 psi (0 to 207 kPa) to air-operated equipment. The adjustment knob can
be left free to rotate or held in position by snapping the locking ring.
Specifications
General:
Air Connections: ....................................................................... 1/8 NPT female
Inlet Pressure:
Nominal: ................................................................................... 30 psi (206 kPa)
Maximum: ............................................................................ 400 psi (2745 kPa)
Operating Temperature: ................................................ 0 to 150F (-18 to 66C)
General:
5/32 (4 mm) O.D. tubing: ................................................. 500 scim (140 ml/s)
255
Switches & Relays

Description
Siemens Building Technologies 141 Electric Enthalpy Control Switch is designed to sense the
BTU heat content of ventilation air. A SPST snap-acting electric switch, automatically initiates corrective
damper control or alarm circuitry whenever the sensed air condition either rises above or falls below
desired settings.
Specifications
General:
Electrical Rating: ......................................................... 2/5 amps max. at 24 Vac
Electrical Connection: ...... Metal enclosure with 1/2 (13 mm) conduit opening
Switching Action: ....................................................................................... SPDT
General:
Differential: ................................ Approx. 8% relative humidity and 2F (-29C)
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 141 Differential Static Pressure Air Flow Switch senses static
differential pressure and at setpoint open/closes a set of electrical contacts. The 141 actuates electrical
circuits (positive pressure), fan inlet (negative pressure), or across the fan (differential pressure) to detect
excessively high positive pressures or low negative pressures and turn off the fan before damage occurs
to ducts or dampers.
Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers ControlsCatalog (pp. E-15 through E-16) for specification details
Specifications
General:
Ambient Temperature Range: ................................... -40 to 180F (-40 to 82C)
Maximum Overpressure: ............................................................ 0.5 psi (3.4 kPa)
Mounting Position: .......................................... Diaphragm in any vertical plane
Body: ...................................................... Zinc-plated steel with blue erudite dip
Electrical Ratings: ............................. Non-inductive-15 amps @ 120 to 277 Vac
Pilot Duty-300 VA @ 120 to 277 Vac
General:
Conduit Opening: ........................................................ 1/2 (13 mm) conduit size
Sample Line Connectors: ......... 2 connectors, complete with nuts and ferrules,
which accept 1/4 (6 mm) O.D. copper or polyethene tubing
Material: .................................................................................. Aluminized Steel
Dimensions: ... 6.13 H x 3.88 W x 3.19 D (156 mm H x 98 mm W x 81 mm D)
256
Switches & Relays

Description
Siemens Building Technologies 134/251 Pressure Electric Switches are used to open or close
electrical circuits in pneumatic control systems. The 134 Switches are heavy duty pressure-actuated,
mechanical contact type switches. The 251 Switches are pressure-actuated snap switches.
and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-050P25, 155-051P25, and 155-057P25.
Specifications
General: 134 Pressure Electric Switch
Setpoint Range: ....................................................... 3 to 30 psig (20 to 200 kPa)
Differential: .......................................... Adj. from 1.5 to 20 psig (10 to 138 kPa)
Maximum Pressure: .................................................................. 50 psig (345 kPa)
Pressure Connection: ................................................................... 1/8 male NPT
Conduit Opening: ................................................. 1/2 (13 mm) nominal conduit
Ambient Temperature: .................................................... 32 to 140F (0 to 66C)
Pilot Duty: ..................................... 125 VA @ 600 Vac; 125 VA @ 24 to 277 Vac
General: 251 Pressure Electric Switch

Setpoint Range: ...................................................... 2 to 30 psi (13.8 to 207 kPa)
Maximum Pressure: .................................................................... 30 psi (207 kPa)
Repeatability: ........................................................................... +0.5 psi (3.4 kPa)
Factory Set Point Accuracy: .................................................... +2.0 psi (13.8 kPa)
Scale Accuracy: ...................................................................... +3.0 psi (20.7 kPa)
Ambient Temperature Range: ..................................... 40 to 120F (4.4 to 49C)
Shipping Weights:
Single-stage: ............................................................................ 1.0 lb. (0.45 kg)
Dual-stage: ................................................................................. 2.0 lb. (0.9 kg)
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 265 Three-way EP Valve is a general purpose, electrically-operated,
two-position, three-way valve designed to control air flow. The 265 can be used for interlock between an
electrical system and a pneumatic control system; available in open frame (yoke) and junction box (splice
box) types.
Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers ControlsCatalog (pp. E-19 through E-20) for specification details
Specifications
General:
Junction Box Type: ......................................................... 0 to 100F (0 to 38C)
Open Frame Type: ........................................................... 0 to 110F (0 to 43C)
Controlled Medium: ................................................................................ Air only
Maximum Air Pressure: ............................................................ 30 psig (207 kPa)
Air Flow Capacity:
Inlet Pressure: ........................................................................ 20 psig (138 kPa)
Differential Pressure: ..................................................................... 1 psi (7 kPa)
Air Flow: .......................................................................... 600 scim (164 cm 3/s)
General:
Cv Flow Factor: ............................................................................................. 0.06
Eelctrical Ratings:
Voltages: ..................................................................................... 24 to 480 Vac
Power Consumption: ......................................................................... 5.7 Watts
Current Drain: .................................................. Inrush 17.3 VA; Holding 9.2 VA
Shipping Weights:
Open Frame Type: ................................................................... 0.37 lb. (0.17 kg)
Junction Box Type: ................................................................. 0.54 lb. (0.24 kg)
257
Switches & Relays

Description
Siemens Building Technologies 243 Pneumatic Multi-Purpose Relays are pneumatic auxiliary
devices designed to provide a variety of pneumatic control functions for the typical control system. It is
used as direct and reverse acting, amplifying, signal advancing, minimum pressure relay, and lower
pressure transfer.
Specifications
General:
Operational: ................................................................. 40 to 120F (4 to 49C)
Storage: ................................................................... -20 to 120F (-29 to 49C)
Hysteresis: .............................................................................. 0.25 psig (1.7 kPa)
Relief Valve Differential: .......................................................... 1.0 psig (6.9 kPa)
Air Consumption (max.): .............................................................. 7 scim (2 ml/s)
Spring Range: ............................................................ 0 to 25 psig (0 to 172 kPa)
General:
Air Connections:
Commercial Duty: .................... Barb for 1/4 (6 mm) O.D. polyethylene tubing
Heavy Duty: ........................................................................................ 1/8 NPT
Spring Adjustment Range: ................................................. 25 psi (0 to 172 kPa)
Supply Air:
Normal: .................................................................................... 25 psi (172 kPa)
Maximum: ................................................................................ 30 psi (207 kPa)
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 243 Pneumatic Balance-Retard Relays are gradual-acting,
pneumatic devices designed to provide special functions such as balancing, signal retard, hesitation, and
pressure limiting. The 243 is adjustable and the ports can be pneumatically piped in a variety of different
combinations. Each combination represents a relay application that can be used to perform a specific
function in a control loop. The relay is factory set for balancing action.
Specifications
General:
Storage: .................................................................... -20 to 120F (-29to 49C)
Spring Range: ............................................................. 0 to 25 psig ( 0 to 72 kPa)
Air Connections:
Commercial Duty: .................... Barb for 1/4 (6 mm) O.D. polyethylene tubing
Heavy Duty: ........................................................................................ 1/8 NPT
General:
Air Consumption (max): .............................................................. 7 scimj (2 ml/s)
Spring Adjustment Range:
Balance: ................................................................... 0 to 15 psi (0 to 103 kPa)
Retard: .......................................................................... 0 to 10 psi (0 to69 kPa)
Supply Air:
Normal: .................................................................................... 25 psi (172 kPa)
Maximum: ................................................................................ 30 psi (207 kPa)
258
Switches & Relays

Description
Siemens Building Technologies 243 Analog Relays are pneumatic auxiliary devices designed to
assist the engineer in obtaining specialized control action within a pneumatic control system. The relays
are used for amplifying, summing, differential pressure, ration control higher pressure, and signal
characterization control. The relay has a two-valve design to ensure stability and prevent unnecessary
air consumption.
and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-107P25 and 155-044P25.
Specifications
General:
Air Supply:
Normal: ................................................................... 0 to 25 psig (0 to 172 kPa)
Maximum: .............................................................................. 30 psig (207 kPa)
Storage: ................................................................... -20 to 120F (-29 to 49C)
General:
Air Consumption (max.): .............................................................. 7 scim (2 ml/s)
Spring Adjustment Range Action: ........................................................... gradual
Air Connections: ....................................................................... Bar for 1/8 NPT
Mounting: ..................................................... Integral brackets for wall or panel
Supply Air:
Normal: .................................................................................... 25 psi (172 kPa)
Maximum: ................................................................................ 30 psi (207 kPa)
Shipping Weight: .......................................................................... 0.6 lb. (.26 kg)
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 243 Switching Relay is a compact three-way air valve that can be
used to perform a variety of switching and diverting functions. The relay action connects common port to
either of two other ports.
Specifications
General:
Maximum Instrument Air Supply: .............................................. 30 psi (207 kPa)
Changeover Range: ................................................... 3 to 25 psi (21 to 172 kPa)
Standard Changeover Setting: ....................................................... 9 psi (62 kPa)
Changeover Differential (nominal): .......................................... 1.5 psi (10.3 kPa)
Maximum: ................................................................................. 160F (71.1C)
Minimum: ..................................................................................... -20F (-29C)
General:
Adjustable Changeover Range: ................................... 0 to 25 psi (0 to 172 kPa)
Nominal Capacity @ 2 psi P:
A Port: ................................................................................................. 800 scim
B Port: ................................................................................................ 1100 scim
259
Switches & Relays

Description
Siemens Building Technologies 243 Reverse Acting Relay provides a proportional output signal
that varies inversely with the input signal. A spring adjustment is provided to allow setting a desired
reverse acting schedule required by a particular application. The relay has two applications. For both,
the supply air pressure must be equal to or greater than the spring setting.
Specifications
General:
Operating Range: ......................................................... 0 to 30 psi (0 to 207 kPa)
Adjustment Using 5/64 (2 mm) Hex Wrench:
Range Adjustment: ............................................... 10 to 30 psi (69 to 207 kPa)
Factory Setting: ........................................................................ 15 psi (103 kPa)
Maximum Ambient Temperature: .................................................. 104F (60C)
Air Capacity: .......................................................................... 230 scim (63 ml/s)
General:
Air Consumption for Air Compressor Sizing: ............................. 29 scim (8 ml/s)
Material (Housing): ................................................................. Glass-filled Nylon
Air Connections: .................................................. Barbed nipple for 1/4 (6 mm)
O.D. polyethylene tubing
Mounting: ................................................................................. Bracket included
Shipping Weight: ....................................................................... 0.27 lb. (0.13kg)
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 243 Highest Pressure Signal Selector is a dual input, single
output logic device used in pneumatic control systems to compare pressure signals. The 243 is used
where two proportional high capacity air signals (2-pipe thermostat) must be compared and the highest
of the two signals transmitted to another logic or final control device.
Specifications
General:
Action: ....................................................................................................... Direct
Adjustments: .............................................................................................. None
Maximum: .................................................................................... 140F (60C)
Minimum: ......................................................................................... 40F (4C)
General:
Connections: ............................................ 1/4 (6 mm) O.D. polyethylene tubing
Air Consumption: ........................................................................................ None
Air Capacity @ P = 2 psi: ....................................................... 130 scim (35 ml/s)
Materials: ............................................................................... Glass-filled Nylon
260
Switches & Relays

Description
Siemens Building Technologies 243 Lowest and Highest Signal Selector is a six-input, dual
output logic device for use in pneumatic control systems. The 243 is used where up to six input air
signlas must be compared and the lowest and/or highest of the signals transmitted to another logic or
final control device. This is a low capacity output device, therefore, an amplifying relay will be required
for many applications.
Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. E-33 through E-34) for specification details and specific product part numbers or
Technical Instruction 155-046P25.
Specifications
General:
Action: ....................................................................................................... Direct
Air Supply Pressure:
Normal Operating: ................................................................. 20 psig (138 kPa)
Maximum: .............................................................................. 30 psig (207 kPa)
Minimum: ......................................................................................... 40F (4C)
Maximum: .................................................................................... 140F (60C)
General:
Air Consumption: ..................................................................... 44 scim (12 ml/s)
Air Capacity @ P = 2 psi:
Highest: .................................................................................. 5 scim (1.4 ml/s)
Lowest: ................................................................................. 10 scim (2.7 ml/s)
Material: ................................................................................. Glass-filled Nylon
Shipping Weight: .................................................................... 0.63 lb. (0.295 kg)
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 243 Lowest Pressure Signal Selector is a dual input, single
output logic device for use in pneumatic control systems. The 243 is used where two input air signals
must be compared and the lowest of the two signals transmitted to another logic or final control device.
The 243 can also be used as a direct acting amplifying relay.
Specifications
General:
Action: ....................................................................................................... Direct
Maximum Pressure: .................................................................. 30 psig (207 kPa)
Maximum: .................................................................................... 140F (60C)
Minimum: ......................................................................................... 40F (4C)
General:
Air Capacity @ P = 2 psi: .......................................................... 82 scim 22 ml/s)
Material: .......................................................................... Glass reinforced nylon
Diaphragm: ............................................................... Nylon reinforced fairprene
Mounting: .................................................................................................. In-line
261
Switches & Relays

Description
Siemens Building Technologies 147 Positioning Relay is a compact pneumatic auxiliary device
designed to provide positive positioning of a pneumatic valve or damper actuator. The 147 accurately
positions damper actuator in reponse to a control air signal change. Damper actuators that are equipped
with a Positioning Relay can use full control air pressure at any point in stem travel to initiate stem
movement or to maintain stem position.
Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. E-37through E-38) for specification details
Specifications
General:
Operating: .................................................................... 35 to 160F (2 to 71C)
Storage: ................................................................... -20 to 160F (-29 to 72C)
Maximum Pilot Signal Pressure: .............................................. 30 psig (207 kPa)
Maximum Supply Air Pressure: ................................................ 60 psig (413 kPa)
Startpoint Adjustment Range: ................................... 3 to 10 psig (21 to 69 kPa)
Operating Span Adjustment Range: .......................... 3 to 12 psig (21 to 83 kPa)
Response: ....................................................... 0.10 psi (0.689 kPa) input change
General:
Air Capacity @ P: .............................................................. 410 scim (112 ml/s)

Air Consumption: ..................................................................... 40 scim (11 ml/s)
Materials:
Body: .......................................................................................................... Zinc
Cover: ....................................................................................................... Steel
Shipping Weight (with kit): ............................................................ 2 lb. (0.9 kg)
Siemens Building Technologies Switches and Relays Accessories & Service Kits are available through the Andovers Peripherals
Program. Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. E-41 through E-44) for descriptions and specific product part numbers.
262
Auxiliary Equipment
Description
Siemens Building Technologies Air Station Equipment includes Single- and Dual-Stage Pressure
Reducing Valves and High Capacity, 3-Way Pilot Valves, responds rapidly to large volume demands and
supply pressure variations. The Compressed Air Filter removes water or oil to 0.025 particle size. Air
Station equipment and compressor systems are available for schools, hospitals, commercial office and
industrial buildings, and other facilities.
Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog pp. F-3 through F-5 for specification details
and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-086P25, 155-049P25, 155-005P25, and
155-137P25.
Specifications
General:
Single-stage, Compressed Air Pressure Reducing Valve, (Z2011000)
Capacity: ................................................................................... 8 scfm (17m3/hr)
Maximum Inlet Pressure: ..................................................... 250 psig (1734 kPa)
Single-stage, Compressed Air Pressure Reducing Valve, (Z2011001)

Capacity: .................................................................................. 10scfm (17m3/hr)
Maximum Inlet Pressure: ..................................................... 150 psig (1034 kPa)
Dual-stage, Compressed Air Pressure Reducing Valve, (Z2011002)
General:
Compressed Air Filter, (Z908 046)
Maximum Pressure: .............................................................. 150 psig (1034 kPa)
High Capacity, 3-way Pilot Valve (Z6560009 & Z6560010)

Application: ............................. Two-pressure systems/Day-Night or Heat/Cool
Valve Specifications: ................................... Cv=2.5, 14 scfm (24 m3/s)based on
18 psig (124 kPa) with a 1 psi (7 kPa) pressure drop
Application: ............................. Two-pressure systems/Day-Night or Heat/Cool

Description
Siemens Building Technologies 142 AP Pressure Gauges are used wherever visual indication of
pressure is required. The 142 Gauges are generally used in applications such as air compressor stations
and central control panels.
Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog pp. F-7 through F-8 for specification details
Specifications
General:
Accuracy: ........................................................... 2-1/2% of full scale for middle
half of the scale, 3-1/2% elsewhere
Connection: ........................................... 1/8 NPT male or barbed connector for
1/4 (6 mm) O.D. tubing
General:
Shipping Weights:
1-1/2: ...................................................................................... 0.5 lb. (0.23 kg)
2-1/2: ......................................................................................... 1 lb. (0.45 kg)
3-1/2: ...................................................................................... 1.3 lb. (0.59 kg)
263
Auxiliary Equipment
Description
Siemens Building Technologies External Restrictors are available in a variety of orifice sizes and
connection types.
Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. F-9 through F-10) for specification details
Specifications
General:
Materials:
Type 1: ...................................................................................................... Brass
Type 2 and 3: .......................................................................................... Plastic
Minimum: ......................................................................................... 40F (4C)
Maximum: .................................................................................... 140F (60C)
General:
Air Connections:
Type 1: .................................................................................... 1/8 NPT thread
Type 2 and 3: ........................... Barb for 1/4 (6 mm) O.D. polyethylene tubing
Mounting: .................................................................................................. In-line
Description
Siemens Building Technologies Pneumatic Tube Fitting Kit provides the service or installation
mechanic with a compact and convenient source of the most commonly-used brass barbed fittings for
1/4 (6 mm), 3/8 (10 mm) and 1/2 (13 mm) O.D. polyethylene tubing.
Specifications
General:
Case Material: .......................................................................... Copolymer Resin
Dimensions: .............................................................. 15 L x 11.75 W x. 2.5 D
(381 mm L x 298 mm W x 64 mm D)
General:
Shipping Weight:
Case: ............................................................................................. 3 lb. (1.4 kg)
Case and Fittings: ......................................................................... 7 lb. (3.2 kg)
264
Auxiliary Equipment
Description
Siemens Building Technologies 567 Control Panels are designed to conveniently group control
system components. The 567 Panels are available in exposed and flush mount styles. The 567 Panels
provide a convenient, central location for equipment housing, termination of piping, wiring adjustment,
and calibration.
Specifications
General:
Exposed Panel
Dimensions:
Small: ................................................................. 19.5 H x 16.38 W x 5.75 D
(495 mm H x 416 mm W x 146 mm D)
Medium: ........................................................... 24.94 H x 24.38 W x 9.38 D
(617 mm H x 619 mm W x 238 mm D)
Large: ................................................................. 36.5 H x 24.38 W x 9.38 D
(927 mm H x 619 mm W x 238 mm D)
Shipping Weights:
Small: ............................................................................................. 20 lb. (9 kg)
Medium: ....................................................................................... 39 lb. (18 kg)
Large: ........................................................................................... 72 lb. (33 kg)
General:
Flush Mount Panel
Dimensions: .......................................................... 19.5 H x 16.38 W x 5.13 D
(495 mm H x 416 mm W x 130 mm D)
Shipping Weight: .............................................................................. 20 lb. (9 kg)
Panel Door
Shipping Weights:
Small: ............................................................................................ 8 lb. (3.6 kg)
Medium: ...................................................................................... 13 lb. (5.9 kg)
Large: ............................................................................................. 20 lb. (9 kg)
Siemens Building Technologies Auxiliary Equipment Accessories & Service Kits are available through the Andovers Peripherals
Program. Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. F-17 through F-20) for descriptions and specific product part numbers.

Andover Controls

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Descrizione originale:

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Andover Controls

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

1999 Peripheral

MAMAC Systems PS-200

Access Cards and Readers

Valves & Actuators

Siemens Powermite 599 MZ Series

Terms & Conditions

Wall Mount Temperature Sensor

Sensor Plus Temperature Sensor

Smart Sensor Temperature Sensor

Stainless Steel Room Temperature Sensor

Infinity EMX 170 Programmable Interface Module

Duct and Immersion Temperature Sensors

Ordering Information Continued

Duct Averaging Temperature Sensor

Duct Averaging Temperature Sensor

Bead & Ruggedized Bead Temperature Sensor

Relative Humidity Sensors

Easycal Plus Handheld Calibrator/RH Indicator

Waterproof Relative Humidity Sensor

Relative Humidity Sensors

Ordering Information Continued

Wall Mount (4-20mA Versions)

LCD Wall Mount (0-5V/-10V Versions)

LCD Wall Mount (4-20mA Versions)

Recessed Digital RH/RH/T (0-5V/-10V Versions)

Recessed Digital RH/RH/T (4-20mA Versions)

Recessed Digital RH w/RTD (0-5V/-10V Versions)

Applications/Wiring Diagrams Continued

Duct (4-20mA Versions)

Outside Air (0-5V/-10V Versions)

Outside Air (4-20mA Versions)

Wall Mount w/Plate

Dimensional Drawings Continued

LCD Wall Mount w/Plate

Recessed Wall Mount

Relative Humidity Sensors

* Includes non-linearity and non-repeatability

Current Status Switches

Current Status Switches

Current Status Switches

Current Status Switches

Current Status Switches

Motor Control Switches

2-Gang Junction Box

4-Gang Junction Box

Directly on Wall or Panel

Motor Control Switches

Motor Control Switches

1 Wire Terminal #1 to Starter

Motor Control Switches

1 Wire Terminal #1 to Starter

Motor Control Switches

1 Wire Terminal #1 to Starter

Analog Current Sensors

Sourcing Panel (- Common)

4.90 (124mm) 2.89 (73mm)

1.13 (29mm) 5.20 (132mm) 5.91 (150mm)

4.90 (124mm) 5.50 (140mm) 2.45 (62mm)

1.13 (29mm) 7.88 (200mm) 5.92 (150mm)

Analog Current Sensors

Analog Current Sensors

1 Wire Terminal #1 to Starter

Analog Current Sensors